This is a modern-English version of The Home Medical Library, Volume 1 (of 6), originally written by unknown author(s). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


The Home Medical
Library

By

By

Kenelm Winslow, B.A.S., M.D.

Kenelm Winslow, B.A.S., M.D.

Formerly Assistant Professor Comparative Therapeutics, Harvard
University; Late Surgeon to the Newton Hospital;
Fellow of the Massachusetts Medical Society, etc.

Former Assistant Professor of Comparative Therapeutics, Harvard
University; Former Surgeon at Newton Hospital;
Member of the Massachusetts Medical Society, etc.

With the Coöperation of Many Medical
Advising Editors and Special Contributors

With the cooperation of many medical
advising editors and special contributors

IN SIX VOLUMES

IN SIX VOLS

First Aid :: Family Medicines :: Nose, Throat, Lungs,
Eye, and Ear :: Stomach and Bowels :: Tumors and
Skin Diseases :: Rheumatism :: Germ Diseases
Nervous Diseases :: Insanity :: Sexual Hygiene
Woman and Child :: Heart, Blood, and Digestion
Personal Hygiene :: Indoor Exercise
Diet and Conduct for Long Life :: Practical
Kitchen Science :: Nervousness
and Outdoor Life :: Nurse and Patient
Camping Comfort :: Sanitation
of the Household :: Pure
Water Supply :: Pure Food
Stable and Kennel

First Aid :: Family Medicines :: Nose, Throat, Lungs,
Eye, and Ear :: Stomach and Bowels :: Tumors and
Skin Diseases :: Rheumatism :: Germ Diseases
Nervous Diseases :: Mental Health :: Sexual Hygiene
Women and Children :: Heart, Blood, and Digestion
Personal Hygiene :: Indoor Exercise
Diet and Practices for Longevity :: Practical
Kitchen Science :: Anxiety
and Outdoor Living :: Nurse and Patient
Camping Comfort :: Household Sanitation
Safe Water Supply :: Healthy Food
Stable and Kennel

New York
The Review of Reviews Company
1907

NYC
The Review of Reviews Company
1907

Medical Advising Editors

Managing Editor

Editor-in-Chief

Albert Warren Ferris, A.M., M.D.

Albert Warren Ferris, A.M., M.D.

Former Assistant in Neurology, Columbia University; Former Chairman, Section on Neurology and Psychiatry, New York Academy of Medicine; Assistant in Medicine, University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Medical Editor, New International Encyclopedia.

Former Assistant in Neurology, Columbia University; Former Chair, Section on Neurology and Psychiatry, New York Academy of Medicine; Assistant in Medicine, University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Medical Editor, New International Encyclopedia.

Nervous Diseases

Neurological Disorders

Charles E. Atwood, M.D.

Dr. Charles E. Atwood

Assistant in Neurology, Columbia University; Former Physician, Utica State Hospital and Bloomingdale Hospital for Insane Patients; Former Clinical Assistant to Sir William Gowers, National Hospital, London.

Neurology Assistant, Columbia University; Former Doctor, Utica State Hospital and Bloomingdale Hospital for Psychiatric Patients; Former Clinical Assistant to Sir William Gowers, National Hospital, London.

Pregnancy

Pregnancy

Russell Bellamy, M.D.

Dr. Russell Bellamy

Assistant in Obstetrics and Gynecology, Cornell University Medical College Dispensary; Captain and Assistant Surgeon (in charge), Squadron A, New York Cavalry; Assistant in Surgery, New York Polyclinic.

Assistant in Obstetrics and Gynecology, Cornell University Medical College Dispensary; Captain and Assistant Surgeon (in charge), Squadron A, New York Cavalry; Assistant in Surgery, New York Polyclinic.

Germ Diseases

Infectious Diseases

Hermann Michael Biggs, M.D.

Hermann Michael Biggs, M.D.

General Medical Officer and Director of Bacteriological Laboratories, New York City Department of Health; Professor of Clinical Medicine in University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Visiting Physician to Bellevue, St. Vincent's, Willard Parker, and Riverside Hospitals.

General Medical Officer and Director of Bacteriological Laboratories, New York City Department of Health; Professor of Clinical Medicine at University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Visiting Physician at Bellevue, St. Vincent's, Willard Parker, and Riverside Hospitals.

The Eye and Ear

The Eye & Ear

J. Herbert Claiborne, M.D.

Dr. J. Herbert Claiborne

Clinical Instructor in Ophthalmology, Cornell University Medical College; Former Adjunct Professor of Ophthalmology, New York Polyclinic; Former Instructor in Ophthalmology in Columbia University; Surgeon, New Amsterdam Eye and Ear Hospital.

Clinical Instructor in Ophthalmology, Cornell University Medical College; Former Adjunct Professor of Ophthalmology, New York Polyclinic; Former Instructor in Ophthalmology at Columbia University; Surgeon, New Amsterdam Eye and Ear Hospital.

Sanitation

Cleanliness

Thomas Darlington, M.D.

Dr. Thomas Darlington

Health Commissioner of New York City; Former President Medical Board, New York Foundling Hospital; Consulting Physician, French Hospital; Attending Physician, St. John's Riverside Hospital, Yonkers; Surgeon to New Croton Aqueduct and other Public Works, to Copper Queen Consolidated Mining Company of Arizona, and Arizona and Southeastern Railroad Hospital; Author of Medical and Climatological Works.

Health Commissioner of New York City; Former President of the Medical Board, New York Foundling Hospital; Consulting Physician at French Hospital; Attending Physician at St. John's Riverside Hospital, Yonkers; Surgeon for the New Croton Aqueduct and other Public Works, for the Copper Queen Consolidated Mining Company of Arizona, and for Arizona and Southeastern Railroad Hospital; Author of medical and climatological works.

Menstruation

Periods

Austin Flint, Jr., M.D.

Austin Flint Jr., M.D.

Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Gynecology, New York University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Visiting Physician, Bellevue Hospital; Consulting Obstetrician, New York Maternity Hospital; Attending Physician, Hospital for Ruptured and Crippled, Manhattan Maternity and Emergency Hospitals.

Professor of Obstetrics and Clinical Gynecology, New York University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Visiting Physician, Bellevue Hospital; Consulting Obstetrician, New York Maternity Hospital; Attending Physician, Hospital for Ruptured and Crippled, Manhattan Maternity and Emergency Hospitals.

Heart and Blood

Heart and Blood

John Bessner Huber, A.M., M.D.

John Bessner Huber, M.A., M.D.

Assistant in Medicine, University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Visiting Physician to St. Joseph's Home for Consumptives; Author of "Consumption: Its Relation to Man and His Civilization; Its Prevention and Cure."

Assistant in Medicine, University and Bellevue Hospital Medical College; Visiting Physician to St. Joseph's Home for People with Tuberculosis; Author of "Tuberculosis: Its Relationship to Humanity and Society; Its Prevention and Treatment."

Skin Diseases

Skin Conditions

James C. Johnston, A.B., M.D.

James C. Johnston, A.B., M.D.

Instructor in Pathology and Chief of Clinic, Department of Dermatology, Cornell University Medical College.

Instructor in Pathology and Chief of Clinic, Department of Dermatology, Cornell University Medical College.

Diseases of Children

Childhood Diseases

Charles Gilmore Kerley, M.D.

Charles Gilmore Kerley, M.D.

Professor of Pediatrics, New York Polyclinic Medical School and Hospital; Attending Physician, New York Infant Asylum, Children's Department of Sydenham Hospital, and Babies' Hospital, N. Y.; Consulting Physician, Home for Crippled Children.

Professor of Pediatrics, New York Polyclinic Medical School and Hospital; Attending Physician, New York Infant Asylum, Children's Department of Sydenham Hospital, and Babies' Hospital, N.Y.; Consulting Physician, Home for Crippled Children.

Bites and Stings

Bites & Stings

George Gibier Rambaud, M.D.

Dr. George Gibier Rambaud

President, New York Pasteur Institute.

President, New York Presbyterian Institute.

Headache

Head pain

Alonzo D. Rockwell, A.M., M.D.

Alonzo D. Rockwell, A.M., M.D.

Former Professor Electro-Therapeutics and Neurology at New York Post-Graduate Medical School; Neurologist and Electro-Therapeutist to the Flushing Hospital; Former Electro-Therapeutist to the Woman's Hospital in the State of New York; Author of Works on Medical and Surgical Uses of Electricity, Nervous Exhaustion (Neurasthenia), etc.

Former Professor of Electro-Therapeutics and Neurology at New York Post-Graduate Medical School; Neurologist and Electro-Therapeutist at Flushing Hospital; Former Electro-Therapeutist at the Woman's Hospital in the State of New York; Author of works on the medical and surgical uses of electricity, nervous exhaustion (neurasthenia), and more.

Poisons

Toxins

E. Ellsworth Smith, M.D.

E. Ellsworth Smith, M.D.

Pathologist, St. John's Hospital, Yonkers; Somerset Hospital, Somerville, N. J.; Trinity Hospital, St. Bartholomew's Clinic, and the New York West Side German Dispensary.

Pathologist, St. John's Hospital, Yonkers; Somerset Hospital, Somerville, NJ; Trinity Hospital, St. Bartholomew's Clinic, and the New York West Side German Dispensary.

Catarrh

Nasal congestion

Samuel Wood Thurber, M.D.

Dr. Samuel Wood Thurber

Chief of Clinic and Instructor in Laryngology, Columbia University; Laryngologist to the Orphan's Home and Hospital.

Chief of Clinic and Instructor in Laryngology, Columbia University; Laryngologist at the Orphan's Home and Hospital.

Care of Infants

Infant Care

Herbert B. Wilcox, M.D.

Dr. Herbert B. Wilcox

Assistant in Diseases of Children, Columbia University.

Assistant in Pediatric Diseases, Columbia University.

Special Contributors

Food Adulteration

Food contamination

S. Josephine Baker, M.D.

S. Josephine Baker, M.D.

Medical Inspector, New York City Department of Health.

Medical Inspector, New York City Department of Health.

Pure Water Supply

Clean Water Supply

William Paul Gerhard, C.E.

William Paul Gerhard, P.E.

Consulting Engineer for Sanitary Works; Member of American Public Health Association; Member, American Society Mechanical Engineers; Corresponding Member of American Institute of Architects, etc.; Author of "House Drainage," etc.

Consulting Engineer for Sanitary Works; Member of the American Public Health Association; Member of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers; Corresponding Member of the American Institute of Architects, etc.; Author of "House Drainage," etc.

Care of Food

Food Safety

Janet McKenzie Hill

Janet McKenzie Hill

Editor, Boston Cooking School Magazine.

Editor, Boston Cooking School Mag.

Nerves and Outdoor Life

Anxiety and Outdoor Life

S. Weir Mitchell, M.D., LL.D.

S. Weir Mitchell, M.D., LL.D.

LL.D. (Harvard, Edinburgh, Princeton); Former President, Philadelphia College of Physicians; Member, National Academy of Sciences, Association of American Physicians, etc.; Author of essays: "Injuries to Nerves," "Doctor and Patient," "Fat and Blood," etc.; of scientific works: "Researches Upon the Venom of the Rattlesnake," etc.; of novels: "Hugh Wynne," "Characteristics," "Constance Trescott," "The Adventures of François," etc.

LL.D. (Harvard, Edinburgh, Princeton); Former President, Philadelphia College of Physicians; Member, National Academy of Sciences, Association of American Physicians, etc.; Author of essays: "Injuries to Nerves," "Doctor and Patient," "Fat and Blood," etc.; of scientific works: "Researches Upon the Venom of the Rattlesnake," etc.; of novels: "Hugh Wynne," "Characteristics," "Constance Trescott," "The Adventures of François," etc.

Sanitation

Hygiene

George M. Price, M.D.

Dr. George M. Price

Former Medical Sanitary Inspector, Department of Health, New York City; Inspector, New York Sanitary Aid Society of the 10th Ward, 1885; Manager, Model Tenement-houses of the New York Tenement-house Building Co., 1888; Inspector, New York State Tenement-house Commission, 1895; Author of "Tenement-house Inspection," "Handbook on Sanitation," etc.

Former Medical Sanitary Inspector, Department of Health, New York City; Inspector, New York Sanitary Aid Society of the 10th Ward, 1885; Manager, Model Tenement Houses of the New York Tenement House Building Co., 1888; Inspector, New York State Tenement House Commission, 1895; Author of "Tenement House Inspection," "Handbook on Sanitation," etc.

Indoor Exercise

Home Workouts

Dudley Allen Sargent, M.D.

Dudley Allen Sargent, M.D.

Director of Hemenway Gymnasium, Harvard University; Former President, American Physical Culture Society; Director, Normal School of Physical Training, Cambridge, Mass.; President, American Association for Promotion of Physical Education; Author of "Universal Test for Strength," "Health, Strength and Power," etc.

Director of Hemenway Gymnasium, Harvard University; Former President, American Physical Culture Society; Director, Normal School of Physical Training, Cambridge, MA; President, American Association for Promotion of Physical Education; Author of "Universal Test for Strength," "Health, Strength and Power," etc.

Long Life

Longevity

Sir Henry Thompson, Bart., F.R.C.S., M.B. (Lond.)

Sir Henry Thompson, Bart., F.R.C.S., M.B. (Lond.)

Surgeon Extraordinary to His Majesty the King of the Belgians; Consulting Surgeon to University College Hospital, London; Emeritus Professor of Clinical Surgery to University College, London, etc.

Special Surgeon to His Majesty the King of the Belgians; Consulting Surgeon to University College Hospital, London; Emeritus Professor of Clinical Surgery at University College, London, etc.

Camp Comfort

Cozy Camp

Stewart Edward White

Stewart Edward White

Author of "The Forest," "The Mountains," "The Silent Places," "The Blazed Trail," etc.

Author of "The Forest," "The Mountains," "The Silent Places," "The Blazed Trail," etc.

A DESIRABLE METHOD OF CARRYING THE INJURED. A PREFERRED WAY TO TRANSPORT INJURED PEOPLE.

By this plan even the unconscious victim of an accident may be transported a long distance, because the bearers' hands are left entirely free and thus prevented from becoming cramped or tired, as when a "seat" is made with clasped hands. In the method illustrated above the patient is placed in a seat made by tying a blanket, sheet, rope, or strap in the form of a ring. Each bearer then places his inner arm about the patient's body and with his outer hand holds the patient's arm around his neck.

By using this plan, even an unconscious accident victim can be carried a long distance, since the bearers' hands are completely free, preventing them from getting cramped or tired, unlike when they form a "seat" with clasped hands. In the method shown above, the patient is positioned in a seat created by tying a blanket, sheet, rope, or strap into a ring. Each bearer then wraps his inner arm around the patient's body and uses his outer hand to hold the patient's arm around his neck.

The Home Medical
Library

Volume I

Volume 1

FIRST AID IN EMERGENCIES

First Aid in Emergencies

By KENELM WINSLOW, B.A.S., M.D. (Harv.)

By KENELM WINSLOW, B.A.S., M.D. (Harv.)

Formerly Assistant Professor Comparative Therapeutics, Harvard University;
Late Surgeon to the Newton Hospital; Fellow of
the Massachusetts Medical Society, etc.

Previously an Assistant Professor of Comparative Therapeutics at Harvard University;
Former Surgeon at Newton Hospital; Member of
the Massachusetts Medical Society, etc.

ASSISTED BY

HELPED BY

ALBERT WARREN FERRIS, A.M., M.D.

ALBERT WARREN FERRIS, M.A., M.D.

Former Assistant in Neurology, Columbia University; former Chairman,
Section on Neurology and Psychiatry, New York Academy
of Medicine; Assistant in Medicine, University and Bellevue
Hospital Medical College; Medical Editor,
"New International Encyclopedia"

Former Assistant in Neurology, Columbia University; former Chairman,
Section on Neurology and Psychiatry, New York Academy
of Medicine; Assistant in Medicine, University and Bellevue
Hospital Medical College; Medical Editor,
"New International Encyclopedia"

GERM DISEASES

GERM INFECTIONS

By KENELM WINSLOW, B.A.S., M.D. (Harv.)

By KENELM WINSLOW, B.A.S., M.D. (Harv.)

New York
The Review of Reviews Company
1907

NYC
The Review of Reviews Company
1907

Contents

PART I

CHAPTER   PAGE
I. Restoring the Apparently Drowned 27
  Reviving the Patient—How to Expel Water from the Stomach and Chest—Instructions for Producing Respiration—When Several Workers are at Hand—When One must Work Alone—How to Save a Drowning Person.  
II. Heat Stroke and Electric Shock 39
  First-aid Rules—Symptoms of Heat Exhaustion—Treatment of Heat Prostration—What to Do in Case of Electric Shock—Symptoms—Artificial Respiration—Mortality in Lightning Strokes.  
III. Wounds, Sprains, and Bruises 50
  Treatment of Wounds—Bleeding from Arteries and Veins—Punctured Wounds—Oozing—Lockjaw—Bruises—Abrasions—Sprains and Their Treatment—Synovitis—Bunions and Felons—Weeping Sinew—Foreign Bodies in Eye, Ear, and Nose.  
IV.[Pg 2] Fractures 80
  How to Detect Broken Bones—Fracture of Rib and Collar Bone—Instructions for Applying Dressings—Bandage for Broken Jaw—Fracture of Shoulder-blade, Arm, Hip, Leg, and Other Bones—Compound Fractures.  
V. Dislocations 118
  Varieties of Dislocations—Method of Reducing a Dislocated Jaw—A Dislocated Shoulder—Indications when Elbow is Out of Joint—Dislocation of Hip, etc.—Forms of Bandages.  
VI. Ordinary Poisons 139
  Unknown Poisons—Symptoms and Antidotes—Poisoning by Carbolic and Other Acids—Alkalies—Metal Poisoning—Aconite, Belladonna, and Other Narcotics—Chloral—Opium, Morphine, Laudanum, Paregoric, and Soothing Sirups—Tobacco, Strychnine, etc.  
VII. Food Poisons 147
  Poisons in Shellfish and Other Food—Symptoms and Remedies—How Bacteria are Nourished—Infected Meat and Milk[Pg 3]—Treatment of Tapeworm—Trichiniasis—Potato Poisoning.  
VIII. Bites and Stings 155
  Country and City Mosquitoes—How Yellow Fever is Communicated—Treatment of Mosquito Bites—Bee, Wasp, and Hornet Stings—Lice—Fleas and Flies—Centipedes and Scorpions—Spiders—Poisonous Snakes—Cat and Dog Bites.  
IX. Burns, Scalds, Frostbites, Etc. 171
  General Rules for Treating Burns and Scalds—Hints on Dressings—Burns Caused by Acids and Alkalies—Remedies for Frostbite—Care of Blisters and Sores—Chilblains—Ingrowing Toe Nails—Fainting and Suffocation—Fits.  

PART II

CHAPTER   PAGE
I. Contagious Maladies 191
  Symptoms and Treatment of Scarlet Fever—Diagnosis—Duration of Contagion—Difference Between True and German Measles—Smallpox—Cure a Matter of Good Nursing—Chickenpox.  
II.[Pg 4] Infectious Diseases 221
  Typhoid Fever—Symptoms and Modes of Communication—Duration of the Disease—The Death Rate—Importance of Bathing—Diet—Remedies for Whooping Cough—Mumps—Erysipelas.  
III. Malaria and Yellow Fever 247
  Malaria Caused by Mosquitoes—Distribution of the Disease—Severe and Mild Types—Prevention and Treatment—Yellow Fever not a Contagious Disease—Course of the Malady—Watchful Care and Diet the only Remedies.  

INDEX

To First Aid and General Topics

To First Aid and General Topics

Note.—The Roman numerals I, II, III, IV, V, and VI indicate the volume; the Arabic figures 1, 2, 3, etc., indicate the page number.

Note.—The Roman numerals I, II, III, IV, V, and VI indicate the volume; the Arabic numbers 1, 2, 3, etc., indicate the page number.

Abrasions, I, 64

Abrasions, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Abscess, alveolar, II, 58

Abscess, alveolar, II, 58

Acids, burns by, I, 176, 177
poisoning by, I, 140

Acids burn, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
poisoning by, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Acne, II, 145

Acne, II, 145

Adenoids, II, 61

Adenoids, II, 61

Adulterated food, tests for, V, 91

Adulterated food, tests for, V, 91

Adulteration of food, V, 87

Food adulteration, V, 87

Ague, I, 247
cake, I, 254

Ague, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cake, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Air-bath, the, IV, 159

Air bath, the, IV, 159

Albumen, IV, 262

Albumen, IV, 262

Alcohol, use of, IV, 44, 153

Alcohol, use of, IV, 44, 153

Alcoholic drinks, IV, 153

Drinks, IV, 153

Alcoholism, III, 47, 52

Alcoholism, III, 47, 52

Algæ, remedy for, V, 56

Algae, remedy for, V, 56

Alkalies, burns by, I, 177
poisoning by, I, 140

Alkalis can cause burns by, I, 177
poisoning by me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Amenorrhœa, III, 75

Amenorrhea, III, 75

Anæmia, III, 174

Anemia, III, 174

Ankle, sprain of, I, 65, 67, 68

Ankle sprain, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Ankle-joint fracture, I, 115

Ankle fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Antitoxin, II, 77

Antitoxin, II, 77

Apoplexy, III, 49

Apoplexy, III, 49

Appendicitis, III, 256

Appendicitis, III, 256

Arm, fracture of, I, 91

Arm fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Arteries, systemic, III, 168

Arteries, systemic, 3, 168

Artery, bleeding from an, I, 51, 52

Artery bleeding, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Arthritis, II, 177

Arthritis, II, 177

Artificial respiration, I, 28

Artificial respiration, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Asthma, II, 104

Asthma, II, 104

Astigmatism, II, 26

Astigmatism, II, 26

Athletics, home, IV, 69

Athletics, home, IV, 69

Auricles of the heart, III, 168

Auricles of the heart, III, 168

BABY, bathing the, III, 109
care of the, III, 108
clothing of the, III, 110
diet for the, III, 134
food for the, III, 132; IV, 261
nursing the, III, 114
teething, III, 113
temperature of the, III, 110
weaning the, III, 117
weighing the, III, 112

BABY, bathing the, III, 109
care of the, III, 108
clothing of the, III, 110
diet for the, III, 134
food for the, III, 132; IV, 261
nursing the, III, 114
teething, III, 113
temperature of the, III, 110
weaning the, III, 117
weighing the, III, 112

Bacteria, destruction of, V, 238–253
in food, I, 147–154
in soil, V, 135

Bacteria, destruction of, V, 238–253
in food, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–154
in soil, V, 135

Baldness, II, 167; IV, 21

Baldness, II, 167; IV, 21

BANDAGES, I, 133
forms of, I, 132, 134, 136, 137
for bruises, I, 62–64
for fractures, I, 83–117
for sprains, I, 65–72
for wounds, I, 51–61

BANDAGES, I, 133
types of, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__
for bruises, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–64
for fractures, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–117
for sprains, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–72
for wounds, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–61

Barley water, IV, 263

Barley water, IV, 263

Bathing, indoor, IV, 19, 155
outdoor, IV, 16
in convulsions, III, 35
in malaria, I, 259
in pneumonia, II, 94
in scarlet fever, I, 197
[Pg 6]in skin irritations, II, 140
in smallpox, I, 216
in typhoid fever, I, 231
in yellow fever, I, 266

Bathing, indoor, IV, 19, 155
outdoor, intravenous, 16
during seizures, III, 35
during malaria, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
during pneumonia, II, 94
during scarlet fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
during skin irritations, II, 140
during smallpox, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
during typhoid fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
during yellow fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

BATHS, cold, IV, 15
foot, IV, 157
hot, IV, 19, 156
tepid, IV, 19
Turkish, IV, 20, 159
warm, IV, 19

BATHS, cold, IV, 15
foot, IV, 157
hot, IV, 19, 156
lukewarm, IV, 19
Turkish, IV, 20, 159
warm, IV, 19

Bed sores, I, 233

Bed sores, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bed-wetting, II, 213

Bed-wetting, II, 213

Bee stings, I, 158

Bee stings, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Beef, broth, IV, 261
juice, IV, 262
parts of, IV, 198
scraped, IV, 262
tea, IV, 261

Beef, broth, IV, 261
juice, IV, 262
parts of, IV, 198
scraped, IV, 262
tea, IV, 261

Bellyache, III, 247

Bellyache, III, 247

Bilious fever, I, 247

Bilious fever, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Biliousness, III, 184

Biliousness, III, 184

BITES, cat, I, 170
dog, I, 170
flea, I, 162
fly, I, 164
lice, clothes, I, 161
lice, crab, I, 162
lice, head, I, 160
mosquito, I, 155
snake, I, 166
spider, I, 164
tarantula, I, 164
wood tick, I, 159

BITES, cat, I, 170
dog, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
flea, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
fly, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
lice, clothes, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
lice, crab, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
lice, head, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
mosquito, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
snake, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
spider, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
tarantula, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
wood tick, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Black eye, II, 14

Black eye, II, 14

Blackheads, II, 145

Blackheads, II, 145

Black water fever, I, 256

Blackwater fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bladder, inflammation of the, II, 215
stone in the, III, 264

Bladder, inflammation of the, II, 215
stone in the, III, 264

BLEEDING, from an artery, I, 51, 52
from a vein, I, 51, 52
from punctured wounds, I, 52, 53
from the lungs, I, 62
from the nose, I, 61
from the scalp, I, 60
from the stomach, I, 62
from the womb, III, 82

BLEEDING, from an artery, I, 51, 52
from a vein, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
from punctured wounds, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
from the lungs, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from the nose, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from the scalp, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from the stomach, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from the womb, III, 82

Blood, deficiency of, III, 174
oozing of, I, 54

Blood, deficiency of, III, 174
oozing of, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bloody flux, III, 222

Bloody flux, III, 222

Boils, II, 157

Boils, II, 157

Bottles, milk, III, 128

Bottles, milk, 3, 128

Bowel, prolapse of the, III, 143

Bowel, prolapse of the, III, 143

BOWELS, catarrh of the, III, 205
diseases of the, III, 205
inflammation of the, III, 252
obstruction of the, III, 268
passages from the, IV, 247

BOWELS, catarrh of the, III, 205
diseases of the III, 205
inflammation of the, III, 252
obstruction of the, III, 268
passages from the IV, 247

Bowleg, III, 162

Bowleg, III, 162

Brain, anatomy of the, III, 22
arteries of the, III, 22
autopsies of the, II, 230

Brain, anatomy of the, III, 22
arteries of the, III, 22
autopsies of the II 230

Breasts, care of, after childbirth, III, 105
inflammation of the, III, 140

Breasts, care of, after childbirth, III, 105
inflammation of the, III, 140

Breath, holding the, III, 153

Breath, holding the, III, 153

Breathing, how to test the, IV, 248
to produce artificial, I, 28, 34, 43, 178, 186

Breathing, how to test it, IV, 248
to create artificial, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__

Bright's disease, acute, II, 220
chronic, II, 222

Bright's disease, acute, II, 220
chronic, II, 222

BROKEN BONE, I, 80
ankle, I, 115
arm, I, 91
collar bone, I, 85
finger, I, 101
forearm, I, 94
hand, I, 101
hip, I, 104
how to tell a, I, 80
jaw, I, 89
kneepan, I, 109
leg, I, 111
rib, I, 83
shoulder blade, I, 91
thigh, I, 106
wrist, I, 99

BROKEN BONE, I, 80
ankle, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
arm, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
collarbone, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
finger, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
forearm, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
hand, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
hip, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
how to tell a, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
jaw, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
kneecap, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
leg, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
rib, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
shoulder blade, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
thigh, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
wrist, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Bronchial tubes, diseases of the, II, 87

Bronchial tubes, diseases of the, II, 87

Bronchitis, II, 88, 91

Bronchitis, II, 88, 91

[Pg 7]Broth, beef, IV, 261
chicken, IV, 261
clam, IV, 263
mutton, IV, 261
oyster, IV, 267
veal, IV, 261

[Pg 7]Broth, beef, IV, 261
chicken, IV, 261
clam, IV, 263
mutton, IV, 261
oyster, IV, 267
veal, IV, 261

BRUISES, bandages for, I, 63
treatment of, I, 62, 63

BRUISES, bandages for, I, 63
treatment of, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Bunion, I, 72

Bunion, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

BURNS, I, 171
about the eyes, II, 16
from acids, I, 176
from alkalies, I, 177
from electric shock, I, 45
first class, I, 172
second class, I, 172
third class, I, 173
severe, I, 174

BURNS, I, 171
around the eyes, II, 16
from acids, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from alkalis, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from electric shock, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
first degree, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
second degree, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
third degree, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
severe, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Callus of the skin, II, 156

Callus of the skin, II, 156

Camp comfort (See Contents VI)

Camp comfort (See Contents 6)

Camp cookery (See Contents VI)

Camp cooking (See Contents VI)

Camp cure (See Contents VI)

Camp therapy (See Contents VI)

CAMPING, in the North Woods, VI, 195
in the Western Mountains, VI, 214
outfit, VI, 212

CAMPING, in the North Woods, VI, 195
in the Western Mountains, VI, 214
outfit, VI, 212

Cancer, II, 123
of the breast, II, 124
of the lip, II, 125
of the stomach, II, 125
of the womb, II, 125

Cancer, II, 123
of the breast, II, 124
of the lip, II, 125
of the stomach, II, 125
of the uterus, II, 125

Canker, II, 68

Canker, II, 68

Capillaries, systemic, III, 168

Capillaries, systemic, III, 168

Carbuncle, II, 161

Carbuncle, II, 161

Carotid arteries, III, 22

Carotid arteries, III, 22

Catarrh, II, 41, 54, 55
of the bowels, III, 205
effect of, on the ears, II, 38, 41
of the stomach, III, 185

Catarrh, II, 41, 54, 55
of the intestines, III, 205
effect of, on the ears, II, 38, 41
of the stomach, III, 185

Catarrhal deafness, II, 39
inflammation of eye, II, 18

Catarrhal deafness, II, 39
inflammation of the eye, II, 18

Cat bite, I, 170

Cat bite, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Catheter, how to use a, II, 219; IV, 252

Catheter, how to use a, II, 219; IV, 252

Centipede sting, I, 164

Centipede bite, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cereals as food, IV, 35, 229

Cereals as food, IV, 35, 229

Cerebellum, III, 22

Cerebellum, III, 22

Cerebral arteries, III, 22

Cerebral arteries, III, 22

Chafing, II, 142

Chafing, II, 142

Chagres fever, I, 256

Chagres fever, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Change of life, III, 70

Life change, III, 70

Chapping, II, 142

Chapping, II, 142

Chicken broth, IV, 261

Chicken broth, IV, 261

Chickenpox, I, 217

Chickenpox, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Chilblains, I, 182

Chilblains, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Childbed fever, III, 107

Childbed fever, III, 107

Childbirth, after-pains in, III, 105
articles needed during, III, 96
bleeding after, III, 86
care after, III, 103
care in, III, 98

Childbirth, after-pains in, III, 105
items needed during, III, 96
bleeding after, III, 86
postpartum care, III, 103
care during, III, 98

CHILDREN, DISEASES OF, III, 140
adenoids, II, 61
bed-wetting, II, 213
bowel, prolapse of the, III, 143
bowels, catarrh of the, III, 209
bowleg, III, 162
breath, holding the, III, 153
breasts, inflammation of the, III, 140
chickenpox, I, 217
cholera infantum, III, 211
chorea, III, 155
colic, III, 267
constipation, III, 238
convulsions, III, 34
cord, bleeding of the, III, 142
cough, II, 91
croup, II, 83
diarrhea, III, 208, 209
diphtheria, II, 77
dysentery, III, 213
epilepsy, III, 39
earache, II, 48
fever, III, 146
food for, III, 132–139
foreskin, adhering, III, 141
glands, enlarged, III, 149
hip disease, III, 161
[Pg 8]holding the breath, III, 153
knock knees, III, 163
larynx, spasm of the, III, 153
measles, I, 198
German measles, I, 203
membranous croup, II, 79
milk poisoning, III, 209, 211
mumps, I, 235
navel, sore, III, 142
pains, growing, III, 146
Pott's disease, III, 157
rickets, III, 151
ringworm, II, 149
rupture, II, 128
scarlatina, I, 192
scarlet fever, I, 192
scrofula, III, 149
scurvy, II, 182
sore mouth, II, 65
spine, curvature of the, III, 157, 159
St. Vitus's Dance, III, 155
stomach, catarrh of the, III, 209
urine, painful passage of, III, 141
urine, retention of, III, 141
wasting, III, 144
whooping cough, I, 238
worms, III, 240

CHILDREN, DISEASES OF, III, 140
adenoids, II, 61
bedwetting, II, 213
prolapsed bowel, III, 143
bowel inflammation, III, 209
bowleg, III, 162
breath-holding, III, 153
inflammation of the breasts, III, 140
chickenpox, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cholera infantum, III, 211
chorea, III, 155
colic, III, 267
constipation, III, 238
convulsions, III, 34
bleeding cord, III, 142
cough, II, 91
croup, II, 83
diarrhea, III, 208, 209
diphtheria, II, 77
dysentery, III, 213
epilepsy, III, 39
earache, II, 48
fever, III, 146
food for, III, 132–139
adhering foreskin, III, 141
enlarged glands, vol. III, p. 149
hip disease, III, 161
breath-holding, III, 153
knock knees, III, 163
laryngeal spasm, III, 153
measles, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
German measles, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
membranous croup, II, 79
milk poisoning, III, 209, 211
mumps, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sore belly button, III, 142
growing pains, III, 146
Pott's disease, III, 157
rickets, III, 151
ringworm, II, 149
rupture, II, 128
scarlatina, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
scarlet fever, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
scrofula, III, 149
scurvy, II, 182
sore mouth, II, 65
curvature of the spine, III, 157, 159
St. Vitus's Dance, III, 155
stomach inflammation, III, 209
painful urination, III, 141
urinary retention, III, 141
wasting, III, 144
whooping cough, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
worms, III, 240

Chills and fever, I, 247

Chills and fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cholera, III, 228
infantum, III, 211
morbus, III, 226

Cholera, III, 228
infantum, III, 211
morbus, III, 226

Chorea, III, 158

Chorea, III, 158

Cinder in the eye, I, 176; II, 13

Cinder in the eye, I, 176; II, 13

Circulation, the, III, 168

Circulation III, 168

Circumcision, III, 142

Circumcision, III, 142

Clam broth, IV, 263

Clam broth, IV, 263

Climacteric, the, III, 70

Climacteric III, 70

Clothing, proper, IV, 22

Proper clothing, IV, 22

Cochlea, II, 46

Cochlea, II, 46

Coffee, use of, IV, 43

Coffee, IV use, 43

Cold, exposure to, I, 181
in the head, II, 55
sore, II, 147

Cold, exposure to, I, 181
in the head, II, 55
sore, II, 147

COLIC, III, 247
gallstone, III, 261
in babies, III, 267
intestinal, III, 249
mucous, III, 219
renal, III, 263

COLIC, III, 247
gallstone, III, 261
in babies, III, 267
intestinal, III, 249
mucus, III, 219
renal, III, 263

Collar-bone fracture, I, 85

Collarbone fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Complexion, the, IV, 20

IV Complexion 20

Confinement, III, 97

Confinement, III, 97

Congestion of the eyelid, II, 17

Congestion of the eyelid, II, 17

Conjunctivitis, II, 16, 18

Conjunctivitis, II, 16, 18

Constipation, in adults, III, 233
in children, 238

Constipation, in adults, III, 233
in kids, 238

Consumption, II, 96
fresh-air treatment for, II, 102
outdoor life for, VI, 72
prevention of, II, 104

Consumption, II, 96
fresh air treatment for, II, 102
outdoor living for, VI, 72
prevention of, II, 104

Contagion, in cholera, 229
in conjunctivitis, II, 19
in diphtheria, II, 80
in eruptive fever, I, 191–220
in gonorrhea, II, 199
in grippe, II, 108
in mumps, I, 236
in syphilis, II, 206, 209
in whooping cough, I, 238

Contagion in cholera, 229
in conjunctivitis, II, 19
in diphtheria, II, 80
in intense fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–220
in gonorrhea, II, 199
in flu, II, 108
in mumps, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in syphilis, II, 206, 209
in whooping cough, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

CONTAGIOUS DISEASES, I, 191

INFECTIOUS DISEASES, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Convalescence (See Contents VI)

Recovery (See Contents VI)

Convulsions, in children, III, 34
in adults, I, 188

Convulsions, in children, III, 34
in adults, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

COOKING (See Contents IV)
baking, IV, 171
boiling, IV, 180
braising, IV, 182
broiling, IV, 172
camp, VI, 220
cereals, IV, 229
eggs, IV, 184
entrées, IV, 219
fish, IV, 188
frying, IV, 175
game, IV, 202
poultry, IV, 202
roasting, IV, 171
sauces, IV, 216
[Pg 9]sautéing, IV, 174
shellfish, IV, 195
soups, IV, 207
stewing, IV, 181
time of, IV, 177
utensils, IV, 232
vegetables, IV, 223

COOKING (See Contents IV)
baking, IV, 171
boiling point, IV, 180
braising, IV, 182
broiling, IV, 172
camp, VI, 220
cereals, IV, 229
eggs, IV, 184
entrées, IV, 219
fish, IV, 188
frying, IV, 175
game, IV, 202
poultry, IV, 202
roasting, IV, 171
sauces, IV, 216
sautéing, IV, 174
shellfish, IV, 195
soups, IV, 207
stewing, IV, 181
time of, IV, 177
utensils, IV, 232
vegetables, IV, 223

Copper sulphate method, V, 52

Copper sulfate method, V, 52

Copper vessels, use of, V, 67

Copper vessels, usage of, V, 67

Cord, bleeding of the, III, 142

Cord, bleeding of the, III, 142

Corns, II, 154

Corns, II, 154

Costiveness, III, 233

Costiveness, III, 233

COUGH, acute, II, 87, 91
whooping, I, 238

COUGH, acute, II, 87, 91
whooping, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Cricoid cartilage, II, 70

Cricoid cartilage, II, 70

Cross eye, II, 33

Cross-eyed, II, 33

Croup, membranous, II, 79
ordinary, II, 83, 92

Croup, membranous, II, 79
ordinary, II, 83, 92

Curvature of the spine, III, 157, 159

Curvature of the spine, III, 157, 159

Cystitis, II, 215

Cystitis, II, 215

Dandruff, II, 167

Dandruff, II, 167

Deafness, catarrhal, II, 39
chronic, II, 36
temporary, II, 33

Deafness, catarrhal, II, 39
chronic, II, 36
temporary, II, 33

Delirium tremens, III, 50

Delirium tremens, Vol. III, 50

DIARRHEA, acute, III, 205
chronic, III, 217
of children, III, 208, 209

DIARRHEA, acute, III, 205
chronic, III, 217
in kids, III, 208, 209

DIET, IV, 26, 107, 123, 138, 153
animal, IV, 39
details of, IV, 146
errors of, IV, 107
for babies, III, 132
for brain workers, IV, 126
for long life, IV, 107
for the aged, IV, 112
proper, IV, 138
relation to climate, IV, 108
rules for, IV, 110, 123
simplicity of, IV, 138
vegetable and animal, IV, 39

DIET, IV, 26, 107, 123, 138, 153
animal, IV, 39
details of, IV, 146
errors of, IV, 107
for babies, III, 132
for knowledge workers, IV, 126
for longevity, IV, 107
for seniors, IV, 112
proper, IV, 138
relation to climate, IV, 108
rules for, IV, 110, 123
simplicity of, IV, 138
veg and animal, IV, 39

Digestion, effect of dress on, IV, 42
hygiene of, IV, 26
processes of, IV, 28

Digestion, effect of clothing on, IV, 42
hygiene of IV, 26
processes of, IV, 28

Diphtheria, II, 77

Diphtheria, II, 77

DISINFECTANTS, chemical, V, 243
physical, V, 240
solutions for, V, 247

DISINFECTANTS, chemical, V, 243
physical, V, 240
solutions for, V, 247

Disinfection, V, 238
of rooms, V, 249

Disinfection, V, 238
of rooms, V, 249

DISLOCATIONS, elbow, I, 125
hip, I, 129
jaw, I, 118, 120
knee, I, 119
shoulder, I, 122

DISLOCATIONS, elbow, I, 125
hip, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
jaw, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
knee, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
shoulder, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Dog bite, I, 170

Dog bite, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Doses of drugs, IV, 255

Drug doses, IV, 255

Dressings, for bruises, I, 63, 64
for wounds, I, 53, 57
surgical, I, 131

Dressings for bruises: I, 63, 64
For wounds: I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
Surgery: I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Drink, nutritious, IV, 118

Nutritious drink, IV, 118

Drinking, steady, III, 52

Drinking steadily, III, 52

DROWNED, arousing the, I, 27
producing respiration in the, I, 28, 34
restoring the, I, 27
saving the, I, 36

DROWNED, awakening the, I, 27
creating breathing in the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
reestablishing the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
rescuing the, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Drowning person, death grasp of a, I, 37
saving a, I, 36
swimming to relief of a, I, 36

Drowning person, death grip of a, I, 37
saving a, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
swimming to rescue a, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Drugs, doses of, IV, 255

IV drug doses, 255

Drum membrane, II, 33, 43, 45, 46, 48

Drum membrane, II, 33, 43, 45, 46, 48

Dysentery, in adults, III, 222
in children, III, 213

Dysentery, in adults, III, 222
in kids, III, 213

Dysmenorrhea, III, 71

Dysmenorrhea, III, 71

DYSPEPSIA, III, 185
causes of, IV, 27
nervous, III, 190

DYSPEPSIA, III, 185
causes of, IV, 27
nervous, III, 190

EAR, anatomy of the, II, 33, 37, 46
diseases of the, II, 33
foreign bodies in the, I, 78; II, 39
water in the, II, 42
wax in the, II, 35

EAR, anatomy of the, II, 33, 37, 46
diseases of the, II, 33
foreign bodies in the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; II, 39
water in the, II, 42
wax in the, II, 35

Earache, II, 40
moderate, II, 48

Earache, II, 40
moderate, II, 48

[Pg 10]Eating, proper mode of, IV, 140–149

[Pg 10]Eating, correct way to do it, IV, 140–149

Eczema, II, 163
climatic, II, 164
occupation, II, 164
seborrheic, II, 164, 165, 167

Eczema, II, 163
climatic, II, 164
occupation, II, 164
seborrheic, II, 164, 165, 167

Eggnog, IV, 268

Eggnog, Vol. IV, 268

Eggs, as food, IV, 33, 184
soft-boiled, IV, 266

Eggs, as food, IV, 33, 184
soft-boiled egg, IV, 266

Egg water, IV, 262

Egg water, IV, 262

Elbow, dislocation of, I, 125

Dislocated elbow, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

ELECTRIC SHOCK, I, 43, 46

ELECTRIC SHOCK, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Enteric fever, I, 221

Enteric fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Enteritis, catarrhal, III, 205

Enteritis, catarrhal, III, 205

Entero-colitis, III, 209

Enterocolitis, III, 209

Enteroptosis, IV, 43

Enteroptosis, IV, 43

Environment, importance of, III, 65

Environment, importance of, III, 65

Epiglottis, II, 70

Epiglottis, II, 70

Epilepsy, III, 39
spasms in, III, 39
without spasms, III, 40

Epilepsy, III, 39
spasms in, III, 39
without spasms, III, 40

Erysipelas, I, 244

Erysipelas, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Eustachian tube, II, 37, 38, 41, 46, 49, 50

Eustachian tube, II, 37, 38, 41, 46, 49, 50

Exhaustion, mental and nervous, VI, 91–145

Exhaustion, both mental and nervous, VI, 91–145

EXERCISE, IV, 48, 66
corrective, IV, 57
effect of, IV, 51
excessive, IV, 52
for all-round development, IV, 59, 101
for boyhood, IV, 69
for children, IV, 67
for elderly men, IV, 79
for everyone, IV, 66
for girls, IV, 73
for middle-aged men, IV, 77
for women, IV, 76
for young men, IV, 71
for youth, IV, 69
home, IV, 57
regular, IV, 53, 58
results of, IV, 98
without apparatus, IV, 57

EXERCISE, IV, 48, 66
corrective, IV, 57
effect of IV 51
excessive, IV, 52
for comprehensive development, IV, 59, 101
for boys, IV, 69
for kids, IV, 67
for older men, IV, 79
for all, IV, 66
for girls, IV, 73
for middle-aged men, IV, 77
for women, IV, 76
for young men, IV, 71
for youth, IV, 69
home, IV, 57
regular, IV, 53, 58
results of, IV, 1998
without gear, IV, 57

EYE, anatomy of the, II, 30
astigmatism of the, II, 26 black, II, 14
catarrhal inflammation of the, II, 18
cinder in the, I, 76
cross, II, 33
diseases of the, II, 13
farsighted II, 21
foreign bodies in the, I, 76; II, 13
hyperopic, II, 22
lens of the, II, 30
muscles of the, II, 30
nearsighted, II, 25
pink, II, 19
retina of the, II, 30
sore, II, 16
strain, II, 21
wounds and burns of the, II, 16

EYE, anatomy of the, II, 30
astigmatism of the, II, 26 black, II, 14
catarrhal inflammation of the, II, 18
cinder in the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cross, II, 33
diseases of the II, 13
farsighted II, 21
foreign objects in the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; II, 13
hyperopia, II, 22
lens of the, II, 30
muscles of the II, 30
nearsighted, II, 25
pink, II, 19
retina of the II, 30
sore, II, 16
strain, II, 21
wounds and burns of the, II, 16

Eyelid, congestion of the, II, 17
stye on the, II, 15
twitching of the, II, 15

Eyelid congestion, II, 17
stye on the eyelid, II, 15
eyelid twitch, II, 15

Eye muscles, weakness of the, II, 28

Eye muscles, weakness of the, II, 28

Eye-strain, II, 21

Eye strain, II, 21

Facial, neuralgia, III, 28
paralysis, III, 25

Facial, neuralgia, III, 28
paralysis, III, 25

FAINTING, I, 185; III, 45

FAINTING, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; III, 45

Farsightedness, II, 21

Farsightedness, II, 21

Fat as a food, IV, 35

Fat as a food, IV, 35

Fatigue, causes of, IV, 50

Fatigue, causes of, IV, 50

Felon, I, 74, 75

Felon, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

FEVER, bilious, I, 247
black water, I, 256
Chagres, I, 256
chills and, I, 247
enteric, I, 221
gastric, III, 179
intermittent, I, 247
marsh, I, 247
remittent, I, 247
rheumatic, II, 169
scarlet, I, 192
swamp, I, 247
typhoid, I, 221
yellow, I, 261

FEVER, nauseous, I, 247
dark liquid, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Chagres, Me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
shivers and, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
intestinal, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
stomach, III, 179
seasonal, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
wetland, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
wavering, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
muscular, II, 169
bright red, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
bog, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
typhoid, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
jaundiced, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fever blister, II, 147

Cold sore, II, 147

[Pg 11]Fevers, eruptive contagious, I, 191

Fevers, contagious and eruptive, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fish as food, IV, 188

Fish for food, IV, 188

Finger, fracture of, I, 101

Finger fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

FIT, I, 188

FIT, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Flea bites, I, 162

Flea bites, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Fly bites, I, 164

Fly bites, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Food, adulteration of, V, 87
containing parasites, I, 152
elements of, IV, 29
for babies, III, 132; IV, 261
for the sick, IV, 261
infected, I, 150
laws, V, 88
poisoning, I, 147
preparation of, IV, 171
pure, selection of, V, 89

Food, contamination of, V, 87
containing parasites, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
components of, IV, 29
for infants, III, 132; IV, 261
for the sick, IV, 261
infected, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
regulations, V, 88
poisoning, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
prepping of, IV, 171
pure, selection of, V, 89

Foods, advertised, IV, 116

Foods, advertised, IV, 116

Foot gear, IV, 24

Footwear, IV, 24

Forearm fracture, I, 94

Forearm fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

FOREIGN BODIES, in the ear, I, 78; II, 39
in the eye, I, 76; II, 13
in the nose, I, 79; II, 53

FOREIGN BODIES, in the ear, I, 78; II, 39
in the eye, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; II, 13
in the nose, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; II, 53

Foreskin, adhering, III, 141

Foreskin, adhering, III, 141

Fourth-of-July accidents, I, 56

Fourth of July accidents, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

FRACTURE (See Broken Bone)
Colles', I, 99
compound, I, 80, 116
how to tell a, I, 81
simple, I, 80

FRACTURE (See Broken Bone)
Colles', I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
compound, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
how to identify a, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
simple, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Freckles, II, 150

Freckles, II, 150

Freezing, I, 178

Freezing, I'm __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

FROSTBITE, I, 178, 180

FROSTBITE, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Gallstone colic, III, 261

Gallstone colic, III, 261

Ganglion, I, 75

Ganglion, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Garbage, disposal of, V, 171

Trash disposal, V, 171

Gastric fever, III, 179

Gastric flu, III, 179

Genito-urinary diseases, II, 199

Genitourinary diseases, II, 199

Germs (See Bacteria)

Germs (See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)

Girls, exercises for, IV, 73
physical training for, IV, 72; VI, 39

Girls, exercises for, IV, 73
physical training for, IV, 72; VI, 39

Glands, enlarged, III, 149

Enlarged glands, III, 149

Gonorrhea, II, 199
in women, II, 203; III, 90

Gonorrhea, II, 199
in women, II, 203; III, 90

Gout, common, II, 183
rheumatic, II, 177

Gout, common, II, 183
rheumatic, II, 177

Grippe, la, II, 56, 108

Grippe, the, II, 56, 108

Growing pains, III, 146

Growing Pains, III, 146

Hair, the, IV, 21

Hair, IV, 21

Hallucinations, II, 232

Hallucinations, II, 232

Hand, anatomy of the, III, 30
arteries of the, III, 30
fracture of the, I, 101
nerves of the, III, 30
tendons of the, III, 30

Hand, anatomy of the, III, 30
arteries of the III, 30
fracture of the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
nerves of III, 30
tendons of the III, 30

HEADACHE, constant, II, 120
due to disease, II, 117
due to eye strain, II, 29
due to heat stroke, II, 120
due to indigestion, II, 115
due to poisoning, II, 118
nervous, II, 117
neuralgic, II, 117
sick, II, 113
sympathetic, II, 116

HEADACHE, constant, II, 120
caused by illness, II, 117
caused by eye strain, II, 29
caused by heat stroke, II, 120
caused by indigestion, II, 115
caused by poisoning, II, 118
nervous, II, 117
neuralgic, II, 117
sick, II, 113
sympathetic, II, 116

Head gear, IV, 24, 160

Headgear, IV, 24, 160

Head injuries, III, 46

Head injuries, III, 46

HEART, anatomy of the, III, 167, 168
enlargement of the, III, 169
palpitation of the, III, 171

HEART, anatomy of the, III, 167, 168
enlargement of the III, 169
palpitation of the, III, 171

Heart disease, III, 167

Heart disease, III, 167

Heat exhaustion, I, 39, 40

Heat exhaustion, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Heating, cost of, V, 254
methods of, V, 161

Heating, cost of, V, 254
methods of, V, 161

HEAT STROKE, I, 39, 41

HEAT STROKE, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Hemorrhage (See Bleeding)

Hemorrhage (See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__)

Hemorrhoids, II, 135

Hemorrhoids, Vol. II, 135

Heredity, III, 57
in consumption, II, 97

Heredity, III, 57
in tuberculosis, II, 97

Hernia, II, 128 (See Rupture)
strangulated, II, 129
umbilical, II, 128
ventral, II, 128

Hernia, II, 128 (See Rupture)
strangled, II, 129
umbilical, II, 128
ventral, II, 128

Hiccough or hiccup, III, 21

Hiccup, III, 21

Hip disease, III, 161

Hip disease, III, 161

Hip, dislocation of, I, 129
fracture of, I, 104

Hip, dislocation of, I, 129
fracture of, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hives, II, 143

Hives, II, 143

[Pg 12]Hoarseness, II, 80

Hoarseness, II, 80

Hornet stings, I, 158

Hornet stings, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

"Horrors," the, III, 50

"Horrors," III, 50

House, proper construction of, V, 141

House, proper construction of, V, 141

Housemaid's knee, I, 72

Housemaid's knee, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hypodermic syringe, the, IV, 250

IV hypodermic syringe, 250

Hysteria, VI, 20

Hysteria, Vol. VI, 20

INDIGESTION, acute, III, 178
a result of errors, IV, 130
chronic, III, 185
intestinal, III, 202
not disease, IV, 134

INDIGESTION, acute, III, 178
as a result of errors, IV, 130
chronic, III, 185
intestinal, III, 202
not a disease, IV, 134

Infants, bathing, III, 109
care of, III, 108
clothing for the, III, 110
feeding of, III, 118

Infants, bathing, III, 109
care of, III, 108
clothing for the 110
feeding of, III, 118

Infection, V, 238
in erysipelas, I, 244
in malaria, I, 247
in typhoid fever, I, 221
in yellow fever, I, 261

Infection, V, 238
in cellulitis, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in malaria, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in typhoid fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
in yellow fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

INFECTIOUS DISEASES, I, 221

INFECTIOUS DISEASES, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Influenza, II, 108

Influenza, II, 108

Ingrowing toe nail, I, 184

Ingrown toenail, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Injections, III, 238, 239

Injections, III, 238, 239

INJURED, CARRYING THE, I, Frontispiece

INJURED, CARRYING THE, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Insane, criminal, II, 234
delusions of the, II, 233
illusions of the, II, 231
sanitariums for the, II, 245

Insane, criminal, II, 234
delusions of the, II, 233
illusions of the, II, 231
sanitariums for the, II, 245

Insanity, II, 229; VI, 164
causes of, II, 239
false ideas regarding, II, 241
physical signs of, II, 235
prevention of, II, 240
types of, II, 236

Insanity, II, 229; VI, 164
causes of, II, 239
misconceptions about, II, 241
physical signs of, II, 235
prevention of, II, 240
types of, II, 236

Insensibility, III, 44

Insensibility, III, 44

Insomnia, III, 23

Insomnia, III, 23

Intermittent fever, I, 247

Intermittent fever, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Invalids, care of, VI, 155

Invalids, c/o, VI, 155

Itching, II, 139

Itching, II, 139

Ivy poison, II, 152

Ivy poison, II, 152

Jaundice, III, 180

Jaundice, III, 180

Jaw, dislocation of, I, 118, 120
fracture of, I, 89

Dislocated jaw, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
fractured, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Joint, injury of a, I, 65, 69

Joint injury of mine, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Junket, IV, 266

Junket, IV, 266

Kerosene, extermination of mosquitoes by, V, 77

Kerosene, killing mosquitoes with, V, 77

Kidneys, inflammation of the, II, 220
Bright's disease of the, II, 219
stone in the, III, 265

Kidneys, inflammation of the, II, 220
Bright's disease of the kidney, II, 219
stone in the, III, 265

Knee, dislocation of, I, 119
sprain of, I, 67, 70

Knee, dislocation of, I, 119
sprained my __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Kneepan fracture, I, 109

Kneecap fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Knock knees, III, 163

Knock knees, III, 163

Laryngitis, II, 80

Laryngitis, II, 80

Larynx, anatomy of the, II, 70
spasm of the, III, 153

Larynx, anatomy of the, II, 70
spasm of the, III, 153

Leeches, use of, II, 43

Leech usage, II, 43

Leg bones, fracture of, I, 111, 116

Fractured leg bones, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Leucorrhœa, III, 86

Leucorrhea, III, 86

Lice, body, I, 161
clothes, I, 161
crab, I, 162
head, I, 160

Lice, body, I, 161
clothes, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
crab, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
head, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Life-saving service, U. S., I, 27

Life-saving service, U.S., I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Lightning stroke, I, 43

Lightning struck, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Limewater, IV, 268

Limewater, IV, 268

LOCKJAW, I, 56

LOCKJAW, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Long life, rules for (See Contents IV, Part III)

Long life, rules for (See Contents IV, Part III)

Lotions, II, 145, 151, 152, 155, 166

Lotions, II, 145, 151, 152, 155, 166

Lues, II, 206

Lues, II, 206

Lumbago, II, 173

Lumbago, II, 173

LUNGS, bleeding from the, I, 62
diseases of the, II, 87
inflammation of the, II, 93
tuberculosis of the, II, 96

LUNGS, bleeding from the, I, 62
diseases of the II 87
inflammation of the, II, 93
tuberculosis of the, II, 96

MALARIA, I, 247
chronic, I, 253
mosquito as cause of, I, 157, 247
pernicious, I, 255
remittent, I, 254

MALARIA, I, 247
chronic, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
mosquito as cause of, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
harmful, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
remittent, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

[Pg 13]Malt soup, IV, 267

Malt soup, IV, 267

Marasmus, III, 144

Marasmus, III, 144

Marketing, hints on, IV, 232

Marketing tips on IV, 232

Marriage relations, II, 197

Marriage relationships, II, 197

Marsh fever, I, 247

Marsh fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Measles, common, I, 198
German, I, 203

Measles, common, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
German, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Meat as food, IV, 32

Meat as food, IV, 32

Median nerve, III, 30

Median nerve, III, 30

Medicine chest, contents of the, IV, 243

Medicine chest, contents of the, IV, 243

MEDICINES, PATENT, II, 245
antiphlogistine, II, 258
belladonna plasters, II, 257
dangers of, II, 260
hamamelis, II, 255
headache powders, II, 262
Listerine, II, 256
Platt's Chlorides, II, 259
Pond's Extract, II, 255
proprietary, II, 246
Scott's Emulsion, II, 257
vaseline, II, 254
witch-hazel, II, 255

MEDICINES, PATENT, II, 245
antiphlogistine, II, 258
belladonna patches, II, 257
dangers of, II, 260
hamamelis, II, 255
headache powders, II, 262
Listerine, II, 256
Platt's Chlorides, II, 259
Pond's Extract, Vol. II, 255
proprietary, II, 246
Scott's Emulsion, II, 257
vaseline, II, 254
witch hazel, II, 255

Medulla oblongata, III, 22

Medulla oblongata, III, 22

Membranous croup, II, 79

Membranous croup, II, 79

Menopause, the, III, 70

Menopause, the, III, 70

Menstruation, III, 67
absence of, III, 75
arrest of, III, 79
cessation of, III, 78
delayed, III, 79
painful, III, 71
scanty, III, 79

Menstruation, III, 67
absence of, III, 75
arrest of III, 79
cessation of, III, 78
delayed, III, 79
painful, III, 71
scant, III, 79

Metals, poisoning by, I, 141

Metal poisoning, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Miliaria, II, 148

Miliaria, II, 148

MILK, as food, IV, 33
curd, IV, 266
mixtures, III, 124
peptonized, IV, 264
poisoning, III, 209, 211
porridge, IV, 267

MILK, as food, IV, 33
curd, IV, 266
mixtures, III, 124
peptonized, IV, 264
poisoning, III, 209, 211
porridge, IV, 267

Mind cure, VI, 31
disorder of the, II, 229

Mind cure, VI, 31
disorder of the, II, 229

Miscarriage, danger of, III, 80

Miscarriage risk, III, 80

MOSQUITO bites, I, 155, 158; V, 71
destruction of the, I, 258; V, 75
exterminating the, V, 70
malaria due to the, I, 248
yellow fever due to the, I, 261; V, 70

MOSQUITO bites, I, 155, 158; V, 71
destruction of the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; V, 75
exterminating the, V, 70
malaria caused by the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Yellow fever is caused by the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; V, 70.

Motor nerve, III, 38

Motor nerve, III, 38

Mouth-breathing, II, 60

Mouth breathing, II, 60

Mouth, inflammation of the, II, 64
sore, II, 64

Mouth, inflammation of the, II, 64
sore, II, 64

Mumps, I, 235

Mumps, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Muscular action, IV, 48
development, by will power, IV, 63

Muscular action, IV, 48
growth, through determination, IV, 63

MUSHROOM POISONING, V, 112

MUSHROOM POISONING, Vol. 112

Mushrooms, edible, V, 115
how to tell, V, 114
poisonous, V, 124

Mushrooms, edible, V, 115
how to identify, V, 114
toxic, V, 124

Mutton broth, IV, 261

Lamb broth, IV, 261

Myalgia, II, 173

Myalgia, II, 173

Myopia, II, 25

Myopia, II, 25

Narcotics, poisoning by, I, 142

Narcotics poisoning, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Nasal cavity, II, 54

Nasal cavity, II, 54

Navel, sore, III, 142

Navel, sore, III, 142

Nearsightedness, II, 25

Nearsightedness, II, 25

Nervous debility, III, 13
diseases, III, 13
exhaustion, III, 13; VI, 70, 167

Nervous weakness, III, 13
conditions, III, 13
fatigue, III, 13; VI, 70, 167

NERVOUSNESS (See Contents VI)
remedy for, VI, 70, 167; III, 20

ANXIETY (See Contents VI)
cure for, VI, 70, 167; III, 20

Nervous system, reflex action of the, III, 38

Nervous system, reflex action of the, III, 38

Nettlerash, II, 143

Nettlerash, II, 143

Neuralgia, III, 27
facial, III, 28
of the chest, III, 29

Neuralgia, III, 27
facial, III, 28
of the chest, III, 29

Neurasthenia, III, 13

Neurasthenia, Vol. III, No. 13

NOSE, anatomy of the, II, 54
bleeding from the, II, 51
catarrh of the, II, 55
diseases of the, II, 51
foreign bodies in the, I, 79; II, 53
obstructions in the, II, 60
septum of the, II, 51, 54, 61

NOSE, anatomy of the, II, 54
bleeding from the, II, 51
catarrh of the, II, 55
diseases of the, II, 51
foreign bodies in the, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; II, 53
obstructions in the, II, 60
septum of the, II, 51, 54, 61

[Pg 14]Nosebleed, I, 61; II, 51

Nosebleed, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__; II, 51

Nostrum, II, 248

Nostrum, II, 248

Nurse and patient (See Contents VI)

Nurse and patient (See Contents VI)

Nurse, selection of the, VI, 150

Nurse, selection of the, VI, 150

Nursing, VI, 146

Nursing, VI, 146

Oatmeal water, IV, 263

Oatmeal water, IV, 263

Olfactory nerves, III, 22

Olfactory nerves, III, 22

Oozing of blood, I, 54, 55

Oozing blood, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Optic nerves, III, 22

Optic nerves, III, 22

OUTDOOR LIFE (See Contents VI)
for consumption, VI, 72
for nervous exhaustion, VI, 70, 167

OUTDOOR LIFE (See Contents VI)
for consumption, VI, 72
for nervous exhaustion, VI, 70, 167

Overworked, hints for the, VI, 91

Overworked, hints for the, VI, 91

Oyster broth, IV, 267

Oyster broth, IV, 267

Palmar arch, III, 30

Palmar arch, III, 30

Pains, growing, III, 146

Pains, growing, III, 146

Palpitation of the heart, III, 171

Palpitations of the heart, III, 171

Paralysis, facial, III, 25

Facial paralysis, III, 25

Paranoia, II, 237

Paranoia, II, 237

Parasites, malarial, I, 247
yellow fever, I, 261

Parasites, malaria, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
yellow fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Paresis, II, 237

Paresis, II, 237

Patent medicines, II, 247

Patent meds, II, 247

Peritonitis, III, 252

Peritonitis, III, 252

Petit mal, III, 40

Petit mal, III, 40

Pharyngitis, II, 69

Pharyngitis, II, 69

Phthisis, II, 96

Phthisis, II, 96

Pigeon breast, II, 63

Pigeon breast, II, 63

Piles, external, II, 135
internal, II, 136

Piles, external, II, 135
internal, II, 136

Pimples, II, 145

Pimples, Vol. II, p. 145

Pink eye, II, 19

Pink eye, II, 19

Plumbing, connections, V, 194
defects in, V, 231
drains, V, 206
fixtures, V, 216
joints, V, 194
pipes, V, 191, 206
tests, 233
traps, V, 198

Plumbing, connections, V, 194
defects in, V, 231
drains, V, 206
fixtures, V, 216
joints, V, 194
pipes, V, 191, 206
tests, 233
traps, V, 198

Pneumonia, II, 93

Pneumonia, II, 93

POISONING (See Poisons)
by canned meats, I, 150
by fish, I, 148
by meat, I, 148, 150, 151
by milk, I, 148, 150, 151
food, bacterial, I, 147
food, containing parasites, I, 152
food, infected, I, 150
mushroom, V, 112
potato, I, 154

POISONING (See Poisons)
from canned meats, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from fish, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from meat, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
from milk, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__
food, bacteria, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
food with parasites, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
food, contaminated, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
mushroom, V, 112
potato, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Poison ivy, II, 152

Poison ivy, II, 152

POISONS, acetanilid, I, 146
acid, carbolic, I, 140
acid, nitric, I, 140
acid, oxalic, I, 140
acid, sulphuric, I, 140
acids, I, 140
aconite, I, 142
alcohol, I, 143
alkalies, I, 140
ammonia, I, 141
antidotes, I, 139
antimony, I, 142
arsenic, I, 141
belladonna, I, 142
bichloride of mercury, I, 141
blue vitriol, I, 141
bug poison, I, 141
camphor, I, 142
caustic soda, I, 141
chloral, I, 143
cocaine, I, 145
copper, I, 141
corrosive sublimate, I, 141
digitalis, I, 142
ergot, I, 142
Fowler's solution, I, 141
headache powders, I, 146
hellebore, I, 142
ivy, II, 152
knockout drops, I, 143
laudanum, I, 144
lobelia, I, 142
lye, I, 141
matches, I, 142
mercury, I, 141
[Pg 15]metals, I, 141
morphine, I, 144
narcotics, I, 142
nux vomica, I, 145
opium, I, 144
paregoric, I, 144
Paris green, I, 141
phenacetin, I, 146
phosphorus, I, 142
potash, I, 141
"rough on rats," I, 141
silver nitrate, I, 141
sleeping medicines, I, 143
soothing sirup, I, 144
strychnine, I, 145
tartar emetic, I, 142
tobacco, I, 144
unknown, I, 139
verdigris, I, 141
washing soda, I, 141
white precipitate, I, 141

POISONS, acetanilid, I, 146
carbolic acid, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
nitric acid, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
oxalic acid, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sulfuric acid, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
acids, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
aconite, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
alcohol, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
alkalies, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
ammonia, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
antidotes, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
antimony, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
arsenic, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
belladonna, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
mercury bichloride, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
blue vitriol, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
bug poison, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
camphor, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
caustic soda, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
chloral, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cocaine, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
copper, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
corrosive sublimate, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
digitalis, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
ergot, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Fowler's solution, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
headache relief, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
hellebore, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
ivy, II, 152
knockout drops, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
laudanum, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
lobelia, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
lye, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
matches, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
mercury, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
metals, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
morphine, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
narcotics, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
nux vomica, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
opium, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
paregoric, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
Paris green, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
phenacetin, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
phosphorus, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
potash, myself, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
"hard on rats," I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
silver nitrate, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sleeping meds, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
soothing syrup, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
strychnine, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
tartar emetic, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
tobacco, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
unknown, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
verdigris, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
washing soda, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
white powder, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Polypi, II, 54, 62

Polypi, II, 54, 62

Pons Varolii, III, 22

Pons Varolii, III, 22

Pott's disease, III, 157

Pott's disease, Vol. III, p. 157

Poultry as food, IV, 201

Poultry for food, IV, 201

Pox, II, 206

Pox, II, 206

Pregnancy, III, 91
diet during, III, 91
exercise during, III, 91
mental state during, III, 95
signs of, III, 80, 93

Pregnancy, III, 91
diet during, III, 91
exercise during, III, 91
mental state during, III, 95
signs of, III, 80, 93

Prickly heat, II, 148

Prickly heat, II, 148

Proprietary medicines, II, 248

Proprietary medications, II, 248

Pruritus, II, 139

Pruritus, II, 139

Pulse, how to feel the, IV, 247

Pulse, how to feel it, IV, 247

Punctured wound, bleeding from, a, I, 52, 53

Punctured wound, bleeding from, a, I, 52, 53

Pure food bill, II, 249

Pure food bill, II, 249

PURE FOOD, SELECTION OF, V, 89–111
canned articles, V, 107
cereals, V, 98
chocolate, V, 107
cocoa, V, 107
coffee, V, 104
flavoring extracts, V, III
meat, V, 92
meat products, V, 95
olive oil, V, 110
shellfish, V, 94
spices, V, 108
sugar, V, 108
tea, V, 104
vegetables, V, 96
vinegar, V, 110

PURE FOOD, SELECTION OF, V, 89–111
canned food, V, 107
cereals, V, 98
chocolate, V, 107
cocoa, V, 107
coffee, V, 104
flavor extracts, V, III
meat, V, 92
meat products, V, 95
olive oil, vegan, 110
shellfish, V, 94
spices, V, 108
sugar, V, 108
tea, V, 104
vegetables, V, 96
vinegar, V, 110

Purifying water supply, V, 52

Water purification, V, 52

Quinsy, II, 75

Quinsy, II, 75

Radial nerve, III, 30

Radial nerve, III, 30

Recipes, for babies, IV, 261
for the sick, IV, 261

Recipes for babies, IV, 261
for the sick, IV, 261

Reflex action illustrated, III, 38; IV, 49

Reflex action shown, III, 38; IV, 49

Remittent fever, I, 247

Remittent fever, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Renal colic, III, 263

Renal colic, III, 263

Respiration, to produce artificial, I, 28, 34, 43, 178, 186

Respiration, to create artificial, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__

Respirations, counting the, IV, 248

Respirations count, IV, 248

Rest cure, III, 20

Rest cure, III, 20

Reversion, III, 59

Reversion, III, 59

Rheumatic fever, II, 169
gout, II, 177

Rheumatic fever, II, 169
gout, II, 177

RHEUMATISM, acute, II, 169
chronic, II, 175
effect on the heart, II, 170
inflammatory, II, 169
muscular, II, 173
of the chest, II, 174

RHEUMATISM, acute, II, 169
chronic, II, 175
effect on the heart, II, 170
inflammatory, II, 169
muscular, II, 173
of the chest, II, 174

Rhinitis, II, 77

Rhinitis, II, 77

Rib, broken, I, 83

Broken rib, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Rice water, IV, 264

Rice water, IV, 264

Rickets, III, 151

Rickets, III, 151

Ringworm, of body, II, 149
of scalp, II, 149

Ringworm of the body, II, 149
of the scalp, II, 149

RUN-AROUND, I, 73

RUN-AROUND, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Rupture, II, 128

Rupture, II, 128

Salt rheum, II, 163

Salt rash, II, 163

Sanitariums for the insane, II, 245

Sanitariums for the mentally ill, II, 245

SANITATION (See Contents V)

Sanitation (See Contents V)

Sarcoma, II, 124

Sarcoma, II, 124

[Pg 16]SCALDS, I, 171

[Pg 16]SCALDS, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Scalp wounds, I, 60

Scalp injuries, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Scarlatina, I, 192

Scarlatina, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Scarlet fever, I, 192

Scarlet fever, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sciatica, III, 31

Sciatica, III, 31

Scorpion sting, I, 164

Scorpion sting, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Scrofula, III, 149

Scrofula, III, 149

Scurvy, common, II, 180
infantile, II, 182

Scurvy, common, II, 180
infantile, II, 182

Seasickness, III, 195

Seasickness, III, 195

Self-abuse, II, 192

Self-harm, II, 192

Semicircular canals, II, 46

Semicircular canals, II, 46

Sensory nerve, III, 38

Sensory nerve, III, 38

Septum, II, 54
deviation of the, II, 60

Septum, II, 54
deviation of the, II, 60

Serum, antivenomous, I, 169

Antivenom serum, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sewage, V, 170
disposal of, V, 172

Sewage, V, 170
disposal of, V, 172

Sewer gas, V, 187

Sewer gas, V, 187

Sewers, V, 182

Sewers, vol. 182

Sexual organs, care of the, II, 191
diseases of the, II, 199

Sexual organs, care of the, II, 191
diseases of the II, 199

Sexual relations, II, 194

Sexual relations, II, 194

Shingles, III, 29

Shingles, III, 29

Shoulder, dislocation of, I, 122
sprain of, I, 67

Shoulder dislocation, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
sprain of, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Shoulder-blade fracture, I, 91

Shoulder blade fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sick, food for the, IV, 261

Sick, food for the, IV, 261

Sick room, the, VI, 150

Sick room, the, VI, 150

SKIN, callus of the, II, 156
chafing of the, II, 142
chapping of the, II, 142
cracks in the, II, 156
discolorations of the, II, 150
diseases of the, II, 139
irritation of the, II, 142
itching of the, II, 139

SKIN, callus of the, II, 156
chafing of the, II, 142
chapping of the, II, 142
cracks in the, II, 156
discolorations of the, II, 150
diseases of the, II, 139
irritation of the, II, 142
itching of the, II, 139

Sleeplessness, III, 23

Sleeplessness, III, 23

Sling, how to make a, 87, 88

Sling, how to make a, 87, 88

Smallpox, I, 206

Smallpox, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Snake bite, I, 166, 168

Snake bite, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Soap, use of, IV, 32

Soap, usage of, IV, 32

Soil, bacteria in, V, 135
constituents of, V, 131
contamination of, V, 136
diseases due to, V, 139

Soil, bacteria in, V, 135
components of, V, 131
pollution of, V, 136
diseases caused by, V, 139

Soil, improving the, V, 140
influence of, V, 137

Soil, improving the, V, 140
influence of, V, 137

Sore mouth, aphthous, II, 66
gangrenous, II, 67
simple, II, 65
ulcerous, II, 67

Sore mouth, canker sore, II, 66
gangrenous, II, 67
simple, II, 65
ulcerous, II, 67

Sore eyes, II, 16

Sore eyes, II, 16

Sore throat, II, 69

Sore throat, II, 69

Soup, malt, IV, 267

Soup, malt, IV, 267

Soups, IV, 207

Soups, IV, 207

Spider bite, I, 164, 165

Spider bite, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Spinal cord, III, 38

Spinal cord, III, 38

Spine, curvature of, III, 157, 159

Spine, curvature of, III, 157, 159

Spleen, enlargement of, II, 254

Enlarged spleen, II, 254

Splinters, removing, I, 54

Removing splinters, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Splints, I, 61, 71, 93, 97, 102, 107, 110, 111, 114, 128

Splints, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_3__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_4__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_5__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_6__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_7__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_8__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_9__

SPRAINS, bandages for, I, 65, 67
treatment of, 65, 66

SPRAINS, bandages for, I, 65, 67
treatment of, 65, 66

Sprue, II, 66

Sprue, II, 66

Squint, II, 33

Squint, II, 33

St. Vitus's Dance, III, 155

St. Vitus's Dance, III, 155

Stiff neck, II, 174

Stiff neck, II, 174

STINGS, bee, I, 158
centipede, I, 164
hornet, I, 158
scorpion, I, 164
wasp, I, 158

STINGS, bee, I, 158
centipede, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
hornet, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
scorpion, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
wasp, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Stitching a wound, I, 58

Stitching a wound, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

STOMACH, bleeding from the, I, 62
catarrh of the, III, 185, 209
diseases of the, III, 178
neuralgia of the, III, 251

STOMACH, bleeding from the, I, 62
catarrh of the, III, 185, 209
diseases of the, III, 178
neuralgia of the III, 251

Stomachache, III, 247

Stomach ache, III, 247

Stone, in the bladder, III, 265
in the kidney, III, 263

Stone, in the bladder, III, 265
in the kidney, III, 263

Strabismus, II, 33

Strabismus, II, 33

Stye, II, 15

Stye, 2, 15

SUFFOCATION, from gas, I, 186

SUFFOCATION, from gas, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sunstroke, I, 40

Sunstroke, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Surgical dressings, I, 131

Surgical bandages, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Swamp fever, I, 247

Swamp fever, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

SYNOVITIS, I, 69

SYNOVITIS, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Syphilis, II, 206, 212

Syphilis, II, 206, 212

Syringe, the bulb, III, 239
[Pg 17]the fountain, III, 238
the hypodermic, IV, 250

Syringe, the bulb, III, 239
the fountain, III, 238
the hypodermic, IV, 250

Tan, II, 150

Tan, II, 150

Tapeworm, I, 152

Tapeworm, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tarantula bite, I, 164

Tarantula bite, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tea, use of, IV, 43

Tea, usage of, IV, 43

Teeth, artificial, IV, 119
care of the, IV, 26

Teeth, fake, IV, 119
care of IV, 26

Teething, III, 113

Teething, III, 113

Temperature, how to tell the, IV, 246
proper, IV, 161, 162

Temperature, how to determine it, IV, 246
correct method, IV, 161, 162

Tetter, II, 163

Tetter, II, 163

Thermometer, clinical, use of the, IV, 246

Thermometer, clinical, use of the, IV, 246

Thigh-bone fracture, I, 106

Thigh bone fracture, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

THROAT, diseases of the, II, 51,
sore, II, 69

THROAT, diseases of the, II, 51,
sore, II, 69

Thrush, II, 66

Thrush, II, 66

Tic douloureux, III, 28

Tic douloureux, III, 28

Toe nail, ingrowing, I, 184

Ingrown toenail, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Tongue, noting appearance of the, IV, 249

Tongue, noting the appearance of the, IV, 249

Tonsilitis, II, 71

Tonsillitis, II, 71

Tonsils, enlarged, II, 63

Enlarged tonsils, II, 63

Tooth, ulcerated, II, 58

Tooth, infected, II, 58

Toothache, II, 58

Toothache, II, 58

Training, physical, IV, 124; VI, 38

Training, physical, IV, 124; VI, 38

Trichiniasis, I, 153

Trichinosis, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Truss, use of the, II, 130

Truss, use of the, II, 130

Tuberculin, II, 101

Tuberculin, II, 101

Tuberculosis of the bones, III, 157
of the lungs, II, 96

Tuberculosis of the bones, III, 157
of the lungs, II, 96

TUMORS, II, 123

TUMORS, II, 123

Turbinates, enlarged, II, 60

Enlarged turbinates, II, 60

Typhoid fever, I, 221
complications of, I, 228

Typhoid fever, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
complications of, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Ulcerated tooth, II, 58

Ulcerated tooth, II, 58

Ulnar nerve, III, 30

Ulnar nerve, III, 30

UNCONSCIOUSNESS, III, 44
due to drunkenness, III, 47
due to epilepsy, III, 48
due to fainting, III, 45
due to head injuries, III, 46

UNCONSCIOUSNESS, III, 44
from drinking, III, 47
from epilepsy, III, 48
from fainting, III, 45
from head injuries, III, 46

Unconsciousness, due to kidney disease, III, 48
due to opium poisoning, III, 48
due to sunstroke, III, 48

Unconsciousness caused by kidney disease, III, 48
caused by opium poisoning, III, 48
sunstroke, III, 48

Underclothing, proper, IV, 22

Undergarments, appropriate, IV, 22

URINE, incontinence of, II, 213
involuntary passage of, II, 213
painful passage of, III, 141
retention of, II, 218; III, 141
stoppage of, II, 218
suppression of, II, 218

URINE, incontinence of, II, 213
involuntary passing of, II, 213
painful passing of, III, 141
retention of, II, 218; III, 141
blockage of, II, 218
cessation of, II, 218

Urticaria, II, 143

Urticaria, II, 143

Vaccination, I, 211–215

Vaccination, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__–215

Varicocele, II, 134

Varicocele, II, 134

Varicose veins, II, 132

Varicose veins, II, 132

Varioloid, I, 211

Varioloid, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Veal broth, IV, 261

Veal broth, IV, 261

Vegetables as food, IV, 34, 223

Vegetables as food, IV, 34, 223

Vein, bleeding from a, I, 51, 52

Vein, bleeding from a, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Veins, systemic, III, 168

Veins, systemic, III, 168

VENTILATION, artificial, V, 157
forces of, V, 148
methods of, V, 150
natural, V, 151

VENTILATION, artificial, V, 157
forces of, V, 148
methods of V, 150
natural, V, 151

Ventricles of the heart, III, 168

Ventricles of the heart, III, 168

Vision, defects of, II, 21–33

Vision defects II, 21–33

Vocal cords, II, 70

Vocal cords, II, 70

VOMITING, III, 194
of blood, III, 200
of indigestion, III, 199
of pregnancy, III, 196

VOMITING, III, 194
of blood, III, 200
of indigestion, III, 199
of pregnancy, III, 196

Wakefulness, III, 23

Wakefulness, III, 23

Warming, V, 160

Warming, V, 160

Warts, flat, II, 154
moist, II, 154
seed, II, 153
threadlike, II, 153

Warts, flat, II, 154
moist, II, 154
seed, II, 153
threadlike, II, 153

Wasp stings, I, 158

Wasp stings, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wasting, III, 144

Wasting, III, 144

WATER, barley, IV, 263
egg, IV, 262
lake, V, 27
lime, IV, 268
oatmeal, IV, 263
[Pg 18]pure, V, 21, 52
rain, V, 26
rice, IV, 264
spring, V, 29
well, V, 31–37
wheat, IV, 264

WATER, barley, IV, 263
egg, IV, 262
lake, V, 27
lime, IV, 268
oatmeal, IV, 263
pure, V, 21, 52
rain, V, 26
rice, IV, 264
spring, V, 29
well, V, 31–37
wheat, IV, 264

Water cure, for nervous exhaustion, III, 20

Water cure, for nervous exhaustion, III, 20

Water distribution, V, 39
engines for, V, 42
hydraulic rams for, V, 40
pressure systems for, V, 47
storage tanks for, V, 46
windmills for, V, 41

Water distribution, V, 39
engines for V42
hydraulic rams for V40
pressure systems for, V, 47
storage tanks for V, 46
wind turbines for, V, 41

Water supply, laws of, V, 37
plants which pollute, V, 54
pollution of, V, 22
purifying the, V, 52
sources of, V, 19
system for country, V, 47

Water supply, laws of, V, 37
polluting plants, V, 54
pollution of, V, 22
purifying the, V, 52
sources of, V, 19
system for country, V, 47

Wax in the ear, II, 34

Wax in the ear, II, 34

Wear and tear (See Contents VI)

Wear and tear (See Contents VI)

Weaning, III, 117

Weaning, III, 117

WEEPING SINEW, I, 75

WEEPING SINEW, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wen, II, 126

Wen, II, 126

Wheat water, IV, 264

Wheat water, IV, 264

Whey, mixtures, IV, 265
wine, IV, 266

Whey, mixtures, IV, 265
wine, IV, 266

Whites, III, 87

Whites, III, 87

Whitlow, I, 74, 75

Whitlow, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Whooping cough, I, 238

Whooping cough, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Womb, hemorrhage from the, III, 82

Womb, hemorrhage from the, III, 82

Women, exercises for, IV, 76

Women, exercises for, IV, 76

Wood tick, bite of, I, 159

Wood tick bite, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

WORMS, pin, III, 243
round, III, 242
tape, III, 245

WORMS, pin, III, 243
round 3, 242
tape, III, 245

WOUNDS, I, 50
about the eyes, II, 16
caused by pistols, I, 56
caused by firecrackers, I, 56
cleansing, I, 59
foreign bodies in, I, 54, 56
scalp, I, 60
stitching, I, 58
treatment of, I, 50, 57

WOUNDS, I, 50
around the eyes, II, 16
from guns, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
from fireworks, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
cleaning, me, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
objects inside, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__
scalp injuries, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
suturing, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
care about, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Wrist, fracture of the, I, 99
sprain of the, I, 65, 67

Wrist, fracture of the, I, 99
sprained my __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

Yellow fever, I, 261
mosquito as cause of, I, 157, 261, 265

Yellow fever, I, 261
mosquito as cause of, I, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_2__

Preface

Medicine, as the art of preserving and restoring health, is the rightful office of the great army of earnest and qualified American physicians. But their utmost sincerity and science are hampered by trying restrictions with three great classes of people: those on whom the family physician cannot call every day; those on whom he cannot call in time; and those on whom he cannot call at all.

Medicine, as the practice of maintaining and restoring health, is the essential duty of the dedicated and skilled American doctors. However, their genuine effort and expertise are limited by challenging constraints involving three major groups of people: those whom the family doctor cannot visit every day; those whom he cannot see in time; and those whom he cannot reach at all.

To lessen these restrictions, thus assisting and extending the healer's work, is the aim of the pages that follow.

To reduce these limitations and support the healer's work, that is the goal of the following pages.

Consider first the average American household, where the family physician cannot call every day. Not a day finds this household without the need of information in medicine or hygiene or sanitation. More efforts of the profession are thwarted by ignorance than by epidemic. Not to supplant the doctor, but to supplement him, carefully prepared information should be at hand on the hygiene of health—sanitation, diet, exercise, clothing, baths, etc.; on the hygiene of disease—nursing and sick-room conduct, control of the nervous and insane, emergency resources, domestic remedies; above all, on the prevention of disease, emphasizing the folly of self-treatment; pointing out the danger of delay in seeking skilled medical advice with[Pg 20] such troubles as cancer, where early recognition may bring permanent cure; showing the benefit of simple sanitary precautions, such as the experiment-stations method of exterminating the malaria-breeding mosquito. The volumes treating of these subjects cannot be made too clear, nontechnical, fundamental, or too well guarded by the supervision of medical men known favorably to the profession.

Consider first the average American household, where the family doctor can’t be there every day. Not a day goes by without the household needing information about medicine, hygiene, or sanitation. More efforts by the medical profession are held back by ignorance than by epidemics. Not to replace the doctor, but to support him, well-prepared information should be readily available on health hygiene—sanitation, diet, exercise, clothing, baths, etc.; on disease hygiene—nursing and care for the sick, managing the nervous and mentally ill, emergency resources, home remedies; and most importantly, on disease prevention, highlighting the foolishness of self-treatment; stressing the risks of delaying professional medical advice with[Pg 20] issues like cancer, where early detection can lead to a permanent cure; showing the advantages of simple sanitary measures, like the experiment-stations method for eliminating malaria-carrying mosquitoes. The resources covering these topics need to be clear, non-technical, fundamental, and well-supervised by reputable medical professionals.

Again, the physician cannot come on time to save life, limb, or looks to the victim of many a serious accident. And yet some bystander could usually understand and apply plain rules for inducing respiration, applying a splint, giving an emetic, soothing a burn or the like, so as to safeguard the sufferer till the doctor's arrival—if only these plain rules were in such compact form that no office, store, or home in the land need be without them.

Again, the doctor can't arrive on time to save the life or health of the victim of many serious accidents. Yet, a bystander could usually grasp and use simple rules for starting breathing, applying a splint, giving an emetic, or easing a burn, to protect the person in pain until the doctor gets there—if only these straightforward rules were available in a compact format that no office, store, or home in the country would be without.

Finally, the doctor cannot come at all to hundreds of thousands of sailors, automobilists, and other travelers, to ranchers, miners, and country dwellers of many sorts. This third class has had, hitherto, little choice between some "Practice of Medicine," too technical to be helpful, on the one hand, and on the other, the dubious literature of unsanctioned "systems"; or the startling "cure-all" assertions emanating from many proprietors of remedies; or "Complete Family Physicians," which offer prescriptions as absurd for the layman as would be dynamite in the hands of a child, with superfluous and loathsome pictures ap[Pg 21]pealing only to morbid curiosity, and with a general inaccuracy utterly out of touch with twentieth-century knowledge. What such people need, much more than the dwellers in settled communities, is to learn the views of modern medicine upon the treatment of the ever-present common ailments—the use of standard remedies, cautions against the abuse of narcotics, lessons of discrimination against harmful, useless, or expensive "patent medicines," and proper rules of conduct for diet, nursing, and general treatment.

Finally, the doctor cannot come at all to hundreds of thousands of sailors, drivers, and other travelers, to ranchers, miners, and various people living in rural areas. This third group has, until now, had little choice between some "Practice of Medicine," which is too technical to be useful, and on the other hand, the questionable literature of unapproved "systems"; or the outrageous "cure-all" claims coming from many sellers of remedies; or "Complete Family Physicians," which offer prescriptions as ridiculous for the average person as dynamite in the hands of a child, with unnecessary and disgusting pictures appealing only to morbid curiosity, and with a general inaccuracy completely disconnected from twentieth-century knowledge. What these people need, much more than those living in established communities, is to understand modern medicine’s views on treating the always-present common ailments— the use of standard remedies, warnings against the misuse of narcotics, guidance on avoiding harmful, useless, or expensive "patent medicines," and proper guidelines for diet, nursing, and general treatment.

Authentic health literature existed abundantly before the preparation of these volumes, but it was scattered, expensive, and in most cases not arranged for the widest use. Not within our knowledge has the body of facts, most helpful to the layman on Sanitation and Hygiene, First Aid, and Domestic Healing, been brought together as completely, as clearly, as concisely, with a critical editing board so qualified, and with special contributions so authoritative as this work exhibits.

Authentic health literature has been widely available before the creation of these volumes, but it was often scattered, costly, and typically not organized for general use. To our knowledge, the collection of facts that are most beneficial to the general public about Sanitation and Hygiene, First Aid, and Domestic Healing has never been brought together as comprehensively, clearly, and concisely, with such a qualified editorial board and with special contributions that are as authoritative as those featured in this work.

"Utmost caution" has been a watchword with the editors from the start. Those to whom the doctor cannot come every day have been repeatedly warned of the follies of self-treatment, and reminded that to-day it is the patient that is treated—not the disease. Those to whom the doctor cannot come in time are likewise warned that the "First-aid Rules" of this Library are for temporary treatment only, in all situations where it is possible to get a physician. And the utmost[Pg 22] conservatism has been striven for by the author and the several revisers in every part of the work that appeals particularly to dwellers in localities so removed that the doctor cannot come at all. Especial delicacy was also sought in the treatment of a chapter which, it is hoped, will aid parents to guide their children in sexual matters. The illustrations represent helpful, normal conditions (with the exception of some necessary representations of fracture, etc.) with instructive captions aimed to make them less a sensation than a real benefit; and no pictures appear of a sort to stimulate mere morbid curiosity.

"Utmost caution" has been a guiding principle for the editors from the beginning. Those for whom the doctor cannot come every day have been repeatedly cautioned against the dangers of self-treatment and reminded that today the focus is on treating the patient—not just the disease. Those for whom the doctor cannot come in time are also advised that the "First-aid Rules" in this Library are meant for temporary treatment only, in situations where it’s possible to get a physician. The utmost[Pg 22] care has been taken by the author and the various revisers in every part of the work that is especially relevant to people living in areas so remote that the doctor cannot come at all. Great sensitivity was also sought in addressing a chapter which, it is hoped, will help parents guide their children on sexual matters. The illustrations depict helpful, normal situations (except for some necessary depictions of fractures, etc.) with informative captions designed to make them more beneficial than sensational; and there are no images intended to provoke mere morbid curiosity.

The greatest sympathy and appreciation of this work have been shown by the progressive and recognized practitioners who have seen early copies. They recognize it as a timely attempt to create and compile health literature in a form most complete within its limits of space, and in a manner most helpful and sane. The eager curiosity regarding themselves that has been sweeping over the American people has been diverted into frivolous and harmful channels by much reckless talk and writing. A prominent newspaper, in its Sunday editions, recently took up the assertion, in a series of articles, that appendicitis operations resulted from a gigantic criminal conspiracy on the part of surgeons; that a sufficient cure for appendicitis, "as any honest doctor would tell you," is an injection of molasses and water! The endless harm done by such outright untruth is swelled by a joining stream of slapdash mis[Pg 23]information and vicious sensation, constantly running through the press.

The greatest sympathy and appreciation for this work have come from the progressive and respected practitioners who have seen early copies. They view it as a timely effort to create and compile health literature in the most comprehensive way possible within its limited space, and in a manner that is both helpful and sensible. The intense curiosity about themselves that has swept across the American public has been redirected into trivial and harmful outlets through a lot of reckless discussion and writing. A major newspaper, in its Sunday editions, recently published a series of articles claiming that appendicitis surgeries stemmed from a massive criminal conspiracy by surgeons; that a proper cure for appendicitis, "as any honest doctor would tell you," is an injection of molasses and water! The ongoing damage caused by such blatant lies is exacerbated by a continuous stream of haphazard misinformation and sensationalism that runs through the press.

Education is sorely needed from authority. People will read about their bodies. They have a right to information from the highest accredited source. And to apply such knowledge Dr. Winslow has labored for many years during his practicing experience, condensing and setting into clear order the most vitally important facts of domestic disease and treatment; an eminently qualified staff of practicing specialists has coöperated, with criticism and supervision of incalculable value to the reader; and the accepted classics in their field follow: Dr. Weir Mitchell's elegant and inspiring essays on Nerves, Outdoor Life, etc.; Sir Henry Thompson's "precious documents of personal experience" on Diet and Conduct for Long Life; Dr. Dudley A. Sargent's scientific and long-prepared system of exercises without apparatus; Gerhard's clear principles of pure water supply; Dr. Darlington's notes and editing from the unequaled opportunity of a New York City Health Commissioner—and many other "special contributions."

Education is essential from reliable sources. People will read about their bodies. They have a right to information from the most respected authorities. To put this knowledge into practice, Dr. Winslow has worked for many years in his practice, organizing and summarizing the most critical facts about common diseases and treatments. A highly qualified team of specialists has collaborated, providing feedback and oversight that is invaluable to the reader. The established classics in their field include: Dr. Weir Mitchell's elegant and inspiring essays on Nerves, Outdoor Life, and more; Sir Henry Thompson's "valuable insights from personal experience" on Diet and Living for Longevity; Dr. Dudley A. Sargent's scientific and well-researched exercise system that doesn't require equipment; Gerhard's clear principles of clean water supply; Dr. Darlington's notes and edits from his unmatched experience as a New York City Health Commissioner—and many other "special contributions."

It is the widely accepted modern medicine, and no school or "system," that is reflected here. While medicine, as a science, is far from being perfect, partly because of faulty traditions and misinterpreted experience, yet the aim of the modern school is to base practice on facts. For example, for many years physicians were aware that quinine cured malaria, in some unex[Pg 24]plainable way. Now they not only know that malaria is caused by an animal parasite living and breeding in the blood and that quinine destroys the foe, but they know about the parasite's habits and mode of development and when it most readily succumbs to the drug. Thus a great discovery taught them to give quinine understandingly, at the right time, and in the right doses.

It is the commonly accepted modern medicine, not any particular "system," that is reflected here. While medicine, as a science, is far from perfect—partly due to flawed traditions and misunderstood experiences—the goal of the modern approach is to base practice on facts. For example, for many years doctors recognized that quinine treated malaria in some mysterious way. Now they not only understand that malaria is caused by a parasite that lives and reproduces in the blood and that quinine destroys this parasite, but they also know about the parasite's behavior and development, as well as when it is most susceptible to the drug. As a result, this significant discovery has enabled them to administer quinine with knowledge, at the right time, and in the correct doses.

An educated physician has at his command all knowledge, past and present, pertaining to medicine. He is free to employ any means to better his patient. Now it is impossible to cure, or even better, all who suffer from certain disease by any one method, and a follower of a special "system" thus ignores many agencies which might prove efficient in his case. While there is a germ of good and truth in the various "systems" of medical practice, their representatives possess no knowledge unknown to science or to the medical profession at large. Many persons are always attracted by "something new." But newness in a medical sect is too often newness in name only. These systems rise and fall, but scientific, legitimate medicine goes ever onward with an eye single to the discovery of new facts.

An educated doctor has access to all knowledge, both past and present, related to medicine. He can use any methods to help his patient. However, it's impossible to cure, or even improve the condition of, everyone suffering from certain diseases using just one approach, and someone who follows a specific "system" often ignores many other options that could be effective in their case. While there is some good and truth in the various "systems" of medical practice, their advocates don't have any knowledge that isn't already known to science or the medical community as a whole. Many people are drawn to "something new." However, often, the newness in a medical group is simply a new name for the same ideas. These systems come and go, but scientific, legitimate medicine continues to advance, focusing on discovering new facts.

That these volumes will result in an impetus to saner, quieter, steadier living, and will prove a helpful friend to many a physician and many a layman, is the earnest wish of

That these volumes will lead to a more balanced, peaceful, and steady way of living, and will become a helpful resource for many doctors and everyday people, is the sincere hope of

The Publishers.

The Publishers.

Part I

FIRST AID IN EMERGENCIES

First Aid for Emergencies

BY

BY

KENELM WINSLOW

KENELM WINSLOW

AND

AND

ALBERT WARREN FERRIS

ALBERT WARREN FERRIS

Introductory Note

With the exception of the opening chapter, which contains the valuable Life-saving Service Rules verbatim, the Editors have adopted the plan of beginning each article in Part I of this volume with a few simple, practical instructions, telling the reader exactly what to do in case of an accident. For the purpose of distinguishing them from the ordinary text, and making them easy of reference, these "First-aid Rules" are printed in light-faced type.

With the exception of the opening chapter, which includes the important Life-saving Service Rules verbatim, the Editors have decided to start each article in Part I of this volume with a few straightforward, practical instructions that tell the reader exactly what to do in case of an accident. To set them apart from the regular text and make them easy to find, these "First-aid Rules" are printed in light-faced type.

CHAPTER I

Restoring the Apparently Drowned

Reviving the Apparently Drowned

As Practiced in the United States Life-Saving Service

As Practiced in the United States Life-Saving Service

Note.—These directions differ from those given in the last revision of the Regulations by the addition of means for securing deeper inspiration. The method heretofore published, known as the Howard, or direct method, has been productive of excellent results in the practice of the service, and is retained here. It is, however, here arranged for practice in combination with the Sylvester method, the latter producing deeper inspiration than any other known method, while the former effects the most complete expiration. The combination, therefore, tends to produce the most rapid oxygenation of the blood—the real object to be gained. The combination is prepared primarily for the use of life-saving crews where assistants are at hand. A modification of Rule III, however, is published as a guide in cases where no assistants are at hand and one person is compelled to act alone. In preparing these directions the able and exhaustive report of Messrs. J. Collins Warren, M.D., and George B. Shattuck, M.D., committee of the Humane Society of Massachusetts, embraced in the annual report of the society for 1895–96, has been availed of, placing the department under many obligations to these gentlemen for their valuable suggestions.

Note.—These instructions are different from those in the last update of the Regulations because they include ways to achieve deeper breaths. The previously published method, known as the Howard or direct method, has produced excellent results in practice and is still included here. However, it's now arranged to be used alongside the Sylvester method, which provides deeper inspirations than any other known method, while the Howard method allows for the most complete exhalation. Therefore, the combination aims to achieve the fastest oxygenation of the blood—the main goal we want to achieve. This combination is primarily designed for life-saving teams where help is available. A modified version of Rule III is also provided as a guideline for situations where no help is available, and one person has to work alone. In creating these instructions, we drew from the thorough report by Dr. J. Collins Warren and Dr. George B. Shattuck, members of the Humane Society of Massachusetts, included in the society's annual report for 1895-96, and we thank them for their valuable input.

IF SEVERAL ASSISTANTS ARE AT HAND.

Rule I. Arouse the Patient.—Do not move the patient unless in danger of freezing; instantly expose the face to the air, toward the wind if there be any; wipe dry the mouth and nostrils; rip the clothing so as to expose the chest and waist; give two or three quick, smarting slaps on the chest with the open hand.

Rule 1. Wake the Patient Up.—Don’t move the patient unless they're in danger of getting too cold; immediately expose their face to the air, facing the wind if there is one; dry off the mouth and nostrils; tear the clothing to expose the chest and waist; give two or three quick, firm slaps on the chest with an open hand.

[Pg 28]If the patient does not revive, proceed immediately as follows:

[Pg 28]If the patient doesn’t come to, move on right away with the next steps:

Rule II. To Expel Water from the Stomach and Chest (see Fig. 1).—Separate the jaws and keep them apart by placing between the teeth a cork or small bit of wood, turn the patient on his face, a large bundle of tightly rolled clothing being placed beneath the stomach; press heavily on the back over it for half a minute, or as long as fluids flow freely from the mouth.

Rule 2. To Remove Water from the Stomach and Chest (see Fig. 1).—Open the person's mouth and keep it open by putting a cork or a small piece of wood between the teeth. Turn the patient face down, with a thick bundle of tightly rolled clothing placed under the stomach. Press down firmly on the back over it for half a minute, or until fluids flow freely from the mouth.

Fig. 1. Fig. 1.

TO EXPEL WATER FROM STOMACH AND CHEST.

TO GET RID OF WATER FROM STOMACH AND CHEST.

Patient lying face downward; roll of clothes beneath stomach; jaws separated by piece of wood or cork; note rescuer pressing on back to force out water.

Patient lying face down; bundle of clothes under stomach; jaws held apart by a piece of wood or cork; note rescuer pushing on back to expel water.

Rule III. To Produce Breathing (see Figs. 2 and 3).—Clear the mouth and throat of mucus by[Pg 29] introducing into the throat the corner of a handkerchief wrapped closely around the forefinger; turn the patient on the back, the roll of clothing being so placed as to raise the pit of the stomach above the level of the rest of the body. Let an assistant, with a handkerchief or piece of dry cloth, draw the tip of the tongue out of one corner of the mouth (which prevents the tongue from falling back and choking the entrance to the windpipe), and keep it projecting a little beyond the lips. Let another assistant grasp the arms, just below the elbows, and draw them steadily upward by the sides of the patient's head to the ground, the hands nearly meeting (which enlarges the capacity of the chest and induces inspiration). (Fig. 2.) While this is being done let a third assistant take position astride the patient's hips with his elbows resting upon his own knees, his hands extended ready for action. Next, let the assistant standing at the head turn down the patient's arms to the sides of the body, the assistant holding the tongue changing hands if necessary[1] to let the arms pass. Just before the patient's hands reach the ground the man astride the body will grasp the body with his hands, the balls of the thumb resting on either side of the pit of the stomach, the fingers falling into the grooves between the short ribs. Now, using his knees as a pivot, he will, at the moment the patient's hands touch the ground, throw (not too suddenly)[Pg 30]
[Pg 31]
[Pg 32]
all his weight forward on his hands, and at the same time squeeze the waist between them, as if he wished to force something in the chest upward out of the mouth; he will deepen the pressure while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds), then suddenly let go with a final push, which will spring him back to his first position.[2] This completes expiration. (Fig. 3.)

Rule 3. To Produce Breathing (see Figs. 2 and 3).—First, clear the mouth and throat of mucus by[Pg 29] gently inserting the corner of a handkerchief wrapped around your forefinger into the throat. Then, turn the patient onto their back, positioning a roll of clothing under them to elevate the pit of the stomach higher than the rest of the body. Have one person use a handkerchief or a dry cloth to pull the tip of the tongue out from one corner of the mouth (this prevents the tongue from falling back and blocking the windpipe), keeping it slightly outside the lips. Another person should grasp the patient's arms just below the elbows and pull them steadily upward alongside the patient's head to the ground, with the hands nearly meeting (this expands the chest and encourages inhalation). (Fig. 2.) While this is happening, a third person should straddle the patient's hips with their elbows resting on their knees, ready for action. Next, the assistant at the head should bring the patient's arms down to the sides of their body, while the one holding the tongue switches hands if needed[1] to allow the arms to pass. Just before the patient's hands reach the ground, the person sitting on the body will grasp the torso, placing the balls of their thumbs on either side of the pit of the stomach and letting their fingers fall into the grooves between the short ribs. Now, using their knees as a pivot, they will, at the moment the patient's hands touch the ground, lean their weight forward onto their hands and simultaneously squeeze the waist between them, as if trying to push something in the chest up and out of the mouth; they will increase the pressure while slowly counting one, two, three, four (about five seconds), then suddenly release with a final push, which will spring them back to their original position.[2] This completes the expiration phase. (Fig. 3.)

Fig. 2. Fig. 2.

TO PRODUCE BREATHING.

TO ENABLE BREATHING.

First Position: Patient lying face upward; roll of clothes under back; tongue pulled out of mouth with handkerchief; note rescuer drawing arms upward to sides of head to start act of breathing in.

First Position: Patient lying on their back; a roll of clothes under their back; tongue pulled out of mouth with a handkerchief; note rescuer raising arms upward to the sides of the head to begin the act of breathing in.

 

Fig. 3. Fig. 3.

TO PRODUCE BREATHING.

TO CREATE BREATHE.

Second Position: Forcing patient to breathe out; note rescuer with thumbs on pit of stomach, pressing against front of chest over lower ribs; also, assistant drawing down arms to body.

Second Position: Forcing the patient to exhale; note the rescuer with thumbs on the stomach, pressing against the front of the chest over the lower ribs; also, the assistant pulling the arms down to the body.

At the instant of his letting go, the man at the patient's head will again draw the arms steadily upward to the sides of the patient's head as before (the assistant holding the tongue again changing hands to let the arms pass if necessary), holding them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds).

At the moment he releases, the person at the patient's head will lift the arms steadily upward to the sides of the patient's head as before (the assistant holding the tongue will switch hands again to allow the arms to pass if needed), keeping them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds).

Repeat these movements deliberately and perseveringly twelve to fifteen times in every minute—thus imitating the natural motions of breathing.

Repeat these movements slowly and steadily twelve to fifteen times every minute—this mimics the natural motions of breathing.

If natural breathing be not restored after a trial of the bellows movement for the space of about four minutes, then turn the patient a second time on the stomach, as directed in Rule II, rolling the body in the opposite direction from that in which it was first turned, for the purpose of freeing the air passage from any remaining water. Continue the artificial respiration from one to four hours, or until the patient breathes, according to Rule III; and for a while, after[Pg 33] the appearance of returning life, carefully aid the first short gasps until deepened into full breaths. Continue the drying and rubbing, which should have been unceasingly practiced from the beginning by assistants, taking care not to interfere with the means employed to produce breathing. Thus the limbs of the patient should be rubbed, always in an upward direction toward the body, with firm-grasping pressure and energy, using the bare hands, dry flannels, or handkerchiefs, and continuing the friction under the blankets, or over the dry clothing. The warmth of the body can also be promoted by the application of hot flannels to the stomach and armpits, bottles or bladders of hot water, heated bricks, etc., to the limbs and soles of the feet.

If natural breathing doesn’t start after about four minutes of using the bellows method, turn the patient onto their stomach again, as explained in Rule II, rolling their body in the opposite direction from the first turn to clear the airway of any remaining water. Keep doing artificial respiration for one to four hours, or until the patient starts breathing, following Rule III; and for a little while after[Pg 33] they show signs of life, carefully assist with the initial short gasps until they develop into full breaths. Continue drying and rubbing, which should have been done continuously from the start by helpers, making sure not to disrupt the methods used to encourage breathing. The patient's limbs should be rubbed in an upward motion toward the body, applying firm pressure and energy with bare hands, dry cloths, or handkerchiefs, and maintaining the friction under blankets or over dry clothing. You can also help increase body warmth by placing hot cloths on the stomach and armpits, using hot water bottles or bladders, heated bricks, etc., on the limbs and soles of the feet.

Rule IV. After Treatment. Externally.—As soon as breathing is established let the patient be stripped of all wet clothing, wrapped in blankets only, put to bed comfortably warm, but with a free circulation of fresh air, and left to perfect rest. Internally: Give whisky or brandy and hot water in doses of a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, according to the weight of the patient, or other stimulant at hand, every ten or fifteen minutes for the first hour, and as often thereafter as may seem expedient. Later Manifestations: After reaction is fully established there is great danger of congestion of the lungs, and if perfect rest is not maintained for at least forty-eight hours, it sometimes occurs that the patient is seized with great diffi[Pg 34]culty of breathing, and death is liable to follow unless immediate relief is afforded. In such cases apply a large mustard plaster over the breast. If the patient gasps for breath before the mustard takes effect, assist the breathing by carefully repeating the artificial respiration.

Rule 4. After Treatment. Externally.—Once breathing is stabilized, remove all wet clothing from the patient, wrap them in blankets only, and keep them in a warm bed, ensuring a good flow of fresh air and allowing them to rest completely. Internally: Administer whisky or brandy mixed with hot water in doses ranging from a teaspoon to a tablespoon, depending on the patient's weight, or any other available stimulant, every ten to fifteen minutes for the first hour, and as needed after that. Later Manifestations: Once the patient has fully recovered, there is a significant risk of lung congestion. If perfect rest is not maintained for at least forty-eight hours, the patient might experience severe breathing difficulties, which could lead to death unless prompt action is taken. In such situations, apply a large mustard plaster to the chest. If the patient struggles to breathe before the mustard takes effect, assist their breathing by carefully repeating artificial respiration.

IF ONE PERSON MUST WORK ALONE.

MODIFICATION OF RULE III

Update to Rule III

[To be used after Rules I and II in case no assistance is at hand]

[To be used after Rules I and II if no assistance is available]

To Produce Respiration.—If no assistance is at hand, and one person must work alone, place the patient on his back with the shoulders slightly raised on a folded article of clothing; draw forward the tongue and keep it projecting just beyond the lips; if the lower jaw be lifted, the teeth may be made to hold the tongue in place; it may be necessary to retain the tongue by passing a handkerchief under the chin and tying it over the head.[3]

To Produce Respiration.—If no help is available, and one person has to manage alone, lay the patient on their back with their shoulders slightly elevated on a folded piece of clothing; pull the tongue forward and keep it sticking out just beyond the lips; if the lower jaw is lifted, the teeth can help hold the tongue in place; it might be necessary to secure the tongue by placing a handkerchief under the chin and tying it over the head.[3]

Grasp the arms just below the elbows and draw them steadily upward by the sides of the patient's head to the ground, the hands nearly meeting. (See Fig. 4.)

Grasp the arms just below the elbows and pull them steadily upward along the sides of the patient's head to the ground, bringing the hands nearly together. (See Fig. 4.)

Next lower the arms to the side, and press firmly[Pg 35]
[Pg 36]
downward and inward on the sides and front of the chest over the lower ribs, drawing arms toward the patient's head. (See Fig. 5.)

Next, lower the arms to the sides, and press firmly[Pg 35]
[Pg 36]
down and in on the sides and front of the chest over the lower ribs, pulling the arms toward the patient's head. (See Fig. 5.)

Repeat these movements twelve to fifteen times every minute, etc.

Repeat these movements twelve to fifteen times each minute, etc.

Fig. 4. Fig. 4.

ONE PERSON WORKING.

ONE PERSON WORKING.

First Position: Note arm movement same as in Fig. 2; also, tongue held between teeth by handkerchief tied under chin pressing teeth against wooden plug.

First Position: Note arm movement same as in Fig. 2; also, the tongue is held between the teeth with a handkerchief tied under the chin, pressing the teeth against the wooden plug.

 

Fig. 5. Fig. 5.

ONE PERSON WORKING.

One person working.

Second Position: Note rescuer lowering arms to patient's sides and pressing downward and inward over lower ribs.

Second Position: Note the rescuer lowering their arms to the patient's sides and pressing downward and inward over the lower ribs.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR SAVING DROWNING PERSONS BY SWIMMING TO THEIR RELIEF.

1. When you approach a person drowning in the water, assure him, with a loud and firm voice, that he is safe.

1. When you get close to someone who's drowning, speak to them in a loud and steady voice to reassure them that they're safe.

2. Before jumping in to save him, divest yourself as far and as quickly as possible of all clothes; tear them off, if necessary; but if there is not time, loose at all events the foot of your drawers, if they are tied, as, if you do not do so, they fill with water and drag you.

2. Before jumping in to save him, get rid of all your clothes as fast as you can; rip them off if you need to. But if you're short on time, at least loosen the ties on your underwear, because if you don’t, they’ll fill with water and weigh you down.

3. On swimming to a person in the sea, if he be struggling do not seize him then, but keep off for a few seconds till he gets quiet, for it is sheer madness to take hold of a man when he is struggling in the water, and if you do you run a great risk.

3. When swimming to someone in the ocean who is struggling, don't grab them right away. Give it a few seconds until they calm down, because it’s really dangerous to try to hold onto someone who is flailing in the water, and doing so puts you at a great risk.

4. Then get close to him and take fast hold of the hair of his head, turn him as quickly as possible on to his back, give him a sudden pull, and this will cause him to float, then throw yourself on your back also and swim for the shore, both hands having hold of his hair, you on your back, and he also on his, and of[Pg 37] course his back to your stomach. In this way you will get sooner and safer ashore than by any other means, and you can easily thus swim with two or three persons; the writer has even, as an experiment, done it with four, and gone with them forty or fifty yards in the sea. One great advantage of this method is that it enables you to keep your head up, and also to hold the person's head up you are trying to save. It is of primary importance that you take fast hold of the hair, and throw both the person and yourself on your backs. After many experiments, it is usually found preferable to all other methods. You can in this manner float nearly as long as you please, or until a boat or other help can be obtained.

4. Get close to him and grab a handful of his hair, quickly roll him onto his back, give him a sudden pull, and this will make him float. Then, lie back yourself and swim toward the shore, holding on to his hair with both hands, you on your back, and he also on his, with his back against your stomach. This way, you’ll reach the shore faster and safer than any other method, and you can easily do this with two or three people; the author has even tried it with four and managed to go forty or fifty yards in the sea. One major advantage of this method is that it allows you to keep your head above water, as well as the head of the person you’re trying to save. It’s crucial to grip the hair firmly and roll both of you onto your backs. After many tests, this method is usually found to be better than all the others. You can float this way for as long as you need, or until a boat or other help arrives.

5. It is believed there is no such thing as a death grasp; at least, it is very unusual to witness it. As soon as a drowning man begins to get feeble and to lose his recollection, he gradually slackens his hold until he quits it altogether. No apprehension need, therefore, be felt on that head when attempting to rescue a drowning person.

5. It’s thought that there’s no such thing as a death grasp; at least, it’s pretty rare to see it. As soon as a drowning person starts to weaken and loses awareness, they gradually loosen their grip until they let go completely. So, there’s no need to worry about that when trying to rescue someone who is drowning.

6. After a person has sunk to the bottom, if the water be smooth, the exact position where the body lies may be known by the air bubbles, which will occasionally rise to the surface, allowance being, of course, made for the motion of the water, if in a tide way or stream, which will have carried the bubbles out of a perpendicular course in rising to the surface. Oftentimes a body may be regained from the bottom, before[Pg 38] too late for recovery, by diving for it in the direction indicated by these bubbles.

6. After someone has sunk to the bottom, if the water is calm, you can pinpoint the exact spot where the body is by the air bubbles that occasionally rise to the surface. Keep in mind, though, that water movement from tides or currents can carry the bubbles off course as they rise. Often, a body can be retrieved from the bottom before[Pg 38] it's too late for recovery, by diving in the direction these bubbles point.

7. On rescuing a person by diving to the bottom, the hair of the head should be seized by one hand only, and the other used in conjunction with the feet in raising yourself and the drowning person to the surface.

7. When rescuing someone by diving to the bottom, you should grab their hair with one hand while using the other hand and your feet to lift yourself and the person who is drowning to the surface.

8. If in the sea, it may sometimes be a great error to try to get to land. If there be a strong "outsetting tide" and you are swimming either by yourself or having hold of a person who cannot swim, then get on your back and float till help comes. Many a man exhausts himself by stemming the billows for the shore on a back-going tide, and sinks in the effort, when, if he had floated, a boat or other aid might have been obtained.

8. If you're in the ocean, it can often be a serious mistake to try to swim to shore. If there's a strong outgoing tide and you're either on your own or holding onto someone who can't swim, lie on your back and float until help arrives. Many people tire themselves out fighting the waves trying to reach the shore against a receding tide and end up sinking in the process, when, if they had just floated, a boat or other assistance might have come along.

9. These instructions apply alike to all circumstances, whether as regards the roughest sea or smooth water.

9. These instructions apply equally to all situations, whether in rough seas or calm waters.

FOOTNOTES:

[1] Changing hands will be found unnecessary after some practice; the tongue, however, must not be released.

[1] After some practice, switching hands will be seen as unnecessary; however, the tongue must not be let go.

[2] A child or very delicate patient must, of course, be more gently handled.

[2] A child or very sensitive patient needs to be treated with more care.

[3] If there is stuck through the tongue a pin long enough to rest against the teeth and keep the tongue out of the mouth, the desired effect may be obtained.—Editor.

[3] If a pin is pierced through the tongue long enough to touch the teeth and hold the tongue outside the mouth, the intended effect can be achieved.—Editor.

CHAPTER II

Heat Stroke and Electric Shock

Heat Stroke and Electric Shock

How Persons are Overcome by Heat—Treatment of Sunstroke—Peculiar Cases—Dangers of Electric Shocks—How Death is Caused—Rules and Precautions.

How People are Affected by Heat—Treatment for Heat Stroke—Unique Cases—Risks of Electric Shocks—How Death Occurs—Guidelines and Precautions.

HEAT EXHAUSTION.

Heat Exhaustion.

First Aid Rule 1.—Carry patient flat and lay in shade. Loosen clothes at neck and waist.

First Aid Rule 1.—Carry the patient flat and place them in the shade. Loosen their clothing at the neck and waist.

Rule 2.—Raise head and give him (a) teaspoonful of essence of ginger in glass of hot water, or give him (b) half a cup of hot coffee, clear.

Rule 2.—Raise his head and give him (a) a teaspoon of ginger extract in a glass of hot water, or give him (b) half a cup of black hot coffee.

Rule 3.—Put him to bed.

Put him to bed.

HEAT STROKE.

Heat Stroke.

First Aid Rule 1.—Send for physician.

First Aid Rule 1.—Call for a doctor.

Rule 2.—Remove quickly to shady place, loosening clothes on the way.

Rule 2.—Quickly move to a shaded area, loosening your clothes as you go.

Rule 3.—Strip naked and put on wire mattress (or canvas cot), if obtainable.

Rule 3.—Get undressed and lie on a wire mattress (or canvas cot), if available.

Rule 4.—Sprinkle with ice water from watering pot, or dash it out of basin with hand.

Rule 4.—Sprinkle with ice water from a watering can, or splash it out of a basin with your hand.

Rule 5.—Dip sheet in ice water and tuck it snugly about patient.

Rule 5.—Soak the sheet in ice water and wrap it tightly around the patient.

Rule 6.—Sprinkle outside of sheet with ice water;[Pg 40] rub body, through the sheet, with piece of ice. Put piece of ice to nape of neck.

Rule 6.—Spray the outside of the sheet with ice water;[Pg 40] rub the body, through the sheet, with a piece of ice. Place a piece of ice at the nape of the neck.

Rule 7.—When temperature falls to 98.5° F. put to bed with ice cap on head.

Rule 7.—When the temperature drops to 98.5° F, go to bed with an ice pack on your head.

SUNSTROKE.—There are two very distinct types of sunstroke: (1) Heat exhaustion or heat prostration. (2) Heat stroke.

SUNSTROKE.—There are two very different types of sunstroke: (1) heat exhaustion or heat prostration. (2) heat stroke.

Heat prostration or exhaustion occurs when persons weakened by overwork, worry, or poor food are exposed to severe heat combined with great physical exertion. It often attacks soldiers on the march, but also those not exposed to the direct rays of the sun, as workers in laundries, in boiler rooms, and in stoke-holes of steamers. The attack begins more often in the afternoon or evening, in the case of those exposed to out-of-door heat. Feelings of weakness, dizziness, and restlessness, accompanied by headache, are among the first symptoms. The face is very pale, the skin is cool and moist, although the trouble often starts with sudden arrest of sweating. There is great prostration, with feeble, rapid pulse, frequent and shallow breathing, and lowered temperature, ranging often from 95° to 96° F. The patient usually retains consciousness, but rarely there is complete insensibility. The pernicious practice of permitting children at seaside resorts to wade about in cold water while their heads are bared to the burning sun is peculiarly adapted to favor heat prostration.

Heat exhaustion happens when people who are already worn out from overwork, stress, or poor nutrition are exposed to extreme heat while engaging in heavy physical activity. It commonly affects soldiers on the move, but also those who aren't directly in the sun, such as workers in laundries, boiler rooms, and the stoke-holes of steamers. The onset usually occurs in the afternoon or evening for those exposed to outdoor heat. Early symptoms include weakness, dizziness, and restlessness, often accompanied by a headache. The face appears very pale, the skin is cool and moist, although the condition can start with a sudden stop in sweating. There is significant weakness, with a weak and rapid pulse, frequent shallow breathing, and a drop in body temperature, often between 95° and 96° F. The person generally stays conscious, but complete unresponsiveness can happen rarely. The harmful habit of allowing children at seaside resorts to wade in cold water while their heads are exposed to the intense sun can significantly increase the risk of heat exhaustion.

[Pg 41]Heat stroke happens more frequently to persons working hard under the direct rays of the sun, especially laborers in large cities who are in the habit of drinking some form of alcohol. It often occurs in unventilated tenements on stifling nights. Dizziness, violent headache, seeing spots before the eyes, nausea, and attempts at vomiting, usher in the attack. Compare it with heat prostration, and note the marked differences. The patient becomes suddenly and completely insensible, and falls to the ground, the face is flushed, the breathing is noisy and difficult, the pulse is strong, and the thermometer placed in the bowel registers 107°, 108°, or 110° F., or rarely higher. The muscles are usually relaxed, but sometimes there are twitchings, or even convulsions. Death often occurs within twenty-four or thirty-six hours, preceded by failing pulse, deep unconsciousness, and rapid breathing, often labored or gasping, alternating with long intermissions. Sometimes delirium and unconsciousness last for days. Diminution of fever and returning consciousness herald recovery, but it is a very fatal disorder, statistics showing a death rate of from thirty to fifty per cent. Even when the patient lives, bad after effects are common. Peculiar sensibility to moderate heat is a frequent complaint. Loss of memory, weakened mental capacity, headache, irritability, fits, other mental disturbances, and impairment of sight and hearing are among the more usual sequels, occurring in those who do not subsequently avoid the direct rays of the sun, as well as an elevated[Pg 42] temperature, and who indulge in alcoholic stimulants. A high degree of moisture in the air favors sunstrokes, but it is a curious fact that sunstroke is much more frequent in certain localities, and in special years than at other places and times with identical climatic conditions. This has led observers to suggest a germ origin of the disease, but this is extremely doubtful.

[Pg 41]Heat stroke occurs more often in people working hard under direct sunlight, particularly laborers in big cities who tend to drink alcohol. It frequently happens in poorly ventilated apartments on hot nights. Symptoms like dizziness, intense headaches, seeing spots, nausea, and vomiting signal the onset. Compare it to heat exhaustion and note the significant differences. The person suddenly becomes completely unresponsive and collapses, their face becomes flushed, breathing is loud and difficult, the pulse is strong, and a thermometer placed rectally reads between 107°, 108°, or 110° F., or occasionally higher. The muscles are generally relaxed, but twitching or even convulsions can occur. Death can happen within twenty-four to thirty-six hours, often preceded by a weak pulse, deep unconsciousness, and rapid, sometimes labored or gasping breathing, interspersed with long pauses. Delirium and unconsciousness can sometimes last for days. A reduction in fever and the return of consciousness signal recovery, but this condition is highly fatal, with statistics showing a death rate between thirty and fifty percent. Even if a patient survives, they commonly experience severe aftereffects. They often become unusually sensitive to moderate heat. Common issues include memory loss, reduced mental capacity, headaches, irritability, seizures, other mental disturbances, and diminished sight and hearing, especially in those who don’t avoid direct sunlight in the future and who consume alcoholic drinks. High humidity increases the risk of sunstrokes, yet it's interesting that sunstroke happens much more frequently in certain areas and specific years compared to other places and times with similar weather. This has led some to suggest a possible germ cause of the illness, but this remains highly questionable. [Pg 42]

Treatment.—Treatment for heat exhaustion is given in the "first-aid" directions. Little need be added to the directions for treatment of heat stroke. In place of the ice cap suggested in Rule 7, ice in cloths, or in a sponge bag may be substituted. The friction of the body, as directed in Rule 6, is absolutely necessary to stimulate the nervous system and circulation, and to prevent the blood from being driven into the internal organs by the cold applied externally. The cold-water treatment is applied until the temperature falls down to within a few degrees of normal—that is, 98.6° F. Then the patient should be put into bed, there to remain, with ice to the head, until fully restored.

Treatment.—Treatment for heat exhaustion is provided in the "first-aid" instructions. There's not much more to add to the treatment for heat stroke. Instead of the ice cap mentioned in Rule 7, you can use ice wrapped in cloths or in a sponge bag. The friction on the body, as described in Rule 6, is essential to stimulate the nervous system and circulation, and to prevent the cold applied externally from pushing blood into the internal organs. The cold-water treatment continues until the temperature drops to within a few degrees of normal—specifically, 98.6° F. After that, the patient should rest in bed with ice on their head until fully recovered.

It often happens that the fever returns, in which event the whole process of applying cold water must be repeated. The simplest way of reducing the fever consists in laying the patient, entirely nude, on a canvas cot or wire mattress, binding ice to the back of his neck, and having an attendant stand on a chair near by and pour ice water upon the patient from a garden watering pot.

It often happens that the fever comes back, and in that case, the entire process of applying cold water must be done again. The easiest way to reduce the fever is to lay the patient completely naked on a canvas cot or wire mattress, place ice on the back of their neck, and have someone stand on a chair nearby and pour ice water over the patient from a garden watering can.

[Pg 43]While the patient is insensible no attempt should be made to give anything by the mouth; but half a pint of milk and two raw eggs with a pinch of salt may be injected into the rectum every eight hours, after washing it out with cold water on each occasion. Two tablespoonfuls of whisky may be added to the injection, if the pulse is weak. If the urine is not passed spontaneously, it will be necessary to draw it once in eight hours with a soft rubber catheter which has been boiled ten minutes and lubricated with glycerin or clean vaseline.

[Pg 43]While the patient is unconscious, do not try to give anything orally; however, half a pint of milk and two raw eggs with a pinch of salt can be administered via the rectum every eight hours, after rinsing it out with cold water each time. If the pulse is weak, you can add two tablespoons of whisky to the injection. If the patient does not urinate naturally, you'll need to catheterize them once every eight hours using a soft rubber catheter that has been boiled for ten minutes and lubricated with glycerin or clean vaseline.

ELECTRIC SHOCK OR LIGHTNING STROKE.

ELECTRIC SHOCK OR LIGHTNING STRIKE.

First Aid Rule 1.—Protect yourself from being shocked by the victim. Grasp victim only by coat tails or dry clothes. Put rubber boots on your hands, or work through silk petticoat; or throw loop of rubber suspenders or of dry rope around him to pull him off wire, or pry him along with dry stick.

First Aid Rule 1.—Keep yourself safe from getting shocked by the victim. Only touch the victim by holding their coat tails or dry clothes. Wear rubber boots on your hands, or work through a silk petticoat; or throw a loop of rubber suspenders or a dry rope around them to pull them off the wire, or use a dry stick to push them away.

Rule 2.—Do not lift, but drag victim away from wire toward the ground. When free from wire, hold him head downward for two minutes.

Rule 2.—Don’t lift, but drag the victim away from the wire towards the ground. Once they’re free from the wire, hold them head down for two minutes.

Rule 3.—Assist heart to regain its strength. Apply mustard plaster (mustard and water) to chest over heart; wrap in blanket wrung out of very hot water; give hypodermic of whisky, thirty minims.

Rule 3.—Help the heart regain its strength. Apply a mustard plaster (mustard and water) to the chest over the heart; wrap it in a blanket soaked in very hot water; give a hypodermic of whisky, thirty minims.

Rule 4.—Induce artificial respiration. Open his mouth and grasp tongue, pull it forward just beyond lips, and hold it there. Let another assistant[Pg 44] grasp the arms just below the elbows and draw them steadily upward by the sides of the patient's head to the ground, the hands nearly meeting (which enlarges the capacity of the chest and induces inspiration, Fig. 2). While this is being done, let a third assistant take position astride the patient's hips with his elbows resting on his own knees, his hands extended, ready for action. Next, let the assistant standing at the head turn down the patient's arms to the sides of the body, the assistant holding the tongue changing hands, if necessary, to let the arms pass. Just before the patient's hands reach the ground, the man astride the body will grasp the body with his hands, the ball of the thumb resting on either side of the pit of the stomach, the fingers falling into the grooves between the short ribs. Now, using his knees as a pivot, he will at the moment the patient's hands touch the ground throw (not too suddenly) all his weight forward on his hands, and at the same time squeeze the waist between them, as if he wished to force something in the chest upward out of the mouth; he will deepen the pressure while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds), then suddenly lets go with a final push, which will send him back to his first position. This completes expiration. (A child or delicate person must be more gently handled.)

Rule 4.—Administer artificial respiration. Open their mouth and hold the tongue out gently, pulling it forward just past the lips. Have another assistant[Pg 44] grasp the arms just below the elbows and lift them steadily up alongside the patient's head toward the ground, nearly bringing the hands together (this expands the chest and encourages breathing, Fig. 2). While this is happening, a third assistant should straddle the patient's hips, resting their elbows on their own knees, with hands extended and ready. Next, the assistant at the head should lower the patient's arms to the sides of the body, switching hands if needed to allow the arms to pass. Just before the patient’s hands hit the ground, the assistant on the hips will grip the body with their hands, resting the thumbs on either side of the abdomen, with the fingers fitting into the spaces between the short ribs. Now, using their knees as a pivot, when the patient’s hands touch the ground, they will lean forward, applying their full weight onto their hands, and simultaneously squeeze the waist, as if trying to push something in the chest upward and out of the mouth; they should increase the pressure while slowly counting one, two, three, four (around five seconds), then release with a final push, which will return them to their original position. This completes the exhalation. (A child or delicate person should be handled more gently.)

At the instant of letting go, the man at the patient's head will again draw the arms steadily upward to the sides of the patient's head, as before (the assistant[Pg 45] holding the tongue again changing hands to let the arms pass, if necessary), holding them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds).

At the moment of releasing, the person at the patient's head will again lift the arms steadily up to the sides of the patient's head, just like before (the assistant[Pg 45] holding the tongue will switch hands to allow the arms to pass, if needed), keeping them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (for about five seconds).

Repeat these movements deliberately and perseveringly twelve to fifteen times in every minute—thus imitating the natural motions of breathing. Continue the artificial respiration from one to four hours, or until the patient breathes; and for a while, after the appearance of returning life, carefully aid the first short gasps until deepened into full breaths.

Repeat these movements slowly and consistently twelve to fifteen times every minute—mimicking the natural process of breathing. Keep up the artificial respiration for one to four hours, or until the patient starts to breathe on their own; and for a little while after signs of life return, gently support the initial short gasps until they deepen into full breaths.

Keep body warm with hot-water bottles, hot bricks to limbs and feet, and blankets over exposed lower part of body.

Keep your body warm with hot-water bottles, heated bricks for your limbs and feet, and blankets over any exposed lower part of your body.

Rule 5.—Treat burn, if any. If skin is not broken, cover burn with cloths wet with Carron oil (equal parts of limewater and linseed or olive oil). If skin is broken, or raw surface is exposed, spread over it paste of equal parts of boric acid and vaseline, and bandage over all.

Rule 5.—Treat any burns. If the skin isn’t broken, cover the burn with cloths soaked in Carron oil (a mix of equal parts limewater and linseed or olive oil). If the skin is broken or there is a raw area, apply a paste made of equal parts boric acid and vaseline, and then bandage everything up.

Conditions, Etc.—A shock produced by contact with an electric current is not of rare occurrence. Lightning stroke is very uncommon; statistics show that in the United States each year there is one death from this cause to each million of inhabitants. There are several conditions which must be borne in mind when considering the accidental effect of an electric current. The pressure and strength of the current[Pg 46] (voltage and amperage) are often not nearly so important in regard to the effects on the body, as the area, duration, and location of the points of contact with the current, and the resistance offered by clothing and dry skin to the penetration of the electricity.

Conditions, Etc.—A shock from contact with an electric current is not uncommon. Lightning strikes are very rare; statistics show that in the United States, there is one death from this cause for every million people each year. There are several factors to consider when thinking about the accidental effects of an electric current. The pressure and strength of the current[Pg 46] (voltage and amperage) are often less important regarding the effects on the body than the area, duration, and location of the points of contact with the current, as well as the resistance provided by clothing and dry skin to the penetration of the electricity.

When the heart lies in the course of the circuit, the danger is greatest. A dog can be killed by a current of ten volts pressure when contacts are made to the head and hind legs, because the current then flows through the heart, while a current of eighty volts is required to kill a dog, under the same conditions, if contacts are made to head and fore leg. In a general way alternating currents of low frequency are the most injurious to the body, and any current pressure higher than two hundred volts is dangerous to life. On the other hand, a current of ninety-five volts has proved fatal to a human being. In this case the circumstances were particularly unfavorable to the victim, as he was standing on an iron tank in boots wet with an alkaline solution, and probably studded on the soles with nails, when he came in accidental contact with an industrial current. Moreover, he was an habitual drunkard. In an instance of the contrary sort, a man received a current of 1,700 volts (periodicity about 130) for fifty seconds, in one of the early attempts at electro-execution, without being killed. The personal equation evidently enters into the matter. A strong physique here, as in other cases, is most favorable in resisting the effects of electric shock.

When the heart is in the path of the circuit, the risk is highest. A dog can be killed by a ten-volt current when connections are made to its head and hind legs because the current then passes through the heart. In comparison, it takes eighty volts to kill a dog under the same conditions if the connections are made to its head and front leg. Generally, low-frequency alternating currents are the most harmful to the body, and any current above two hundred volts poses a life-threatening danger. However, a ninety-five-volt current has been lethal to a human. In that case, the situation was particularly dire for the victim as he was standing on an iron tank in boots soaked with an alkaline solution, possibly with nails in the soles, when he accidentally came into contact with an industrial current. Additionally, he was a chronic alcoholic. In a different example, a man survived a 1,700-volt (around 130 Hz) current for fifty seconds during one of the early attempts at electric execution. Clearly, individual factors play a significant role in these scenarios. A strong build, as in other cases, is often more effective in resisting the effects of electric shock.

[Pg 47]High-pressure alternating currents (1,300 to 2,000 volts) are employed in electro-executions, and the contacts are carefully made, so that the current will enter the brain and pass through the heart to the leg. The two most vital parts are thus affected. In industrial accidents such nice adjustments are fortunately almost impossible, and shocks received from high-pressure currents, even of 25,000 volts, have not proved fatal because both the voltage and amperage have been greatly lessened through poor contacts and great resistance of clothing and dry skin, and also because the heart is not usually included in the circuit.

[Pg 47]High-pressure alternating currents (1,300 to 2,000 volts) are used in executions via electric shock, and the connections are carefully made to ensure that the current flows into the brain and through the heart to the leg. This way, the two most crucial parts are affected. In industrial accidents, such precise adjustments are fortunately nearly impossible, and shocks from high-voltage currents, even up to 25,000 volts, haven't typically been fatal because both the voltage and current have been significantly reduced due to poor connections and the high resistance from clothing and dry skin, and also because the heart is usually not part of the circuit.

Death is induced in one of three ways: 1. Currents of enormous voltage and amperage, as occur in lightning, actually destroy, burst and burn the tissues through which the stroke passes. 2. Usually death follows accidents from industrial currents, owing to contraction of the heart, the effect being the same as observed on other muscles. The heart instantly ceases beating, and either remains absolutely quiet, or there is a fine quivering of some of its fibers, as seen on opening the chest in experiments upon animals. 3. A fatal issue may result from the passage of the current through the head, so affecting the nerve centers that govern respiration that the breathing ceases.

Death can occur in one of three ways: 1. High-voltage electrical currents, like those from lightning, can actually destroy, burst, and burn the tissues they pass through. 2. Death often results from accidents involving industrial electrical currents due to the heart's muscles contracting, similar to how other muscles react. The heart immediately stops beating and can either remain completely still or show slight trembling in some fibers, as observed in experiments on animals when the chest is opened. 3. A fatal outcome can also happen if the current passes through the head, affecting the nerve centers that control breathing, causing it to stop.

Symptoms.—These are generally muscular contractions, faintness, and unconsciousness (sometimes convulsions, if the current passes through the head), with failure of pulse and of breathing. For instance, a man[Pg 48] who was removing a brush from a trolley car touched, with the other hand, a live rail. His muscles immediately contracted throwing him back, and disconnecting him from contact with the current (500 volts). He then fainted and became unconscious for a short time. The pulse was rapid and feeble, and the breathing also at first, but it later became slower than usual. On regaining sensibility the patient vomited and got on his feet, although feeling very weak for two hours. Unconsciousness commonly lasts only a few moments in nonfatal cases, but may continue for hours, its continuance being rather a favorable sign of ultimate recovery, if the heart and lungs are acting sufficiently. Bad after effects are rare. It is not uncommon for the patient to declare that the accident had improved his general feelings. Occasionally there is temporary loss of muscular power, and a case has been reported of nervous symptoms following electric shock similar to those observed after any accidental violence. Burns of varying degrees of intensity occur at the point of entrance of the current, from slight blisters to complete destruction of all the tissues.

Symptoms.—These usually include muscle contractions, faintness, and loss of consciousness (sometimes seizures, if the current passes through the head), along with a weak pulse and breathing failure. For example, a man[Pg 48] removing a brush from a trolley car touched a live rail with his other hand. His muscles immediately contracted, throwing him back and disconnecting him from the current (500 volts). He then fainted and lost consciousness for a short time. His pulse was rapid and weak, and his breathing was initially fast but later slowed down. When he regained consciousness, the patient vomited and got to his feet, although he felt very weak for two hours. Unconsciousness typically lasts only a few moments in nonfatal cases, but it can continue for hours, with its duration being a good sign for eventual recovery, as long as the heart and lungs are functioning adequately. Serious aftereffects are rare. It's not uncommon for the patient to say that the accident actually improved their overall feelings. Occasionally, there may be a temporary loss of muscle strength, and there’s been a reported case of nerve symptoms following an electric shock, similar to those seen after any accidental injury. Burns of varying intensity occur at the point where the current enters, ranging from minor blisters to complete destruction of all tissues.

Treatment.—The treatment is completely outlined in the "first-aid" directions. Should contact be unbroken, an order to shut off the electric current should at once be telephoned to the station. Protection of the rescuer with thick rubber gloves is of course the ideal safeguard.

Treatment.—The treatment is fully described in the "first-aid" instructions. If contact is continuous, a call should be made to the station to immediately shut off the electric current. The best way to protect the rescuer is by using thick rubber gloves.

In fatal cases the heart is instantaneously arrested,[Pg 49] and nothing can be done to start it into action. If the current passes through the brain, by contact with the head or neck, then failure of breathing is more apt to be the cause of death. Theoretically, it is in the latter event only that treatment, i. e., artificial respiration, will be of avail.

In fatal cases, the heart stops immediately,[Pg 49] and there's nothing that can be done to restart it. If the current affects the brain through contact with the head or neck, then breathing failure is more likely to be the cause of death. Theoretically, it's only in this situation that treatment, such as artificial respiration, will be effective.

But as in any individual case the exact condition is always a matter of doubt, artificial respiration is the most valuable remedial measure we possess; it should always be practiced for hours in doubtful cases. Two tablespoonfuls of brandy or whisky in a cup of warm water may be injected into the bowel, if a hypodermic syringe is not available and the patient needs decided stimulation.

But in any individual case, the exact condition is always uncertain, artificial respiration is the most effective treatment we have; it should always be done for hours in unclear situations. If a hypodermic syringe isn't available and the patient needs strong stimulation, two tablespoons of brandy or whiskey mixed in a cup of warm water can be administered rectally.

CHAPTER III

Wounds, Sprains and Bruises

Injuries, Sprains, and Bruises

Treatment of Wounds—Rules for Checking Hemorrhage—Lockjaw—Bandages for Sprains—Synovitis—Bunions and Felons—Foreign Bodies in the Eye, Ear and Nose.

Treating Wounds—Guidelines for Stopping Bleeding—Tetanus—Wraps for Sprains—Joint Inflammation—Bunions and Boils—Objects in the Eye, Ear, and Nose.

WOUNDS.—A wound is a condition produced by a forcible cutting, contusing, or tearing of the tissues of the body, and includes, in its larger sense, bruises, sprains, dislocations, and breaks or fractures of bones. As ordinarily used, a wound is an injury produced by forcible separation of the skin or mucous membrane, with more or less injury to the underlying parts.

WOUNDS.—A wound is an injury caused by cutting, bruising, or tearing the body’s tissues. In a broader sense, it includes bruises, sprains, dislocations, and fractures of bones. Generally, a wound refers to an injury that results from a forceful separation of the skin or mucous membrane, often causing damage to the underlying structures.

The main object during the care of wounds should be to avoid contamination with anything which is not surgically clean, from the beginning to the end of the dressing; otherwise, every other step in the whole process is rendered useless.

The main goal when taking care of wounds should be to prevent contamination with anything that isn't surgically clean, from start to finish of the dressing; otherwise, every other step in the entire process becomes pointless.

Three essentials in the treatment of wounds are:

Three essentials in the treatment of wounds are:

1. The arrest of bleeding. 2. Absolute cleanliness. 3. Rest of the injured part. Dangerous bleeding demands immediate relief.

1. Stopping the bleeding. 2. Complete cleanliness. 3. Rest for the injured area. Severe bleeding requires immediate attention.

Bleeding is of three kinds: 1. From a large artery. 2. From a vein. 3. General oozing.

Bleeding falls into three categories: 1. From a large artery. 2. From a vein. 3. General oozing.

[Pg 51]BLEEDING FROM LARGE ARTERY IN SPURTS OF BRIGHT BLOOD.

[Pg 51]BLEEDING FROM LARGE ARTERY IN SPURTS OF BRIGHT BLOOD.

First Aid Rule 1.—Speed increases safety. Put patient down flat. Make pressure with hands between the wound and the heart till surgeon arrives, assistants taking turns.

First Aid Rule 1.—Speed increases safety. Lay the patient flat. Apply pressure with your hands between the wound and the heart until the surgeon arrives, with assistants taking turns.

Rule 2.—If arm or leg, tie rubber tubing or rubber suspenders tight about limb between wound and heart, or tie strap or rope over handkerchief or folded shirt wrapped about limb. If arm, put baseball in arm pit, and press arm against this. Or, for arm or leg, tie folded cloth in loose noose around limb, put cane or umbrella through noose and twist up the slack very tight, so as to compress the main artery with knot.

Rule 2.—If there’s an injury to an arm or leg, tie a rubber tube or suspenders tightly around the limb between the wound and the heart, or tie a strap or rope over a handkerchief or a folded shirt wrapped around the limb. If it’s an arm, place a baseball in the armpit and press the arm against it. For an arm or leg, tie a folded cloth in a loose loop around the limb, put a cane or umbrella through the loop, and twist up the slack tightly to compress the main artery with the knot.

Rule 3.—Keep limb and patient warm with hot-water bottles till surgeon arrives.

Rule 3.—Keep the injured area and the patient warm with hot-water bottles until the surgeon arrives.

This treatment is of course only a temporary expedient, as it is essential for a surgeon to tie the bleeding vessel itself; therefore a medical man should be summoned with all dispatch.

This treatment is just a temporary solution, as it's crucial for a surgeon to clamp the bleeding vessel directly; therefore, a doctor should be called immediately.

BLEEDING FROM VEIN; STEADY FLOW OF DARK BLOOD.

BLEEDING FROM VEIN; STEADY FLOW OF DARK BLOOD.

First Aid Rule 1.—Make firm pressure with pad of cloth directly over wound, also with hands between wound and extremity, that is, on side of cut away from the heart.

First Aid Rule 1.—Apply firm pressure with a cloth pad directly over the wound, and also with your hands between the wound and the extremity, meaning on the side of the cut that's away from the heart.

[Pg 52]Rule 2.—Tie tight bandage about limb at this point, with rubber tubing or suspenders.

[Pg 52]Rule 2.—Wrap a tight bandage around the limb at this spot, using rubber tubing or suspenders.

Rule 3.—Keep limb and patient warm with hot-water bottles till surgeon arrives.

Rule 3.—Keep the limb and patient warm with hot-water bottles until the surgeon arrives.

In the cases of bleeding from a vein, the flow of blood is continuous, and is of a dark, red hue, and does not spurt in jets, as from an artery. This kind of bleeding is not usually difficult to stop, and it is not necessary that the vein itself be tied—unless very large—provided that the wound be snugly bandaged after it is dressed. After the first half hour, release the limb and see if the bleeding has stopped. If so, and the circulation is being interfered with, owing to the tightness of the bandage, reapply the bandage more loosely.

In the case of bleeding from a vein, the blood flows steadily, is dark red, and doesn't shoot out in jets like arterial bleeding. This type of bleeding is generally easy to stop, and you don’t usually need to tie off the vein—unless it's very large—if you wrap the wound snugly after dressing it. After the first half hour, loosen the bandage and check if the bleeding has stopped. If it has and the circulation is restricted due to the tight bandage, reapply the bandage more loosely.

In the case of an injured artery of any considerable size, the amount of pressure required to stop the bleeding will arrest all circulation of blood in the limb, so that great damage, as well as pain, will ensue if it be continued more than an hour or two, and during this time the limb should be kept warm by thick covering and hot-water bags, if they can be obtained.

In the case of a seriously injured artery, the pressure needed to stop the bleeding will also cut off blood circulation in the limb. This can lead to significant damage and pain if it lasts more than an hour or two. During this time, the limb should be kept warm with thick coverings and hot-water bags, if available.

Bleeding from a deep puncture may be stopped by plugging the cavity with strips of muslin which have been boiled, or with absorbent cotton, similarly treated, keeping the plug in place by snug bandaging.

Bleeding from a deep puncture can be stopped by plugging the wound with strips of muslin that have been boiled, or with absorbent cotton, also treated in the same way, and keeping the plug in place with tight bandaging.

[Pg 53]BLEEDING FROM PUNCTURED WOUND.

BLEEDING FROM PUNCTURE WOUND.

First Aid Rule 1.—Extract pin, tack, nail, splinter, thorn, or bullet, IF YOU CAN SEE BULLET; do not probe.

First Aid Rule 1.—Remove the pin, tack, nail, splinter, thorn, or bullet, IF YOU CAN SEE THE BULLET; do not poke around.

Rule 2.—Pour warm water on wound and squeeze tissue to encourage bleeding. Send for small hard-rubber syringe.

Rule 2.—Pour warm water on the wound and gently squeeze the tissue to promote bleeding. Call for a small hard-rubber syringe.

Rule 3.—If deep, plug it with absorbent cotton, and put tight bandage over plug. If shallow, cover with absorbent cotton wet with boric-acid solution (one dram to one-half pint of water), or carbolic-acid solution (one teaspoonful to the pint of hot water).

Rule 3.—If it's deep, plug it with absorbent cotton and apply a tight bandage over the plug. If it's shallow, cover it with absorbent cotton soaked in a boric-acid solution (one dram to half a pint of water) or a carbolic-acid solution (one teaspoonful to a pint of hot water).

Rule 4.—When syringe comes, remove dressing, and clean wound by forcibly syringing carbolic solution directly into wound. Replace dressing.

Rule 4.—When the syringe arrives, take off the dressing and clean the wound by forcefully injecting carbolic solution directly into it. Put the dressing back on.

A small punctured wound should be squeezed in warm water to encourage bleeding and, if pain and swelling ensue, absorbent cotton soaked in a boric-acid solution (containing as much boric acid as the water will dissolve) or in carbolic-acid solution (one teaspoonful of pure acid to the pint of warm water) should be applied over the wound and covered with oil silk or rubber or enamel cloth for a few days, or until the soreness has subsided. The dressing should be wet with the solution as often as it becomes dry. Punctures by nails, especially if deep, should be washed out with a syringe, using one of the solutions just mentioned. A medicine dropper, minus the rubber part, attached to a fountain syringe, makes a good nozzle[Pg 54] for this purpose. A moist dressing, like the one described, should then be applied, and the limb kept in perfect rest for a few days.

A small puncture wound should be rinsed with warm water to promote bleeding, and if there's pain and swelling, use absorbent cotton soaked in a boric-acid solution (with as much boric acid as the water can dissolve) or in carbolic-acid solution (one teaspoon of pure acid per pint of warm water). Apply this over the wound and cover it with oil silk, rubber, or enamel cloth for a few days, or until the soreness reduces. Keep the dressing moist with the solution whenever it dries out. Deep punctures from nails should be cleaned out with a syringe, using one of the solutions mentioned earlier. A medicine dropper, without the rubber part, attached to a fountain syringe, works well for this purpose. Apply a moist dressing like the one described and keep the limb completely still for a few days.

When a surgeon's services are available, however, self-treatment is attended with too much danger, as a thorough opening up of such wounds with proper cleansing and drainage will afford a better prospect of early recovery, and avert the risk of serious inflammation and lockjaw, which sometimes follow punctured wounds of the hands and feet. Foreign bodies, as splinters, may be removed with tweezers or a needle, being careful not to break the splinter in the attempt. If a part remains in the flesh, or if the foreign body is a needle that cannot be found or removed at once, the continuous application of a hot flaxseed or other poultice will lead to the formation of "matter," with which the splinter or needle will often escape after a few days. Splinters finding their way under the nail may be removed by scraping the nail very thin over the splinter and splitting it with a sharp knife down to the point where the end of the splinter can be grasped.

When a surgeon is available, self-treatment carries too much risk. Properly opening and cleaning these types of wounds gives a better chance for quick recovery and helps prevent serious inflammation and lockjaw, which can sometimes occur after punctured wounds on the hands and feet. Foreign objects, like splinters, can be removed with tweezers or a needle, but be careful not to break the splinter while trying to take it out. If part of it is still in the skin, or if the foreign object is a needle that can’t be located or removed right away, applying a hot flaxseed or other poultice continuously will help form "matter." This often allows the splinter or needle to come out on its own after a few days. For splinters that get under the nail, you can remove them by scraping the nail very thin over the splinter and then splitting it with a sharp knife down to where you can grab the end of the splinter.

BLEEDING IN FORM OF OOZING.

Oozing blood.

First Aid Rule 1.—Apply water as hot as hand can bear.

First Aid Rule 1.—Use water as hot as your hand can tolerate.

Rule 2.—Elevate the part, and drench with carbolic solution (one teaspoonful of carbolic acid to one pint of hot water).

Rule 2.—Elevate the area, and soak it in a carbolic solution (one teaspoon of carbolic acid in one pint of hot water).

[Pg 55]Rule 3.—Bandage snugly while wet.

Rule 3.—Wrap tightly while wet.

Rule 4.—Keep patient warm with hot-water bottles.

Rule 4.—Keep the patient warm with hot-water bottles.

GENERAL OOZING happens in the case of small wounds or from abraded surfaces, and is caused by the breaking of numerous minute vessels which are not large enough to require the treatment recommended for large arteries or veins. It is rarely dangerous, and usually stops spontaneously. When the loss of blood has been considerable, so that the patient is pale, faint, and generally relaxed, with cold skin, and perhaps nausea and vomiting, he should be stripped of all clothing and immediately wrapped in a blanket wrung out of hot water, and then covered with dry blankets. Heat should also be applied to the feet by means of hot-water bags or bottles, with great care not to burn a semiconscious patient's skin. The head should be kept low, and two tablespoonfuls of brandy, whisky, or other alcoholic liquor should be given in a half cup of hot water by the mouth, if the patient can swallow. If much blood has been lost a quart of water, as hot as the hand can readily bear, and containing a teaspoonful of common salt, should be injected by means of a fountain syringe into the rectum.

GENERAL OOZING occurs with small wounds or from scraped surfaces, caused by the breaking of many tiny blood vessels that aren’t big enough to need the same treatment as larger arteries or veins. It’s rarely dangerous and usually stops on its own. If the blood loss is significant, resulting in the patient being pale, faint, and generally weak with cold skin, and possibly experiencing nausea and vomiting, they should be stripped of all clothing and quickly wrapped in a blanket soaked in hot water, then covered with dry blankets. Heat should also be applied to the feet using hot-water bags or bottles, making sure not to burn the skin of a semiconscious patient. The head should be kept low, and if the patient can swallow, two tablespoons of brandy, whisky, or another alcoholic drink mixed in half a cup of hot water should be given. If a lot of blood has been lost, a quart of water, as hot as can be tolerated by hand, mixed with a teaspoon of common salt, should be injected into the rectum using a fountain syringe.

Somewhat the condition just described as due to loss of blood may be caused simply by shock to the nervous system following any severe accident, and not attended by bleeding. The treatment of shock is, however, practically the same as that for hemorrhage, and[Pg 56] improvement in either case is shown by return of color to the face and strength in the pulse. Bleeding is apt to be much less in badly torn than in incised wounds, even if large vessels are severed, as when the legs are cut off in railroad accidents, for the lacerated ends of the vessels become entangled with blood and favor clotting.

The condition just described as caused by blood loss can also result from shock to the nervous system after a serious accident, even if there's no bleeding. The treatment for shock is pretty much the same as that for bleeding, and[Pg 56] improvement in either case is indicated by the return of color to the face and increased strength in the pulse. In severely torn wounds, bleeding is often less significant than in clean cuts, even if large blood vessels are damaged, like when legs are amputated in railroad accidents, because the ragged ends of the vessels get tangled in blood, promoting clotting.

LOCKJAW.—In the lesser injuries, where bleeding is not an important feature, and in all wounds as well, after bleeding has been stopped, the main object in treatment consists in cleansing wounds of the germs which cause "matter" or pus, general blood poisoning, and lockjaw. The germs of the latter live in the earth, and even the smallest wounds which heal perfectly may later give rise to lockjaw if dirt has not been entirely removed from the wound at the time of accident. Injuries to the hands caused by pistols, firecrackers, and kindred explosives, seem especially prone to produce lockjaw, and fatalities from this disorder are deplorably numerous after Fourth-of-July celebrations in the United States.

LOCKJAW.—In minor injuries, where bleeding isn't a significant issue, and in all wounds after bleeding has been controlled, the main goal of treatment is to clean wounds of the germs that cause "matter" or pus, general blood poisoning, and lockjaw. The germs that cause lockjaw are found in the soil, and even the tiniest wounds that heal well can later lead to lockjaw if dirt hasn't been completely cleaned out of the wound at the time of the injury. Injuries to the hands from pistols, firecrackers, and similar explosives seem especially likely to cause lockjaw, and the number of fatalities from this condition is tragically high after Fourth of July celebrations in the United States.

The wounds producing lockjaw usually occur in children who explode blank cartridges in the palm of the hand. In this way the germs of the disease are forced in with parts of the dirty skin and more or less of the wad from the shell. Since lockjaw is so frequent after these accidents, and so fatal, it is impossible to exert too much care in treatment. The wound should at once be thoroughly opened with a knife to the very[Pg 57] bottom, under ether, by a surgeon, and not only every particle of foreign matter removed, but all the surrounding tissue should be cut out or cauterized. In addition, it is wise to use an injection under the skin of tetanus-antitoxin, to prevent the disease. Proper restriction of the sale of explosives alone will put a stop to this barbarous mode of exhibiting patriotism.

The injuries that cause lockjaw usually happen in kids who fire blank cartridges in their hands. This way, the germs of the disease get pushed in along with bits of dirty skin and some of the wad from the shell. Since lockjaw is so common after these incidents and can be deadly, it’s crucial to be extremely careful with treatment. The wound should immediately be thoroughly opened with a knife to the very[Pg 57] bottom, under anesthesia, by a surgeon, and not only should every bit of foreign matter be removed, but all the surrounding tissue should also be cut out or cauterized. Additionally, it’s a good idea to inject tetanus-antitoxin under the skin to prevent the disease. Properly regulating the sale of explosives is the only way to stop this dangerous way of showing patriotism.

Treatment.—It is not essential to use chemical agents or antiseptics to rid wounds of germs and so secure uninterrupted healing. The person who is to dress the wound should prepare to do so at the earliest possible moment after giving first aid. He should proceed promptly to boil some pieces of absorbent cotton, as large as an egg, together with a nail brush in water. Some strips of clean cotton cloth may be used in the absence of absorbent cotton. The boiling should be conducted for five minutes, when the basin or other utensil in which the brush and cotton are boiled should be taken off the fire and set aside to cool. Then the attendant should scrub his own hands for five minutes in hot water with soap and brush.

Treatment.—It’s not necessary to use chemical agents or antiseptics to get rid of germs in wounds for proper healing. The person dressing the wound should be ready to do so as soon as possible after providing first aid. They should quickly boil some pieces of absorbent cotton, about the size of an egg, along with a nail brush in water. If absorbent cotton isn’t available, clean strips of cotton cloth can be used instead. Boil them for five minutes, then remove the basin or utensil from the heat and let it cool. After that, the person should scrub their hands for five minutes in hot water with soap and a brush.

He next takes the brush, which has been boiled, out of the water and cleans the patient's skin for a considerable distance about the wound. When this is done, and the water and cotton which have been boiled are sufficiently cool, the wound should be bathed with the cotton and boiled water until all foreign matter has been removed from the wound; not only dirt which can be seen, but germs which cannot be seen. Some[Pg 58] of the boiled cotton cloth or absorbent cotton, wet as it is, should be placed over the wound and the whole covered by a bandage. Large gaping wounds are of course more properly closed by stitches, but very deep wounds should be left partly open, so that the discharge may drain away freely. Small, deep, punctured wounds are not to be closed at all, but should be sedulously kept open by pushing in strips of boiled cotton cloth, in order to secure drainage.

He then takes the boiled brush out of the water and cleans the patient's skin around the wound thoroughly. Once that's done and the boiled water and cotton have cooled down enough, the wound should be cleaned with the cotton and boiled water until all foreign substances are removed, including visible dirt and invisible germs. Some of the boiled cotton cloth or absorbent cotton, while still wet, should be placed over the wound and everything covered with a bandage. Large wounds are usually best closed with stitches, but very deep wounds should be left partly open to allow drainage. Small, deep puncture wounds should not be closed at all; instead, they should be kept open by inserting strips of boiled cotton cloth to ensure proper drainage.

If the attendant has the requisite confidence, there is no reason why he should not attempt stitching a wound, providing the patient is willing, and a surgeon cannot be obtained within twenty-four hours. In this case a rather stout, common sewing needle or needles are threaded with black or white thread, preferably of silk, and, together with a pair of scissors and a clean towel, are boiled in the same utensil with the cotton and the nail brush. After the operator has scrubbed his hands and cleansed the wound, he places the boiled towel about the wound so that the thread will fall on it during his manipulations and not on the skin. The needle should be thrust into and through the skin, but no lower than this, and should enter and leave the skin about a quarter of an inch from either edge of the wound. The stitches are placed about one-half inch apart, and are drawn together and tied tightly enough to join the two edges of the wound. The ends of the thread should be cut about one-half inch from the knot, being careful while using the needle[Pg 59] and scissors not to lay them down on anything except the boiled towel. The wound is then covered with cotton, which has been boiled as described above, bandaged and left undisturbed for a week, if causing no pain. At the end of this time the stitches are taken out after the attendant has washed his hands carefully, and boiled his scissors as before.

If the attendant has the necessary confidence, there's no reason not to try stitching a wound, especially if the patient agrees and a surgeon can't be found within twenty-four hours. In this case, a fairly sturdy, regular sewing needle or needles should be threaded with black or white thread, preferably silk, and boiled along with a pair of scissors and a clean towel in the same pot as the cotton and nail brush. After the operator has scrubbed their hands and cleaned the wound, they place the boiled towel around the wound so that the thread will land on it during the procedure and not on the skin. The needle should be inserted into and through the skin, but not deeper, entering and exiting the skin about a quarter of an inch from either edge of the wound. The stitches are spaced about half an inch apart, drawn tight enough to bring the two edges of the wound together. The ends of the thread should be trimmed to about half an inch from the knot, taking care not to place the needle[Pg 59] and scissors on anything other than the boiled towel. The wound should then be covered with cotton that has been boiled as described earlier, bandaged, and left alone for a week if there's no pain. After that week, the stitches can be removed once the attendant has washed their hands thoroughly and boiled the scissors again.

Court plaster or plaster of any kind is a bad covering or dressing for wounds, as it may be itself contaminated with germs. It effectually keeps in any with which the wound is already infected, and prevents proper drainage.

Court plaster or any kind of plaster is a poor choice for covering wounds because it can be contaminated with germs. It effectively traps any germs that are already infecting the wound and prevents proper drainage.

It is impossible in a work of this kind to describe the details of the after treatment of wounds, as this can only be properly undertaken by a surgeon, owing to the varying conditions which may arise. In general it may be stated that the same cleanliness and care should be followed during the whole course of healing as has been outlined for the first attempt at treatment.

It’s not feasible in a work like this to detail the aftercare for wounds, as that should really be handled by a surgeon due to the different situations that can come up. Generally speaking, it can be said that the same level of cleanliness and attention should be maintained throughout the entire healing process as has been described for the initial treatment.

If the wound is small, and there is no discharge from it, it may be painted with collodion or covered with boric-acid ointment (sixty grains of boric acid to the ounce of vaseline) after the first day. If large, it should be covered with cotton gauze or cloth which have been boiled or specially prepared for surgical purposes. If pus ("matter") forms, the wound must be cleansed daily of discharge (more than once if it is copious) with boiled water, or best with hydrogen[Pg 60] dioxide solution followed by a washing with a solution of carbolic acid (one teaspoonful to the pint of hot water), or with a solution of mercury bichloride, dissolving one of the larger bichloride tablets, sold for surgical uses, in a quart of water.

If the wound is small and there's no discharge, it can be treated with collodion or covered with boric-acid ointment (sixty grains of boric acid per ounce of vaseline) after the first day. If it's large, it should be covered with cotton gauze or cloth that has been boiled or specially prepared for surgical use. If pus forms, the wound must be cleaned daily of any discharge (more than once if it’s a lot) with boiled water, or preferably with hydrogen[Pg 60] peroxide solution, followed by a rinse with a carbolic acid solution (one teaspoonful per pint of hot water), or with a mercury bichloride solution by dissolving one of the larger bichloride tablets, which are sold for surgical purposes, in a quart of water.

It is a surgical maxim never to be neglected that wounds should not be allowed to close at the top before healing is completed at the bottom. As to close at the surface is the usual tendency in wounds that heal slowly and discharge pus, it is necessary at times to enlarge the external opening by cutting or stretching with the blades of a pair of scissors, or, and this is much more rational and comfortable for the patient, by daily packing the outlet of the wound with gauze to keep it open.

It’s a surgical principle that should never be overlooked: wounds shouldn’t be allowed to close on the surface before healing completely beneath. Since wounds that heal slowly and produce pus tend to close at the top first, it’s sometimes necessary to widen the external opening by cutting or stretching it with scissors. A much more sensible and comfortable option for the patient is to daily pack the wound opening with gauze to keep it open.

BLEEDING FROM SCALP.

Scalp bleeding.

First Aid Rule 1.—Cut hair off about wound, and clean thoroughly with carbolic-acid solution (one teaspoonful to pint of hot water).

First Aid Rule 1.—Trim hair around the wound, and clean it thoroughly with a carbolic acid solution (one teaspoonful to a pint of hot water).

Rule 2.—Put pad of gauze or muslin directly over wet wound, and make pressure firmly with bandage.

Rule 2.—Place a pad of gauze or muslin directly over the wet wound, and apply pressure securely with a bandage.

In case of wounds of the scalp, or other hairy parts, the hair should be cut, or better shaved, over an area very much larger than the wounded surface, after which the cleansing should be done. To stop bleeding of the scalp, water is applied as hot as can be borne, and then a wad of boiled cotton should be placed in the[Pg 61] wound and bandaged down tightly into it for a time. Closing the wound with stitches will stop the bleeding much more effectively, however, and is not very painful if done immediately after the accident. The stitches should be tied loosely, and not introduced nearer to each other than half an inch, to allow drainage of discharge from the wound.

In cases of scalp wounds or wounds on other hairy areas, the hair should be cut, or preferably shaved, over a much larger area than the wound itself before cleaning. To stop bleeding from the scalp, use water as hot as can be tolerated, then place a wad of boiled cotton in the[Pg 61] wound and bandage it tightly for a while. However, closing the wound with stitches will stop the bleeding much more effectively and is not very painful if done right after the injury. The stitches should be tied loosely and not placed closer than half an inch apart to allow discharge to drain from the wound.

General Remarks.—All wounds should be kept at rest after they are dressed. This is accomplished in the case of the lower limbs by keeping the patient in bed with the leg raised on a pillow.

General Remarks.—All wounds should be kept still after they are dressed. For lower limb injuries, this is done by having the patient stay in bed with the leg propped up on a pillow.

The same kind of treatment applies in severe injuries of the hands. In less serious cases a sling may be employed, and the patient may walk about. When the injury is near a joint, as of the fingers, knee, wrist, or elbow, a splint made of thin board or tin (and covered with cotton wadding and bandaged) should be applied by means of surgeon's adhesive plaster and bandage after the wound has been dressed. In injuries of the hand the splint should be applied to the palm side, and reach from the finger tips to above the wrist. Use a splint also.

The same type of treatment is used for severe hand injuries. In less serious cases, a sling can be used, allowing the patient to move around. When the injury is close to a joint, like the fingers, knee, wrist, or elbow, a splint made of thin wood or metal (wrapped in cotton padding and bandaged) should be secured with surgical adhesive tape and a bandage after the wound has been cleaned. For hand injuries, the splint should be placed on the palm side and extend from the fingertips to above the wrist. Use a splint as well.

NOSEBLEED.

NOSEBLEED.

First Aid Rule 1.—Seat patient erect and apply ice to nape of neck.

First Aid Rule 1.—Have the patient sit up straight and put ice on the back of their neck.

Rule 2.—Put roll of brown paper under upper lip, and press lip firmly against it. Press facial artery against lower jaw of bleeding side, till bleeding stops.[Pg 62] This artery crosses lower edge of jawbone one inch in front of angle of jaw.

Rule 2.—Place a roll of brown paper under your upper lip and press it firmly against it. Apply pressure to the facial artery against the lower jaw on the side that’s bleeding until the bleeding stops.[Pg 62] This artery runs across the lower edge of the jawbone one inch in front of the angle of the jaw.

Rule 3.—Plug nostril with strip of thin cotton or muslin cloth.

Rule 3.—Plug the nostril with a strip of thin cotton or muslin cloth.

Rule 4.—Do not wash away clots; encourage clotting to close nostril.

Rule 4.—Do not wash away clots; encourage clotting to close the nostril.

BLEEDING FROM LUNGS; BRIGHT BLOOD COUGHED UP.

Coughing up bright red blood from the lungs.

BLEEDING FROM STOMACH; DARK BLOOD VOMITED.

VOMITING DARK BLOOD; BLEEDING FROM THE STOMACH.

First Aid Rule for both. Let patient lie flat and swallow small pieces of ice, and also take one-quarter teaspoonful of table salt in half a glass of cold water.

First Aid Rule for both. Have the patient lie flat and swallow small pieces of ice, and also take a quarter teaspoon of table salt mixed in half a glass of cold water.

BRUISE.

Contusion.

First Aid Rule 1.—Bandage from tips of fingers, or from toes, making same pressure with bandage all the way up as you do over the injury.

First Aid Rule 1.—Wrap the bandage starting from the tips of the fingers or toes, applying the same pressure with the bandage all the way up as you do over the injury.

Rule 2.—Apply heat through the bandage, over the injury, with hot-water bottles.

Rule 2.—Use heat on the bandage, over the injury, with hot water bottles.

Cause, Etc.—A bruise is a hidden wound; the skin is not broken. It is an injury caused by a blunt body so that, while the tougher skin remains intact, the parts beneath are torn and crushed to a greater or lesser extent. The smaller blood vessels are torn and blood escapes under the skin, giving the "black and blue" appearance so common in bruises of any severity.[Pg 63] Sometimes, indeed, large collections of blood form beneath the skin, causing a considerable swelling.

Cause, Etc.—A bruise is an internal injury; the skin isn't broken. It's caused by a blunt force, so while the tougher skin stays intact, the underlying tissues get torn and crushed to varying degrees. The smaller blood vessels break, and blood seeps under the skin, creating the "black and blue" look that is typical of bruises, no matter how severe.[Pg 63] In some cases, large pools of blood can form beneath the skin, leading to significant swelling.

Use of the bruised part is temporarily limited. Pain, faintness, and nausea follow severe bruises, and, in case of bad bruises of the belly, death may even ensue from damage to the viscera or to the nerves. Dangerous bleeding from large blood vessels sometimes takes place internally, and collections of blood may later break down into abscesses. Furthermore, the bruise may be so great that the injury to muscle and nerve may lead to permanent loss of use of the part. For these reasons a surgeon's advice should always be sought in cases of bad bruises. Pain is present in bruises, owing to the tearing and stretching of the smaller nerve fibers, and to pressure on the nerves caused by swelling. The swelling is produced by escape of blood and fluid from the torn blood vessels.

Use of the bruised area is temporarily restricted. Severe bruises can cause pain, dizziness, and nausea, and in the case of serious bruises to the abdomen, it can even lead to death from damage to the internal organs or nerves. Internal bleeding from large blood vessels can occur, and blood collections may eventually turn into abscesses. Additionally, the bruise may be so severe that the injury to muscles and nerves could result in a permanent loss of function in that area. For these reasons, it's crucial to seek a surgeon’s advice for serious bruises. Pain accompanies bruises due to the tearing and stretching of smaller nerve fibers and pressure on the nerves from swelling. The swelling occurs from blood and fluid leaking from the damaged blood vessels.

Treatment.—Even slight and moderate bruises should be treated by rest of the injured part. A splint insures the rest of a limb (see treatment of Fractures, p. 80). One of the best modes of treatment is the snug application of a flannel bandage which secures a certain amount of rest of the part to which it is applied, and aids in preventing further swelling. Where bandaging is not feasible, as in certain parts of the body, or before bandaging in any kind of a bruise, the use of a cold compress is advisable. One layer of thin cotton or linen cloth should be wet in ice water, and should be put on the bruised part and continually[Pg 64] changed for newly moistened pieces as soon as the first grows warm. Alcohol and water, of each equal parts, may be used in the same manner to advantage.

Treatment.—Even slight and moderate bruises should be treated by resting the injured area. A splint ensures that a limb stays still (see treatment of Fractures, p. 80). One of the best ways to treat a bruise is by tightly wrapping a flannel bandage around it. This helps keep the area still and can prevent more swelling. If bandaging isn't practical, like on certain body parts, or before you apply a bandage to any bruise, using a cold compress is recommended. Take a layer of thin cotton or linen cloth, wet it in ice water, and apply it to the bruised area. Change it out for new, moistened pieces as soon as the first one warms up. You can also use a mixture of equal parts alcohol and water in the same way for added benefit.

When cold is unavailable or unpleasant to the patient, several layers of cotton cloth may be wrung out in very hot water and applied to the part with frequent renewal. The value attributed to witch-hazel and arnica is mainly due to the alcohol contained in their preparations. Cataplasma Kaolini (U. S. P.) is an excellent remedy for simple bruises when spread thickly on the part and covered with a bandage. An ointment containing twenty-five per cent of ichthyol is also a useful application. Following severe bruises, the damaged parts should be kept warm by the use of hot-water bags, or by covering a limb with cotton wool and bandage, until such time as surgical advice may be obtained.

When cold treatment isn't possible or is uncomfortable for the patient, several layers of cotton cloth can be soaked in very hot water and applied to the affected area, changing them frequently. The benefits of witch hazel and arnica mainly come from the alcohol in their formulations. Cataplasma Kaolini (U.S.P.) is a great remedy for simple bruises when applied thickly to the area and covered with a bandage. An ointment with twenty-five percent ichthyol is also a helpful treatment. After severe bruises, keep the affected area warm using hot water bags or by wrapping the limb in cotton wool and a bandage, until surgical help can be sought.

When the pain and swelling of bruises begin to subside, treatment should be pursued by rubbing with liniment of ammonia or chloroform, or vaseline if these are not obtainable. Moderate exercise of the part is desirable.

When the pain and swelling from bruises start to go down, you should treat it by rubbing the area with ammonia or chloroform liniment, or vaseline if those aren't available. Some light exercise of the affected area is also a good idea.

ABRASIONS.—When the surface skin is scraped off, as often happens to the shin, knee, or head, an ointment containing sixty grains of boric acid to the ounce of vaseline makes a good application, and this may be covered with a bandage. The same ointment is useful to apply to small wounds and cuts after the first bandage is removed.

ABRASIONS.—When the outer layer of skin is scraped away, which often occurs on the shin, knee, or head, a cream made with sixty grains of boric acid per ounce of petroleum jelly works well, and this can be covered with a bandage. The same ointment is also effective for applying to small wounds and cuts after the initial bandage is taken off.

[Pg 65]SPRAIN; NO DISPLACEMENT OF BONES.

SPRAIN; NO BONE DISLOCATION.

First Aid Rule 1.—Immerse in water, hot as hand can bear, for half an hour.

First Aid Rule 1.—Soak in water as hot as your hand can stand for thirty minutes.

Rule 2.—Dry and strap with adhesive plaster, if you know how. If not, bandage snugly, beginning with tips of fingers or with toes, and make same pressure all the way up that you do over injury.

Rule 2.—Dry and wrap with adhesive tape, if you know how. If not, bandage snugly, starting with the tips of the fingers or toes, and apply the same pressure all the way up that you use over the injury.

Rule 3.—Rest. If ankle or knee is hurt, patient must go to bed.

Rule 3.—Rest. If the ankle or knee is injured, the patient must stay in bed.

Conditions, Etc.—A sprain is an injury caused by a sudden wrench or twist of a joint, producing a momentary displacement of the ends of the bones to such a degree that they are forced against the membrane and ligaments surrounding the joint, tearing one or both to a greater or less extent. The wrist and ankle are the joints more commonly sprained, and this injury is more likely to occur in persons with flabby muscles and relaxed ligaments, as in the so-called "weak-ankled." The damage to the parts holding the joint in place may be of any degree, from the tearing of a few fibers of the membrane enwrapping the joint to its complete rupture, together with that of the ligaments, so that the bones are no longer in place, the joint loses its natural shape and appearance, and we have a condition known as dislocation. In a sprain then, the twist of the joint produces only a temporary displacement of the bones forming the joint, sufficient to damage the soft structures around it, but not suffi[Pg 66]cient to cause lasting displacement of the bones or dislocation.

Conditions, Etc.—A sprain is an injury caused by a sudden twist or wrench of a joint, leading to a temporary dislocation of the ends of the bones to such an extent that they press against the membrane and ligaments surrounding the joint, tearing one or both to varying degrees. The wrist and ankle are the joints that are sprained most often, and this injury is more likely to happen in people with weak muscles and loose ligaments, often referred to as "weak-ankled." The damage to the structures that stabilize the joint can range from tearing a few fibers of the membrane wrapping the joint to a complete rupture, causing the bones to misalign, the joint to lose its natural shape and appearance, and resulting in a condition known as dislocation. In a sprain, the twisting of the joint only causes a temporary misalignment of the bones that make up the joint, enough to harm the surrounding soft tissues, but not enough to lead to lasting bone displacement or dislocation.

It will be seen that whether a sprain or dislocation results, depends upon the amount of injury sustained. Since it often happens that the bone entering into the joint is broken, it follows that whenever what appears to be a severe sprain occurs, with inability to move the joint and great swelling, it is important to secure surgical aid promptly. Since the discovery of the X-ray many injuries of the smaller bones of the wrist and ankle joint, formerly diagnosed as sprains by the most skillful surgeons, have, by its use, been discovered to be breaks of the bones which were impossible of detection by the older methods of examination.

It can be seen that whether a sprain or dislocation happens depends on the extent of the injury. Since it often turns out that the bone involved in the joint is fractured, whenever a serious sprain occurs, leading to inability to move the joint and significant swelling, it's crucial to get medical help right away. Since the introduction of the X-ray, many injuries to the smaller bones in the wrist and ankle joints, which were previously diagnosed as sprains by even the most skilled surgeons, have been identified as fractures thanks to this technology, which were undetectable by older examination methods.

Symptoms.—The symptoms of sprain are sudden, severe pain, often accompanied by faintness and nausea, swelling, tenderness, and heat of the injured parts. The sprained joint can be only moved with pain and difficulty. The swelling is due not so much to leaking of blood from broken blood vessels as to filling up of the joint with fluid caused by the inflammation, although in a few days after a severe sprain the skin a little distance below the injury becomes "black and blue" from escape of blood caused by the injury.

Symptoms.—The symptoms of a sprain include sudden, intense pain, often accompanied by dizziness and nausea, swelling, tenderness, and warmth in the affected area. The sprained joint can only be moved with pain and difficulty. The swelling is primarily caused by fluid buildup in the joint due to inflammation rather than bleeding from broken blood vessels, although a few days after a severe sprain, the skin slightly below the injury may turn "black and blue" from blood escaping due to the injury.

Treatment.—Since the treatment of severe sprains means first the discrimination between dislocation, a break of bone, and a rupture of muscle, ligament, or tendon, it follows that the methods herein described for treatment should only be employed in slight unmis[Pg 67]takable sprains, or until a surgeon can be secured, or when one is unavailable. Nothing is better than immediate immersion of the sprained joint in as hot water as the hand can bear for half an hour. Following this, an elastic bandage of flannel cut on the bias about three and one-half inches wide should be snugly applied to the limb, beginning at the finger tips or at the toes and carrying the bandage some distance above the injured joint.

Treatment.—When treating severe sprains, it’s important to first distinguish between dislocation, a broken bone, and a tear in muscle, ligament, or tendon. Therefore, the methods described here for treatment should only be used for minor sprains that are clear and unmistakable, or until a surgeon can be found, or if one is not available. There's nothing better than immediately soaking the sprained joint in hot water as warm as the hand can tolerate for half an hour. After that, an elastic flannel bandage cut on the diagonal, about three and a half inches wide, should be applied snugly to the limb, starting at the fingertips or toes and extending the bandage well above the injured joint.

In bandaging a part there is always danger of applying the bandage too tightly, especially if the parts swell under the bandage. If this happens, there is increase of pain which may be followed by numbness of the limb and, what is still more significant, coldness and blueness of the extremities below the bandage, particularly of the fingers and toes. In such cases the bandage must be removed and reapplied with less force. If the ankle or knee be sprained the patient must go to bed for at least twenty-four hours, and give the limb a complete rest.

When wrapping a part of the body, there's always a risk of making the bandage too tight, especially if the area starts to swell. If that occurs, it can increase pain and might lead to numbness in the limb. Even more concerning, you could notice coldness and a bluish tint in the extremities below the bandage, particularly in the fingers and toes. In these cases, the bandage should be removed and reapplied more loosely. If the ankle or knee is sprained, the person should lie down for at least twenty-four hours and allow the limb to rest completely.

When the wrist or shoulder is sprained the arm should be confined in a sling. In the more serious cases the injured joint should be fixed in a splint before bandaging. An injured elbow joint is held at a right angle by a pasteboard splint, a bandage, and a sling, while the knee and wrist are treated with the limb in a straight line, as far as possible.

When the wrist or shoulder is sprained, the arm should be secured in a sling. In more serious cases, the injured joint should be stabilized in a splint before applying a bandage. An injured elbow joint is kept at a right angle using a cardboard splint, a bandage, and a sling, while the knee and wrist are treated with the limb as straight as possible.

In the case of the knee, the splint is applied to the back of the leg; in sprained wrist, to the palm of the[Pg 68] hand and same side of the forearm. Sheet wadding, which may be bought at any drygoods store, is torn into strips about two inches wide and sewed together forming a bandage ten or fifteen feet long, and this is first wound about the sprained joint. Then pieces of millboard or heavy pasteboard are soaked in water and applied while wet in long strips about three inches wide over the wadding, and the whole is covered with bandage. In the case of the knee it is better to use a strip of wood for the splint, reaching from the lower part of the calf to four inches above the knee. It should be from a quarter to half an inch thick, a little narrower than the leg, and be padded thickly with sheet wadding. It is held in place by strips of surgeon's adhesive plaster, about two inches wide, passed around the whole circumference of the limb above and below the knee joint, and covered with bandage.

In the case of the knee, the splint is placed on the back of the leg; for a sprained wrist, it goes on the palm of the[Pg 68] hand and the same side of the forearm. You can buy sheet wadding at any department store, which should be torn into strips about two inches wide and sewn together to create a bandage ten or fifteen feet long. This bandage is first wrapped around the injured joint. Then, soak pieces of millboard or heavy cardboard in water and apply them while wet in long strips about three inches wide over the wadding, and cover everything with a bandage. For the knee, it's better to use a strip of wood for the splint, extending from the lower part of the calf to four inches above the knee. It should be between a quarter to half an inch thick, slightly narrower than the leg, and padded thickly with sheet wadding. Secure it in place with strips of surgical adhesive tape, about two inches wide, wrapped around the entire circumference of the limb above and below the knee joint, and then cover it with a bandage.

In ordinary sprains of the ankle, uncomplicated by broken bone or ligament, it is possible for the patient, after resting in bed for a day, to go about on crutches, without bearing any weight on the foot until the third day after the accident. The treatment in the meanwhile consists in immersing the sprained ankle alternately, first in hot water for five minutes and then in cold water for five minutes, followed by rubbing of the parts about the injured joint with chloroform liniment for fifteen minutes, but not at the beginning touching the joint itself. The rubbing should be done by an assistant very gently the first day, with gradual[Pg 69] increase in vigor as the days pass, not only kneading the ankle but moving the joint.

In ordinary ankle sprains that aren’t complicated by broken bones or ligaments, a patient can, after resting in bed for a day, use crutches without putting any weight on the foot until the third day after the injury. In the meantime, the treatment involves alternating immersions of the sprained ankle, first in hot water for five minutes and then in cold water for five minutes. After that, gently rub the area around the injured joint with chloroform liniment for fifteen minutes, but avoid touching the joint itself at the start. An assistant should do the rubbing very gently on the first day, gradually increasing the pressure over the following days, not only kneading the ankle but also moving the joint.

This treatment should be pursued once daily, and followed by bandaging with a flannel bandage cut on the bias three and a half inches wide. With this method it is possible for the patient to regain the moderate use of the ankle in about two or three weeks.

This treatment should be done once a day, followed by wrapping with a flannel bandage cut on the diagonal, three and a half inches wide. With this approach, the patient can regain moderate use of the ankle in about two to three weeks.

The same general line of treatment applies to the other joints; partial rest and daily bathing in hot and cold water, rubbing and movements of the joint by an assistant. Since sprains vary in severity it follows that some may need only the first day's preliminary treatment prescribed to effect a cure, while others may require fixation by a surgeon in a plaster-of-Paris splint for some time, with additional treatment which only his special knowledge can supply.

The same basic approach works for other joints: some rest and daily soaking in hot and cold water, along with rubbing and movement of the joint by someone else. Since sprains differ in severity, some may only need the initial treatment given on the first day to heal, while others might require a surgeon to stabilize the joint with a plaster cast for a while, along with extra treatment that only their expertise can provide.

Sprain

This picture shows an excellent method of fixing a sprained joint, used by Prof. Virgil P. Gibney, M.D., Surgeon-in-Chief of the N. Y. Hospital for Ruptured and Crippled. It consists of strapping the joint by means of long, narrow strips of adhesive plaster incasing it immovably in the normal position. This procedure may be followed by anyone who has seen a surgeon practice it.

This image demonstrates a great technique for treating a sprained joint, used by Prof. Virgil P. Gibney, M.D., Chief Surgeon at the N.Y. Hospital for Ruptured and Crippled. It involves wrapping the joint with long, narrow strips of adhesive tape to keep it securely in its normal position. Anyone who has observed a surgeon perform this can follow this procedure.

SYNOVITIS—Severe Injury.—Generally of ankle or knee from fall, or shoulder from blow.

SYNOVITIS—Severe Injury.—Usually occurs in the ankle or knee from a fall, or in the shoulder from a direct impact.

First Aid Rule 1.—Provide large pitcher of hot water and large pitcher of cold water and basin. Hold[Pg 70] joint over basin; pour hot water slowly over joint. Return this water to pitcher. Pour cold water over joint. Return water to pitcher. Repeat with hot water again, and follow with cold. Continue this alternation for half an hour.

First Aid Rule 1.—Provide a large pitcher of hot water, a large pitcher of cold water, and a basin. Hold[Pg 70] the joint over the basin; slowly pour hot water over the joint. Return the used water to the pitcher. Pour cold water over the joint. Return this water to the pitcher. Repeat with hot water again, followed by cold. Continue alternating for half an hour.

Rule 2.—Put to bed, with hot-water bottles about joint, and wedge immovably with pillows.

Rule 2.—Put to bed, with hot water bottles around the joint, and firmly wedge with pillows.

Rule 3.—When tenderness and heat subside, strap with adhesive plaster in overlapping strips.

Rule 3.—Once swelling and warmth go down, apply adhesive tape in overlapping strips.

Conditions, Etc.—This condition, which may affect almost any freely movable joints, as the knee, elbow, ankle, and hip, is commonly caused by a wrench, blow, or fall. Occasionally it comes on without any apparent cause, in which case there is swelling and but slight pain or inflammation about the joint. We shall speak of synovitis of the knee ("water on the knee"), as that is the most common form, but these remarks will apply almost as well to the other joints. In severe cases there are considerable pain, redness and heat, and great swelling about the knee. The swelling is seen especially below the kneepan, on each side of the front of the joint, and also often above the kneepan. Frequently the only signs of trouble are swelling with slight pain, unless the limb is moved.

Conditions, Etc.—This condition, which can affect nearly any freely movable joints like the knee, elbow, ankle, and hip, is usually caused by a twist, bump, or fall. Sometimes it occurs without any noticeable reason, in which case there’s swelling with only mild pain or inflammation around the joint. We will focus on synovitis of the knee ("water on the knee"), as it’s the most common type, but these comments also apply to the other joints. In severe cases, there’s significant pain, redness, heat, and major swelling around the knee. The swelling is particularly noticeable below the kneecap, on both sides at the front of the joint, and often above the kneecap as well. Often, the only signs of an issue are swelling with mild pain, unless the limb is moved.

Treatment.—If the knee is not red, hot, or tender to the touch, it will not be necessary for the patient to remain in bed, but when these symptoms are present a splint of some sort must be applied so that the leg[Pg 71] is kept nearly straight, and the patient must keep to his bed until the heat, redness, and tenderness have subsided. In the meantime either an ice bag, hot poultice, cloths wrung out in hot water, or a hot-water bag should be kept constantly upon the knee.

Treatment.—If the knee isn't red, hot, or sensitive to touch, the patient doesn’t need to stay in bed. However, if these symptoms do appear, a splint of some kind should be used to keep the leg[Pg 71] nearly straight, and the patient should stay in bed until the heat, redness, and tenderness go down. In the meantime, an ice pack, hot compress, cloths soaked in hot water, or a hot-water bottle should be applied continuously to the knee.

A convenient splint consists of heavy pasteboard wet and covered with sheet wadding (or cotton batting) shaped and affixed to the back of the leg, from six inches below to four inches above the joint, by strips of adhesive plaster, as shown in the illustration, and then by bandage, leaving the knee uncovered for applications. A wooden splint well padded may be used instead.

A handy splint is made from thick cardboard that’s wet and covered with sheet wadding (or cotton batting). It’s shaped and attached to the back of the leg, from six inches below to four inches above the joint, using strips of adhesive plaster, as shown in the illustration, and then secured with a bandage, leaving the knee exposed for treatments. A padded wooden splint can also be used instead.

In mild cases without much inflammation, and in others after the tenderness and heat have abated, the patient may go about if the knee is treated as follows: a pad of sheet wadding or cotton batting about two inches thick and five inches long and as wide as the limb is placed in the hollow behind the knee, and then the whole leg is encircled with sheet wadding from six inches below to four inches above the knee, covering the joint as well as the pad. Beginning now five inches below the joint, strips of surgeon's adhesive plaster, an inch wide and long enough to more than encircle the limb, are affixed about the leg firmly like garters so as to make considerable pressure. Each strip or garter overlaps the one below about one-third of an inch, and the whole limb is thus incased in plas[Pg 72]ter from five inches below the knee to a point about four inches above the joint.

In mild cases without much inflammation, and in others once the tenderness and heat have reduced, the patient can move around as long as the knee is treated as follows: a pad of sheet wadding or cotton batting about two inches thick and five inches long, and as wide as the limb, is placed in the hollow behind the knee. Then, the entire leg is wrapped with sheet wadding from six inches below to four inches above the knee, covering both the joint and the pad. Starting five inches below the joint, strips of surgical adhesive tape, an inch wide and long enough to fully wrap around the limb, are securely placed around the leg like garters to apply significant pressure. Each strip overlaps the one below it by about one-third of an inch, and the whole limb is thus covered in plaster from five inches below the knee to about four inches above the joint.

An ordinary cotton bandage is then applied from below over the entire plaster bandage. When this arrangement loosens, the plaster should be taken off and new reapplied, or a few strips may be wound about the old plaster to reënforce it. The patient may walk about with this appliance without bending the knee.

An ordinary cotton bandage is then wrapped around the entire plaster bandage from below. When this setup loosens, the plaster should be removed and reapplied, or some strips can be wrapped around the old plaster to reinforce it. The patient can walk around with this device without bending the knee.

When the swelling has nearly departed, the plaster may be removed and the knee rubbed twice daily about the joint and the joint itself moved to and fro gently by an attendant, and then bandaged with a flannel bandage. Painting the knee with tincture of iodine in spots as large as a silver dollar is also of service at this time. The knee should not be bent in walking until it can be moved by another person without producing discomfort.

When the swelling has nearly gone down, the cast can be taken off, and the knee should be gently massaged around the joint twice a day by someone helping, with the joint moved back and forth carefully. After that, it should be wrapped with a flannel bandage. Applying tincture of iodine to the knee in areas the size of a silver dollar is helpful at this stage. You shouldn't bend the knee while walking until someone else can move it without causing any pain.

Such treatment may be applied to the other joints in a general way. The elbow must be fixed by a splint as recommended for dislocation of the joint (p. 128). The ankle is treated as advised for sprain of that joint (p. 68). When a physician can be obtained no layman is justified in attempting to treat a case of water on the knee or similar affection of other joints.

Such treatment can generally be applied to other joints. The elbow should be stabilized with a splint, as advised for joint dislocation (p. 128). The ankle is treated as recommended for a sprain of that joint (p. 68). When a doctor is available, no untrained person should try to treat a case of swelling in the knee or similar issues in other joints.

BUNION AND HOUSEMAID'S KNEE.—Bunion is a swelling of the bursa, or cushion, at the first joint of the great toe where it joins the foot. It may not give much trouble, or it may be hot, red, tender, and very painful. It is caused by pressure of a tight[Pg 73] boot which also forces the great toe toward the little toe, and thus makes the great toe joint more prominent and so the more readily injured.

BUNION AND HOUSEMAID'S KNEE.—A bunion is a swelling of the bursa, or cushion, at the first joint of the big toe where it connects to the foot. It might not cause much discomfort, or it can be hot, red, tender, and very painful. It is caused by the pressure from a tight[Pg 73] boot that also pushes the big toe toward the little toe, making the big toe joint more prominent and, therefore, more susceptible to injury.

A somewhat similar swelling, often as large as an egg, is sometimes seen over the kneepan, more often in those who work upon their knees, hence the name housemaid's knee. The swelling may come on suddenly and be hot, tender, and painful, or it may be slow in appearing and give little pain.

A similar swelling, sometimes as big as an egg, can often be seen over the kneecap, usually in people who spend a lot of time on their knees, which is why it's called housemaid's knee. The swelling might appear suddenly and feel hot, tender, and painful, or it could develop gradually and cause little pain.

Treatment.—The treatment for the painful variety of bunion and housemaid's knee is much the same: absolute rest with the foot kept raised, and application of cloths kept constantly wet with ice or cold water; or a thick covering of Cataplasma Kaolini (U. S. P.) may be applied until the inflammation has subsided. If the trouble is chronic, or the acute inflammation does not soon abate under the treatment advised, the case is one for the surgeon, and sometimes requires the knife for abscess formation. In the milder cases of bunion, wearing proper shoes whose inner border forms almost a straight line from heel to toe, so that the great toe is not pushed over toward the little toe, and painting the bunion every few days with tincture of iodine, until the skin begins to become sore, will often be sufficient to secure recovery.

Treatment.—The treatment for painful bunions and housemaid's knee is pretty similar: complete rest with the foot elevated, and using cloths that are kept constantly wet with ice or cold water; or applying a thick layer of Cataplasma Kaolini (U. S. P.) until the inflammation goes down. If the issue is chronic, or if the acute inflammation doesn't improve quickly with the recommended treatment, it's time to see a surgeon, and sometimes surgery may be needed for abscesses. In milder cases of bunions, wearing the right shoes that have an inner edge forming almost a straight line from heel to toe, so the big toe isn't pushed toward the little toe, and applying tincture of iodine on the bunion every few days until the skin starts to get sore can often be enough for recovery.

RUN-AROUND; WHITLOW OR FELON.—"Run-around" consists in an inflammation of the soft parts about the finger nail. It is more common in the weak, but may occur in anyone, owing to the entrance[Pg 74] of pus germs through a slight prick or abrasion which may pass unnoticed. The condition begins with redness, heat, tenderness, swelling, and pain of the flesh at the root of the nail, which extends all about the nail and may be slight and soon subside, or there may be great pain and increased swelling, with the formation of "matter" (pus), and result in the loss of the nail, particularly in the weak.

RUN-AROUND; WHITLOW OR FELON.—"Run-around" is an inflammation of the soft tissue around the fingernail. It's more common in people with weakened immune systems, but anyone can get it if pus germs enter through a small prick or cut that might go unnoticed. The condition starts with redness, warmth, tenderness, swelling, and pain around the nail's base, which can spread around the entire nail. It might be mild and resolve quickly, or it could be very painful, with increased swelling and the buildup of pus, potentially leading to nail loss, especially in those who are weaker.

Whitlow or felon is a much more serious trouble. It begins generally as a painful swelling of one of the last joints of the fingers on the palm side. Among the causes are a blow, scratch, or puncture. Often there is no apparent cause, but in some manner the germs of inflammation gain entrance. The end of the finger becomes hot and tense, and throbs with sometimes almost unbearable pain. If the inflammation is chiefly of the surface there may be much redness, but if mainly of the deeper parts the skin may be but little reddened or the surface may be actually pale. There is usually some fever, and the pain is made worse by permitting the hand to hang down. If the felon is on the little finger or thumb the inflammation is likely to extend down into the palm of the hand, and from thence into the arm along the course of the tendons or sinews of the muscles. Death of the bone of the last finger joint necessitating removal of this part, stiffness, crippling, and distortion of the hand, or death from blood poisoning may ensue if prompt surgical treatment is not obtained.

Whitlow, or a felon, is a much more serious issue. It usually starts as a painful swelling in one of the last joints of the fingers on the palm side. It can be caused by a blow, scratch, or puncture. Sometimes there’s no obvious reason, but somehow, germs causing inflammation get in. The tip of the finger becomes hot and tense, throbbing with pain that can be almost unbearable. If the inflammation is mostly on the surface, there might be a lot of redness, but if it's deeper, the skin could be barely reddened or even pale. There’s usually some fever, and the pain gets worse if you let your hand hang down. If the felon is on the little finger or thumb, the inflammation can spread into the palm and then up the arm, following the tendons or sinews. If prompt surgical treatment isn’t received, it could lead to the death of the bone in the last finger joint, requiring removal of that part, stiffness, disability, and distortion of the hand, or even death from blood poisoning.

[Pg 75]Treatment.—At the very outset it may be possible to stop the progress of the felon by keeping the finger constantly wet by means of a bandage continually saturated with equal parts of alcohol and water, at night keeping it moist by covering with a piece of oil silk or rubber. Tincture of iodine painted all over the end of the finger is also useful, and the hand should be carried in a sling by day, and slung above the head to the headboard of the bed by night. If after twenty-four hours the pain increases, it is best to apply hot poultices to the finger, changing them as often as they cool. If the felon has not begun to abate by the end of forty-eight hours, the end of the finger must be cut lengthwise right down to the bone by a surgeon to prevent death of the bone or extension of the inflammation. Poultices are then continued.

[Pg 75]Treatment.—At the very beginning, it may be possible to stop the progress of the infection by keeping the finger constantly wet with a bandage soaked in equal parts of alcohol and water. At night, keep it moist by covering it with a piece of oil silk or rubber. Applying tincture of iodine all over the tip of the finger is also helpful, and the hand should be in a sling during the day and raised above the head to the headboard of the bed at night. If after twenty-four hours the pain gets worse, it’s best to apply hot poultices to the finger, changing them as soon as they cool down. If the infection hasn't started to improve by the end of forty-eight hours, a surgeon must cut the end of the finger lengthwise down to the bone to prevent bone death or spreading of the inflammation. Continue with the poultices afterward.

"Run-around" is treated also by iodine, cold applications, and, if inflammation continues, by hot poulticing and incision with a knife; but poulticing is often sufficient. Attention to the general health by a physician will frequently be of service.

"Run-around" can also be treated with iodine, cold compresses, and, if inflammation persists, by applying hot poultices and making incisions with a knife; however, poulticing is often enough. Consulting a doctor about overall health is usually helpful.

WEEPING SINEW; GANGLION.—This is a swelling as large as a large bean projecting from the back or front of the wrist with an elastic or hard feeling, and not painful or tender unless pressed on very hard. After certain movements of the hand, as in playing the piano or, for example, in playing tennis, some discomfort may be felt. Weeping sinew sometimes interferes with some of the finer movements of the hand. The[Pg 76] swelling is not red or inflamed, but of the natural color of the skin. It does not continue to increase after reaching a moderate size, but usually persists indefinitely, although occasionally disappearing without treatment. The swelling contains a gelatinous substance which is held in a little sac in the sheath of the tendon or sinew, but the inside of the sac does not communicate with the interior of the sheath surrounding the tendon.

WEEPING SINEW; GANGLION.—This is a swelling about the size of a large bean that sticks out from the back or front of the wrist, feeling either elastic or hard, and is not painful or tender unless pressed down very firmly. After certain hand movements, like when playing the piano or tennis, you might feel some discomfort. Weeping sinew can sometimes interfere with finer hand movements. The[Pg 76] swelling is not red or inflamed but has the same color as the skin. It doesn't keep growing after reaching a moderate size, but it typically lasts indefinitely, although it may occasionally vanish without any treatment. The swelling contains a jelly-like substance that is contained in a small sac within the tendon or sinew's sheath, but the inside of the sac does not connect to the interior of the sheath surrounding the tendon.

Treatment.—This consists in suddenly exerting great pressure on the swelling with the thumb, or in striking it a sharp blow with a book by which the sac is broken. Its contents escape under the skin, and in most cases become absorbed. If the swelling returns a very slight surgical operation will permanently cure the trouble.

Treatment.—This involves quickly applying strong pressure to the swelling with your thumb or hitting it sharply with a book to break the sac. Its contents will then leak under the skin, and in most cases, will be absorbed. If the swelling comes back, a minor surgical procedure can permanently fix the issue.

CINDERS AND OTHER FOREIGN BODIES IN THE EYE.[4]—Foreign bodies are most frequently lodged on the under surface of the upper lid, although the surface of the eyeball and the inner aspect of the lower lid should also be carefully inspected. A drop of a two per cent solution of cocaine will render painless the manipulations. The patient should be directed to continue looking downward, and the lashes and edge of the lid are grasped by the forefinger and thumb of the right hand, while a very small pencil is gently[Pg 77] pressed against the upper part of the lid, and the lower part is lifted outward and upward against the pencil so that it is turned inside out. The lid may be kept in this position by a little pressure on the lashes, while the cinder, or whatever foreign body it may be, is removed by gently sweeping it off the mucous membrane with a fold of a soft, clean handkerchief. (See Figs. 6 and 7.)

CINDERS AND OTHER FOREIGN BODIES IN THE EYE.[4]—Foreign bodies usually get stuck on the underside of the upper eyelid, though you should also carefully check the surface of the eyeball and the inside of the lower eyelid. A drop of a two percent cocaine solution will make the procedure painless. The patient should be instructed to keep looking down, while you use your forefinger and thumb to hold the lashes and edge of the eyelid. A very small pencil is gently[Pg 77] pressed against the top part of the eyelid, and the bottom part is lifted outward and upward against the pencil, turning it inside out. You can hold the lid in this position with a little pressure on the lashes, while the cinder or whatever foreign object is present is removed by gently sweeping it off the mucous membrane with a soft, clean handkerchief. (See Figs. 6 and 7.)

Fig. 6. Fig. 6. Fig. 7. Fig. 7.

REMOVING A FOREIGN BODY FROM THE EYE.

REMOVING A FOREIGN OBJECT FROM THE EYE.

In Fig. 6 note how lashes and edge of lid are grasped by forefinger and thumb, also pencil placed against lid; in Fig. 7 lid is shown turned inside out over pencil.

In Fig. 6, notice how the lashes and edge of the eyelid are held by the forefinger and thumb, with the pencil positioned against the lid. In Fig. 7, the eyelid is shown flipped inside out over the pencil.

Hot cinders and pieces of metal may become so deeply lodged in the surface of the eye that they cannot be removed by the method recommended, or by using a narrow slip of clean white blotting-paper. All such cases should be very speedily referred to a physician, and the use of needles or other instruments should not be attempted by a layman, lest permanent damage be done to the cornea and opacity result. Such procedures[Pg 78] are, of course, appropriate for an oculist, but when it is impossible to secure medical aid for days it can be attempted without much fear, if done carefully, as more harm will result if the offending body is left in place. It is surprising to see what a hole in the surface of the eye will fill up in a few days. If the foreign body has caused a good deal of irritation before its removal, it is best to drop into the eye a solution of boric acid (ten grains to the ounce of water) four times daily.

Hot cinders and pieces of metal can get so deeply stuck in the eye's surface that they can't be removed using the recommended method or a narrow strip of clean white blotting paper. All such cases should be quickly referred to a doctor, and a layperson should not try to use needles or any other instruments, as this can cause permanent damage to the cornea and lead to cloudiness. Such procedures[Pg 78] are certainly suitable for an eye doctor, but if medical assistance isn't available for days, it can be done cautiously, as it would cause more harm to leave the foreign object in place. It's surprising how much a hole in the eye's surface can heal in just a few days. If the foreign body has caused significant irritation before being removed, it's best to apply a boric acid solution (ten grains to an ounce of water) into the eye four times a day.

FOREIGN BODIES IN THE EAR.—Foreign bodies, as buttons, pebbles, beans, cherry stones, coffee, etc., are frequently placed in the ear by children, and insects sometimes find their way into the ear passage and create tremendous distress by their struggles. Smooth, nonirritating bodies, as buttons, pebbles, etc., do no particular harm for a long time, and may remain unnoticed for years. But the most serious damage not infrequently results from unskillful attempts at their removal by persons (even physicians unused to instrumental work on the ear) who are driven to immediate and violent action on the false supposition that instant interference is called for. Insects, it is true, should be killed without delay by dropping into the ear sweet oil, castor, linseed, or machine oil or glycerin, or even water, if the others are not at hand, and then the insect should be removed in half an hour by syringing as recommended for wax (Vol. II, p. 35).

FOREIGN BODIES IN THE EAR.—Kids often put foreign objects like buttons, pebbles, beans, cherry pits, and coffee into their ears, and sometimes insects find their way into the ear canal, causing a lot of distress as they struggle. Smooth, non-irritating objects like buttons and pebbles typically don’t cause harm for a long time and can go unnoticed for years. However, serious damage can result from unskilled attempts to remove them by people (even doctors who aren't experienced with ear procedures) who feel they need to act immediately and forcefully under the false belief that urgent intervention is necessary. Insects, on the other hand, should be killed right away by putting sweet oil, castor oil, linseed oil, machine oil, glycerin, or even water into the ear if the others aren't available, and then the insect should be removed after half an hour by rinsing, as recommended for earwax (Vol. II, p. 35).

To remove solid bodies, turn the ear containing the body downward, pull it outward and backward, and[Pg 79] rub the skin just in front of the opening into the ear with the other hand, and the object may fall out.

To get rid of solid objects, tilt the ear with the object down, pull it outward and back, and[Pg 79] rub the skin just in front of the ear opening with your other hand, and the object might drop out.

Failing in this, syringing with warm water, as for removal of wax, while the patient is sitting, may prove successful. The essentials of treatment then consist, first, in keeping cool; then in killing insects by dropping oil or water into the ear, and, if syringing proves ineffective, in using no instrumental methods in an attempt to remove the foreign body, but in awaiting such time as skilled medical services can be obtained. If beans or seeds are not washed out by syringing, the water may cause them to swell and produce pain. To obviate this, drop glycerin in the ear which absorbs water, and will thus shrivel the seed.

If this doesn't work, using warm water to flush out the ear, while the patient is sitting, might be effective. The main points of treatment then are, first, to keep the area cool; next, to eliminate insects by putting oil or water in the ear, and if flushing doesn't work, avoid using any tools to try to remove the foreign object, instead waiting for a skilled medical professional to help. If beans or seeds are not flushed out by washing, the water can make them swell and cause pain. To prevent this, put glycerin in the ear, which will absorb the water and shrink the seed.

FOREIGN BODIES IN THE NOSE.—Children often put foreign bodies in their noses, as shoe buttons, beans, and pebbles. They may not tell of it, and the most conspicuous symptoms are the appearance of a thick discharge from one nostril, having a bad odor, and some obstruction to breathing on the same side. If the foreign body can be seen, the nostril on the unobstructed side should be closed and the child made to blow out of the other one. If blowing does not remove the body it is best to secure medical aid very speedily.

FOREIGN BODIES IN THE NOSE.—Kids often stick things up their noses, like shoe buttons, beans, and pebbles. They might not mention it, and the most noticeable signs are a thick discharge from one nostril that smells bad and some difficulty breathing on that side. If the foreign object is visible, close the nostril on the side that isn't blocked and have the child blow their nose. If blowing doesn’t get it out, it’s best to get medical help quickly.

FOOTNOTES:

[4] The Editors have deemed it advisable to repeat here the following instructions, also occurring in Vol. II, Part I, for the removal of foreign bodies in the eye, ear, and nose, as properly coming under the head of "First Aid in Emergencies."

[4] The Editors have decided it’s a good idea to restate the following instructions, also found in Vol. II, Part I, for removing foreign objects from the eye, ear, and nose, as these are relevant to "First Aid in Emergencies."

CHAPTER IV

Fractures

Broken Bones

How to Tell a Broken Bone—A Simple Sling—Splints and Bandage,—A Broken Rib—Fractures of Arm, Shoulder, Hand, Hips Leg and Other Parts.

How to Identify a Broken Bone—A Simple Sling—Splints and Bandaging,—A Broken Rib—Fractures of the Arm, Shoulder, Hand, Hips, Leg, and Other Areas.

BROKEN BONE; FRACTURE.[5]

BROKEN BONE; FRACTURE.[5]

First Aid Rule 1.—Be sure bone is broken. If broken, patient can scarcely (if at all) move the part beyond the break, while attendant can move it freely in his hands. If broken, grating of rough edges of bone may be felt by attendant but should not be sought for. If broken, limb is generally shortened.

First Aid Rule 1.—Make sure a bone is broken. If it is, the patient can hardly (if at all) move the area beyond the break, while the attendant can move it freely in their hands. If it is broken, the attendant may feel the rough edges of the bone grinding against each other, but that shouldn’t be actively looked for. If it is broken, the limb is usually shorter.

Rule 2.—Do not try to set bone permanently. Send at once for surgeon.

Rule 2.—Don't try to set a bone permanently. Call for a surgeon immediately.

COMPOUND FRACTURE.

Compound fracture.

Important. If there is opening to the air from the break, because of tearing of tissues by end of bone, condition is very dangerous; first treatment may save life, by preventing infection. Before reducing fracture,[Pg 81] and without stirring the patient much, after scrubbing your hands very clean, note:

Important. If there is an opening to the air from the break due to tissue tearing by the end of the bone, the condition is very dangerous; immediate treatment may save a life by preventing infection. Before resetting the fracture,[Pg 81] and without moving the patient too much, after thoroughly washing your hands, take note:

First Aid Rule 1.—If hairy, shave large spot about wound.

First Aid Rule 1.—If there's hair around the wound, shave a large area around it.

Rule 2.—Clean large area about wound with soap and water, very gently. Then wash most thoroughly again with clean water, previously boiled and cooled. Flood wound with cool boiled water.

Rule 2.—Gently clean a large area around the wound with soap and water. Then wash it again thoroughly with clean water that has been boiled and cooled. Rinse the wound with cool boiled water.

Rule 3.—Cover wound with absorbent cotton (or pieces of muslin) which has been boiled. Then attend to broken bone, as hereafter directed, in the case of each variety of fracture.

Rule 3.—Cover the wound with absorbent cotton (or pieces of muslin) that has been boiled. Then address the broken bone, as will be explained later for each type of fracture.

After the bone is set, according to directions, then note:

After the bone is set, as instructed, take note:

Rule 4.—Renew pieces of previously boiled muslin from time to time, when at all stained with discharges. Every day wash carefully about wound, between the splints, with cool carbolic-acid solution (one teaspoonful to a pint of hot water) before putting on the fresh cloths.

Rule 4.—Replace previously boiled muslin pieces regularly whenever they are stained. Every day, carefully wash around the wound, between the splints, with a cool carbolic acid solution (one teaspoon to a pint of hot water) before applying fresh cloths.

BROKEN BONES OR FRACTURES.[6]—It frequently happens that the first treatment of fracture devolves upon the inexperienced layman. Immediate treatment is not essential, in so far as the repair of the[Pg 82] fracture is directly concerned, for a broken bone does not unite for several weeks, and if a fracture were not seen by the surgeon for a week after its occurrence, no harm would be done, provided that the limb were kept quiet in fair position until that time. The object of immediate care of a broken bone is to prevent pain and avoid damage which would ensue if the sharp ends of the broken bone were allowed to injure the soft tissues during movements of the broken limb.

BROKEN BONES OR FRACTURES.[6]—It's common for the first treatment of a fracture to be handled by someone without much experience. Immediate treatment isn't critical when it comes to the healing of the fracture, since a broken bone takes weeks to heal. Even if a fracture isn't seen by a doctor for a week after it happens, it won't cause any harm, as long as the limb is kept still and in a decent position during that time. The main goal of immediate care for a broken bone is to relieve pain and prevent damage that could occur if the sharp ends of the broken bone were allowed to harm the soft tissues during movement of the injured limb.

Fractures are partial or complete, the former when the bone is broken only part way through; simple, when the fracture is a mere break of the bone, and compound, when the end of one or both fragments push through the skin, allowing the air with its germs to come in contact with the wound, thus greatly increasing the danger. To be sure that a bone is broken we must consider several points. The patient has usually fallen or has received a severe blow upon the part. This is not necessarily true, for old people often break the thigh bone at the hip joint by simply making a false step.

Fractures can be partial or complete; partial fractures occur when the bone is only partly broken. They're classified as simple when it's just a break in the bone, and compound when one or both ends of the broken bone stick out through the skin, exposing the wound to air and germs, which significantly raises the risk of infection. To confirm if a bone is broken, we need to look at several factors. The patient typically has either fallen or experienced a strong impact on the area. However, this isn't always the case, as older adults can easily break their thigh bone at the hip joint just from making a misstep.

Inability to use the limb and pain first call our attention to a broken bone. Then when we examine the seat of injury we usually notice some deformity—the limb or bone is out of line, and there may be an unusual swelling. But to distinguish this condition from sprain or bruise, we must find that there is a new joint in the course of the bone where there ought not[Pg 83] to be any; e. g., if the leg were broken midway between the knee and ankle, we should feel that there was apparently a new joint at this place, that there was increased capacity for movement in the middle of the leg, and perhaps the ends of the fragments of bones could be heard or felt grating together.

Not being able to use a limb and experiencing pain first alerts us to a broken bone. When we examine the injury site, we typically see some deformity—the limb or bone is misaligned, and there might be unusual swelling. However, to differentiate this condition from a sprain or bruise, we need to find that there is a new joint forming along the bone where there shouldn’t be one; for example, if the leg is broken halfway between the knee and ankle, we would feel what seems like a new joint in that area, an increased range of motion in the middle of the leg, and perhaps the ends of the broken bones could be heard or felt grinding against each other.

These, then, are the absolute tests of a broken bone—unusual mobility (or capacity for movement) in the course of the bone, and grating of the broken fragments together. The last will not occur, of course, unless the fragments happen to lie so that they touch each other and should not be sought for. In the case of limbs, sudden shortening of the broken member from overlapping of the fragments is a sure sign.

These are the definitive signs of a broken bone: unusual movement in the area of the bone and the sensation of the broken pieces grinding against each other. The latter won’t happen unless the pieces are aligned in a way that they touch each other, which shouldn’t be assumed. For limbs, a sudden shortening of the broken part due to the overlapping of the fragments is a clear indication.

SPECIAL FRACTURES.

SPECIAL FRACTURES.

BROKEN RIB.First Aid Rule.—Patient puts hands on head while attendant puts adhesive-plaster band, one foot wide, around injured side from spine over breastbone to line of armpit of sound side. Then put patient to bed.

BROKEN RIB.First Aid Rule.—The patient should place their hands on their head while the attendant applies a one-foot-wide adhesive bandage around the injured side, starting from the spine and going over the breastbone to the armpit of the uninjured side. After that, help the patient to bed.

A rib is usually broken by direct violence. The symptoms are pain on taking a deep breath, or on coughing, together with a small, very tender point. The deformity is not usually great, if, indeed, any exists, so that nothing in the external appearance may call the attention to fracture. Grating between the fragments may be heard by the patient or by the ex[Pg 84]aminer, and the patient can often place his finger on the exact location of the break.

A rib is typically broken by strong impact. The symptoms include pain when taking a deep breath or coughing, along with a small, very tender spot. The visible deformity is usually minimal, if any, so nothing on the surface may indicate a fracture. The patient or the examiner may hear a grating sound between the fragments, and the patient can often pinpoint the exact location of the break with their finger.

When it is a matter of doubt whether a rib is broken or not the treatment for broken rib should be followed for relief of pain.

When it's uncertain whether a rib is broken or not, the treatment for a broken rib should be followed to relieve pain.

Fig. 8. Fig. 8.

METHOD OF BANDAGING BROKEN RIB (Scudder).

METHOD OF BANDAGING BROKEN RIB (Scudder).

Note manner of sticking one end of wide adhesive plaster along backbone; also assistant carrying strip around injured side.

Note how to stick one end of wide adhesive tape along the backbone; also, how the assistant carries the strip around the injured side.

Treatment consists in applying a wide band of surgeon's adhesive plaster, to be obtained at any drug shop. The band is made by overlapping strips four or five inches wide, till a width of one foot is obtained.[Pg 85] This is then applied by sticking one end along the back bone and carrying it forward around the injured side of the chest over the breastbone as far as a line below the armpit on the uninjured side of the chest, i. e., three-quarters way about the chest. These four- or five-inch strips of plaster may be cut the right length first and laid together, overlapping about two inches, and put on as a whole, or, what is easier, each strip may be put on separately, beginning at the spine, five inches below the fracture, and continuing to apply the strips, overlapping each other about two inches, until the band is made to extend to about five inches above the point of fracture, all the strips ending in the line of the armpit of the uninjured side. (Fig. 8.)

Treatment involves using a wide strip of surgical adhesive tape, which you can find at any pharmacy. The strip is created by overlapping pieces that are four or five inches wide until it reaches a width of one foot.[Pg 85] This is then applied by sticking one end along the spine and wrapping it around the injured side of the chest over the sternum, reaching a line below the armpit on the uninjured side of the chest, which means it goes about three-quarters of the way around. These four- or five-inch strips of tape can either be cut to the right length beforehand and laid together with about a two-inch overlap, then applied all at once, or, for simplicity, each strip can be applied separately starting at the spine, five inches below the fracture, continuing to add strips with about a two-inch overlap until the band reaches roughly five inches above the fracture point, with all strips ending at the line of the armpit on the uninjured side. (Fig. 8.)

If surgeon's plaster cannot be obtained, a strong unbleached cotton or flannel bandage, a foot wide, should be placed all around the chest and fastened as snugly as possible with safety pins, in order to limit the motion of the chest wall. The patient will often be more comfortable sitting up, and should take care not to be exposed to cold or wet for some weeks, as pleurisy or pneumonia may follow. Three weeks are required for firm union to be established in broken ribs.

If surgical tape isn't available, a sturdy unbleached cotton or flannel bandage, about a foot wide, should be wrapped around the chest and secured tightly with safety pins to restrict movement of the chest wall. The patient will often feel more comfortable sitting up, and should avoid exposure to cold or wet conditions for several weeks, as this could lead to pleurisy or pneumonia. It takes about three weeks for broken ribs to heal properly.

COLLAR-BONE FRACTURE.

Collarbone fracture.

First Aid Rule.—Put patient flat on back, on level bed, with small pillow between his shoulders; place forearm of injured side across chest, and retain it so with bandage about chest and arm.

First Aid Rule.—Lay the patient flat on their back on a level surface, with a small pillow placed under their shoulders; position the forearm of the injured side across their chest and secure it with a bandage around the chest and arm.

Fig. 9. Fig. 9.

A BROKEN COLLAR BONE (Scudder).

A BROKEN COLLARBONE (Scudder).

Usual attitude of patient with a fracture of this kind; note lowering and narrowed appearance of left shoulder.

Usual attitude of a patient with this type of fracture; note the lowered and narrowed appearance of the left shoulder.

[Pg 87]Fracture of the collar bone is one of the commonest accidents. The bone is usually broken in the middle third. A swelling often appears at this point, and there is pain there, especially on lifting the arm up and away from the body. It will be noticed that the shoulder, on the side of the injury, seems narrower and also lower than its fellow. The head is often bent toward the injured side, and the arm of the same side is grasped below the elbow by the other hand of the patient and supported as in a sling. (See Fig. 9.) In examining an apparently broken bone the utmost gentleness may be used or serious damage may result.

[Pg 87]A broken collarbone is one of the most common injuries. The bone is usually fractured in the middle section. A swelling often develops at this spot, and there's pain there, especially when lifting the arm up and away from the body. You'll notice that the shoulder on the injured side appears narrower and lower than the other one. The head often tilts toward the injured side, and the patient usually supports the arm on that side below the elbow with the other hand, as if in a sling. (See Fig. 9.) When examining an apparently broken bone, you must be extremely gentle or serious damage could occur.

Treatment.—The best treatment consists in rest in bed on a hard mattress; the patient lying flat on the back with a small pillow between the shoulders and the forearm of the injured side across the chest. This is a wearisome process, as it takes from two to three weeks to secure repair of the break. On the other hand, if the forearm is carried in a sling, so as to raise and support the shoulder, while the patient walks about, a serviceable result is usually obtained; the only drawback being that an unsightly swelling remains at the seat of the break. To make a sling, a piece of strong cotton cloth a yard square should be cut diagonally from corner to corner, making two right-angled triangles. Each of these will make a properly shaped piece for a sling. (See Figs. 10 and 11.)

Treatment.—The best treatment involves resting in bed on a firm mattress, where the patient lies flat on their back with a small pillow between their shoulders and the forearm of the injured side across their chest. This is a tiring process, as it takes two to three weeks for the break to heal. However, if the forearm is held in a sling to lift and support the shoulder while the patient moves around, a satisfactory result is usually achieved; the only downside is that an unattractive swelling remains at the site of the break. To make a sling, cut a piece of strong cotton cloth that is one yard square diagonally from corner to corner, creating two right-angled triangles. Each of these can be used as a properly shaped piece for a sling. (See Figs. 10 and 11.)

Fracture of the collar bone happens very often in[Pg 88] little children, and is commonly only a partial break or splitting of the bone, not extending wholly through the shaft so as to divide it into two fragments, but causing little more than bending of the bone (the "green-stick fracture").

Fractures of the collarbone are quite common in[Pg 88] young children and usually only involve a partial break or a crack in the bone, not completely separating it into two pieces. This often results in little more than a bending of the bone (known as a "green-stick fracture").

Fig. 10. Fig. 10. Fig. 11. Fig. 11.
The illustration above shows the sling in position. It is made from cotton cloth, measuring a yard square and cut diagonally from corner to corner.

HOW TO MAKE A SLING (Scudder).

HOW TO MAKE A SLING (Scudder).

In Fig. 10 note three-cornered bandage; No. 2 end is carried over right shoulder, No. 1 over left, then both fastened behind neck; No. 3 brought over and pinned.

In Fig. 10, note the triangular bandage; the No. 2 end goes over the right shoulder, the No. 1 end goes over the left, then both are secured behind the neck; the No. 3 end is brought over and pinned.

A fall from a chair or bed is sufficient to cause the accident. A child generally cries out on movement of[Pg 89] the arm of the injured side, or on being lifted by placing the hands under the armpits of the patient. A tender swelling is seen at the point of the injury of the collar bone. A broad cotton band, with straps over the shoulders to keep it up, should encircle the body and upper arm of the injured side, and the hand of the same side should be supported by a narrow sling fastened above behind the neck.

A fall from a chair or bed is enough to cause an injury. A child usually cries out when their injured arm is moved[Pg 89] or when being lifted by placing hands under their armpits. A tender swelling appears at the site of the collarbone injury. A wide cotton band with straps over the shoulders should wrap around the body and upper arm of the injured side, and the hand on that side should be supported by a narrow sling attached above and behind the neck.

LOWER-JAW FRACTURE.

Jaw fracture.

First Aid Rule.—Put fragments into place with your fingers, securing good line of his teeth. Support lower jaw by firmly bandaging it against upper jaw, mouth shut, using four-tailed bandage. (Fig. 12.)

First Aid Rule.—Use your fingers to reposition the fragments, ensuring a good alignment of the teeth. Support the lower jaw by securely bandaging it against the upper jaw with the mouth closed, using a four-tailed bandage. (Fig. 12.)

Fracture of the lower jaw is caused by a direct blow. It involves the part of the jaw occupied by the lower teeth, and is more apt to occur in the middle line in front, or a short distance to one side of this point. The force causing the break usually not only breaks the bone, but also tears the gum through into the mouth, making a compound fracture. There is immediate swelling of the gum at the point of injury, and bleeding. The mouth can be opened with difficulty.

Fracturing the lower jaw happens from a direct hit. It affects the area of the jaw where the lower teeth are, and it's most likely to occur right in the middle at the front or slightly off to one side. The force that causes the break typically not only fractures the bone but also tears the gum, creating a compound fracture. There is immediate swelling of the gum at the injury site, along with bleeding. Opening the mouth is difficult.

The condition of the teeth is the most important point to observe. Owing to displacement of the fragments there is a difference in the level of the teeth or line of the teeth, or both, at the place where the fracture occurs. Also one or more of the teeth are usually loos[Pg 90]ened at this point. In addition, unusual movement of the fragments may be detected as well as a grating sound on manipulation.

The condition of the teeth is the most important thing to notice. Because of the displacement of the fragments, there's a difference in the level or alignment of the teeth, or both, at the site of the fracture. Additionally, one or more of the teeth are usually loosened at this spot. Furthermore, unusual movement of the fragments may be observed, along with a grating sound when examined.

Treatment.—The broken fragments should be pressed into place with the fingers, and retained temporarily with a four-tailed bandage, as shown in the cut. Feeding is done through a glass tube, using milk, broths, and thin gruels. A mouth wash should be em[Pg 91]ployed four times daily, to keep the mouth clean and assist in healing of the gum. A convenient preparation consists of menthol, one-half grain; thymol, one-half grain; boric acid, twenty grains; water, eight ounces.

Treatment.—The broken pieces should be pushed back into place with your fingers and temporarily held in position with a four-tailed bandage, as shown in the image. Feeding should be done through a glass tube, using milk, broth, and thin gruel. A mouthwash should be used four times a day to keep the mouth clean and help heal the gums. A handy mixture includes menthol, 0.5 grains; thymol, 0.5 grains; boric acid, 20 grains; and water, 8 ounces.

Fig. 12. Fig. 12.

BANDAGE FOR A BROKEN JAW (American Text-Book).

BANDAGE FOR A BROKEN JAW (American Textbook).

Above cut shows a four-tailed bandage; note method of tying; one strip supports lower jaw; the other holds it in place against upper jaw.

Above cut shows a four-tailed bandage; note how it's tied; one strip supports the lower jaw; the other keeps it in place against the upper jaw.

SHOULDER-BLADE FRACTURE.

Shoulder blade fracture.

First Aid Rule.—There is no displacement. Bandage fingers, forearm, and arm of affected side, and put this arm in sling. Fasten slung arm to body with many turns of a bandage, which holds forearm against chest and arm against side.

First Aid Rule.—There is no displacement. Wrap the fingers, forearm, and arm on the affected side, and put that arm in a sling. Secure the slung arm to the body with several turns of a bandage, which keeps the forearm against the chest and the arm against the side.

Shoulder-blade fracture occasions pain, swelling, and tenderness on pressure over the point of injury. On manipulating the bone a grating sound may be heard and unnatural motion detected. The treatment consists in bandaging the forearm and arm on the injured side from below upward, beginning at the wrist; slinging the forearm bent at a right angle across the front of the body, suspended by a narrow sling from the neck, and then encircling the body and arm of the injured side from shoulder to elbow with a wide bandage applied under the sling, which holds the arm snugly against the side. This bandage is prevented from slipping down by straps attached to it and carried over each shoulder.

A shoulder-blade fracture causes pain, swelling, and tenderness when pressure is applied to the injury site. When manipulating the bone, a grating sound may be heard, and unnatural movement may be detected. Treatment involves bandaging the forearm and arm on the injured side from the wrist upward; the forearm is placed in a right angle across the front of the body and suspended by a narrow sling from the neck. Then, a wide bandage is wrapped around the body and the arm from the shoulder to the elbow, applied under the sling to keep the arm snug against the side. This bandage is secured with straps that go over each shoulder to prevent slipping.

ARM FRACTURE.

Broken Arm.

First Aid Rule.—Pad two pieces of thin board nine by three inches with handkerchiefs. Carefully[Pg 92] pull fragments of bone apart, grasping lower fragment near elbow while assistant pulls gently on upper fragment near shoulder. Put padded boards (splints) one each side of the fracture, and wind bandage about their whole length, tightly enough to keep bony fragments firm in position. Put forearm and hand in sling.

First Aid Rule.—Pad two pieces of thin board, nine by three inches, with handkerchiefs. Carefully[Pg 92] pull the bone fragments apart, holding the lower fragment near the elbow while your assistant gently pulls on the upper fragment near the shoulder. Place the padded boards (splints) on either side of the fracture and wrap a bandage around their entire length, tight enough to keep the bone fragments steady. Position the forearm and hand in a sling.

In fracture of the arm between the shoulder and elbow, swelling and shortening may give rise to deformity. Pain and abnormal motion are symptoms, while a grating sound may be detected, but manipulation of the arm for this purpose should be avoided. The surface is apt soon to become black and blue, owing to rupture of the blood vessels beneath the skin.

In a fracture of the arm between the shoulder and elbow, swelling and shortening can cause deformity. Pain and unusual movement are symptoms, and you might hear a grating sound, but you should avoid moving the arm for this reason. The surface will likely become bruised quickly due to the rupture of the blood vessels beneath the skin.

The hand and forearm should be bandaged from below upward to the elbow. The bone is put in place by grasping the patient's elbow and pulling directly down in line with the arm, which is held slightly away from the side of the patient, while an assistant steadies and pulls up the shoulder. Then a wedge-shaped pad, long enough to reach from the patient's armpit to his elbow (made of cotton wadding or blanketing sewed in a cotton case) and about four inches wide and three inches thick at one end, tapering up to a point at the other, is placed against the patient's side with the tapering end uppermost in the armpit and the thick end down. This pad is kept in place by a strip of surgeon's adhesive plaster, or bandage passing through[Pg 93] the small end of the wedge, and brought up and fastened over the shoulder.

The hand and forearm should be bandaged from the wrist up to the elbow. To set the bone, hold the patient’s elbow and pull straight down in line with the arm, which should be positioned slightly away from the patient's side, while an assistant stabilizes and lifts the shoulder. Next, take a wedge-shaped pad, long enough to extend from the patient's armpit to their elbow (made of cotton wadding or blanket material sewn in a cotton cover), about four inches wide and three inches thick at one end, tapering to a point at the other. Place this pad against the patient's side with the tapered end on top in the armpit and the thick end down. Keep this pad in place with a strip of surgical adhesive tape or a bandage that goes through[Pg 93] the small end of the wedge and is brought up and secured over the shoulder.

Fig. 13. Fig. 13. Fig. 14. Fig. 14.

BANDAGE FOR BROKEN ARM (Scudder).

Bandage for broken arm.

In Fig. 13 note splints secured by adhesive plaster; also pad in armpit; in Fig. 14 see wide bandage around body; also sling.

In Fig. 13, see the splints held in place by adhesive tape; there’s also a pad in the armpit. In Fig. 14, notice the wide bandage around the torso and the sling.

While the arm is pulled down from the shoulder, three strips of well-padded tin or thin board (such as picture-frame backing) two inches wide and long enough to reach from shoulder to elbow, are laid against the front, outside, and back of the arm, and secured by encircling strips of surgeon's plaster or bandage. The arm is then brought into the pad lying against the side under the armpit, and is held there firmly by a wide bandage surrounding the arm and[Pg 94] entire chest, and reaching from the shoulder to elbow. It is prevented from slipping by strips of cotton cloth, which are placed over the shoulders and pinned behind and before to the top of the bandage. The wrist is then supported in a sling, not over two inches wide, with the forearm carried in a horizontal position across the front of the body. Firm union of the broken arm takes place usually in from four to six weeks. (See Figs. 13 and 14.)

While pulling the arm down from the shoulder, three strips of well-padded tin or thin board (like picture-frame backing), each two inches wide and long enough to reach from the shoulder to the elbow, are placed against the front, outside, and back of the arm, and secured with encircling strips of surgical plaster or bandage. The arm is then positioned into the pad against the side under the armpit, and held firmly in place by a wide bandage that wraps around the arm and entire chest, extending from the shoulder to the elbow. It is kept from slipping by strips of cotton cloth, which are draped over the shoulders and pinned in front and behind to the top of the bandage. The wrist is then supported in a sling, no more than two inches wide, with the forearm held in a horizontal position across the front of the body. Full healing of the broken arm usually occurs within four to six weeks. (See Figs. 13 and 14.)

FOREARM FRACTURE.

Wrist fracture.

First Aid Rule.—Set bones in proper place by pulling steadily on wrist while assistant holds back the upper part of the forearm. If unsuccessful, leave it for surgeon to reduce after "period of inaction" comes, a few days later, when swelling subsides. If successful, put padded splints (pieces of cigar box padded with handkerchiefs) one on each side, front and back, and wind a bandage about whole thing to hold it immovably.

First Aid Rule.—Position broken bones correctly by gently pulling on the wrist while an assistant holds the upper part of the forearm steady. If you're not able to do it, leave it for the surgeon to fix after a "waiting period" of a few days when the swelling goes down. If you are successful, place padded splints (pieces of a cigar box padded with handkerchiefs) on each side, both front and back, and wrap a bandage around the whole thing to keep it secure.

Two bones enter into the structure of the forearm. One or both of these may be broken. The fracture may be simple or compound,[7] when the soft parts are damaged and the break of the bone communicates with the air, the ends of the bone even projecting through the skin.

Two bones make up the forearm. One or both of these can be broken. The fracture can be either simple or compound,[7] where the soft tissues are damaged and the break in the bone connects with the air, with the ends of the bone potentially sticking out through the skin.

[Pg 95]In fracture of both bones there is marked deformity, caused by displacement of the broken fragments, and unusual motion may be discovered; a grating sound may also be detected but, as stated before, manipulation of the arm should be avoided.

[Pg 95]In a fracture of both bones, there is a noticeable deformity caused by the misalignment of the broken pieces, and you might notice unusual movement; a grinding sound can also be heard, but, as mentioned earlier, you should avoid moving the arm.

Fig. 15. Fig. 15.

SETTING A BROKEN FOREARM (Scudder).

SETTING A BROKEN FOREARM (Scudder).

See manner of holding arm and applying adhesive plaster strips; one splint is shown, another is placed back of hand and forearm.

See how to hold the arm and apply adhesive plaster strips; one splint is shown, and another is placed behind the hand and forearm.

When only one bone is broken the signs are not so marked, but there is usually a very tender point at the seat of the fracture, and an irregularity of the sur[Pg 96]face of the bone may be felt at this point. If false motion and a grating sound can also be elicited, the condition is clear. The broken bones are put into their proper place by the operator who pulls steadily on the wrist, while an assistant grasps the upper part of the forearm and pulls the other way. The ends of the fragments are at the same time pressed into place by the other hand of the operator, so that the proper straight line of the limb is restored.

When only one bone is broken, the signs aren't very obvious, but there’s usually a really tender spot at the fracture site, and you can feel an irregularity on the surface of the bone there. If you can also feel false motion and hear a grating sound, the situation is clear. The broken bones are set back into their proper position by the operator who pulls steadily on the wrist, while an assistant holds the upper part of the forearm and pulls in the opposite direction. At the same time, the operator uses their other hand to press the ends of the fragments into place so that the limb is aligned properly.

Fig. 16. Fig. 16.

FRACTURE OF BOTH BONES IN FOREARM (Scudder).

FRACTURE OF BOTH BONES IN FOREARM (Scudder).

This cut shows the position and length of the two padded splints; also method of applying adhesive plaster.

This cut shows the position and length of the two padded splints, as well as how to apply adhesive plaster.

[Pg 97]After the forearm is set, it should be held steadily in the following position while the splints are applied. The elbow is bent so that the forearm is held at right angles with the arm horizontally across the front of the chest with the hand extended, open palm toward the body and thumb uppermost. The splints, two in number, are made of wood about one-quarter inch thick, and one-quarter inch wider than the forearm. They should be long enough to reach from about two inches below the elbow to the root of the fingers. They are covered smoothly with cotton wadding, cotton wool, or other soft material, and then with a bandage. The splints are applied to the forearm in the positions described, one to the back of the hand and forearm, and the other to the palm of the hand and front of the forearm.

[Pg 97]Once the forearm is in place, it should be maintained steadily in the following position while the splints are applied. The elbow is bent so that the forearm is at a right angle with the arm extended horizontally across the front of the chest, with the hand outstretched, palm facing the body and thumb pointing up. There are two splints, made of wood about a quarter inch thick and a quarter inch wider than the forearm. They should be long enough to extend from about two inches below the elbow to the base of the fingers. They are smoothly covered with cotton padding, cotton wool, or another soft material, and then with a bandage. The splints are placed on the forearm as described, one on the back of the hand and forearm, and the other on the palm of the hand and front of the forearm.

Usually there are spaces in the palm of the hand and front of the wrist requiring to be filled with extra padding in addition to that on the splint. The splints are bound together and to the forearm by three strips of surgeon's adhesive plaster or bandage, about two inches wide. One strip is wound about the upper ends of the splints, one is wrapped about them above the wrist, and the third surrounds the back of the hand and palm, binding the splints together below the thumb. The splints should be held firmly in place, but great care should be exercised to use no more force in applying the adhesive plaster or bandage than is necessary to accomplish this end, as it is easy to stop the cir[Pg 98]culation by pressure in this part. There should be some spring felt when the splints are pressed together after their application. A bandage is to be applied over the splints and strips of plaster, beginning at the wrist and covering the forearm to the elbow, using the same care not to put the bandage on too firmly. The forearm is then to be held in the same position by a wide sling, as shown above. (See Figs. 15, 16, 17.)

Typically, there are gaps in the palm and the front of the wrist that need to be filled with extra padding in addition to what's on the splint. The splints are secured together and to the forearm with three strips of surgical tape or bandage, each about two inches wide. One strip wraps around the top ends of the splints, another is wrapped around them above the wrist, and the third encircles the back of the hand and palm, holding the splints together below the thumb. The splints should be held securely in place, but care must be taken to avoid applying too much pressure with the tape or bandage, as excess force can restrict blood flow in that area. There should be some give when the splints are pressed together after being applied. A bandage is then applied over the splints and strips of tape, starting at the wrist and extending up to the elbow, while also ensuring not to make the bandage too tight. The forearm should then be kept in the same position with a wide sling, as shown above. (See Figs. 15, 16, 17.)

Fig. 17. Fig. 17.

DRESSING FOR BROKEN FOREARM (Scudder).

Dressing a Broken Forearm (Scudder).

Proper position of arm in sling; note that hand is unsupported with palm turned inward and thumb uppermost.

Proper position of the arm in the sling: note that the hand is unsupported, with the palm facing inward and the thumb on top.

[Pg 99]Four weeks are required to secure firm union after this fracture. When the fracture is compound the same treatment should be employed as described under Compound Fracture of Leg, p. 116.

[Pg 99]It takes four weeks to ensure a solid union after this fracture. If the fracture is compound, the same treatment should be used as described under Compound Fracture of Leg, p. 116.

FRACTURE OF THE WRIST; COLLES'S FRACTURE.—This is a break of the lower end of the bone on the thumb side of the wrist, and much the larger bone in this part of the forearm. The accident happens when a person falls and strikes on the palm of the hand; it is more common in elderly people. A peculiar deformity results. A hump or swelling appears on the back of the wrist, and a deep crease is seen just above the hand in front. The whole hand is also displaced at the wrist toward the thumb side.

WRIST FRACTURE; COLLES'S FRACTURE.—This is a break at the lower end of the bone on the thumb side of the wrist, specifically the larger bone in this part of the forearm. The injury occurs when someone falls and lands on the palm of their hand; it is more common in older individuals. A distinctive deformity appears. A bump or swelling forms on the back of the wrist, and a deep crease is visible just above the hand in the front. The entire hand is also shifted toward the thumb side at the wrist.

Fig. 18. Fig. 18.

A BROKEN WRIST (Scudder).

A BROKEN WRIST (Scudder).

Characteristic appearance of a "Colles's fracture"; note backward displacement of hand at wrist; also fork-shaped deformity.

Characteristic appearance of a "Colles's fracture"; note the backward displacement of the hand at the wrist; also, fork-shaped deformity.

It is not usual to be able to detect abnormal motion in the case of this fracture, or to hear any grating sound on manipulating the part, as the ends of the[Pg 100]
[Pg 101]
fragments are generally so jammed together that it is necessary to secure a surgeon as soon as possible to pull them apart under ether, in order to remedy the existing "silver-fork" deformity. (See Figs. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.)

It's usually hard to notice any unusual movement with this type of fracture, or to hear any grinding sound when you move the area because the ends of the[Pg 100]
[Pg 101]
fragments are typically so tightly pressed together that you need to get a surgeon right away to separate them under anesthesia, to fix the current "silver-fork" deformity. (See Figs. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22.)

Treatment.—Until medical aid can be obtained the same sort of splints should be applied, and in the same way as for the treatment of fractured forearm. If the deformity is not relieved a stiff and painful joint usually persists. It is sometimes impossible for the most skillful surgeon entirely to correct the existing deformity, and in elderly people some stiffness and pain in the wrist and fingers are often unavoidable results.

Treatment.—Until medical help can be obtained, similar splints should be used, applied in the same way as for treating a fractured forearm. If the deformity isn't addressed, a stiff and painful joint usually remains. Even the most skilled surgeon may not be able to completely fix the existing deformity, and in older individuals, some stiffness and pain in the wrist and fingers are often unavoidable outcomes.

Fig. 19. Fig. 19. Fig. 20. Fig. 20.
   
Fig. 21. Fig. 21. Fig. 22. Fig. 22.

FRACTURE OF THE WRIST (Scudder).

WRIST FRACTURE (Scudder).

Above illustrations show deformities resulting from a broken wrist; Figs. 19 and 20 the crease at base of thumb; Fig. 21 hump on back of wrist; Fig. 22 twisted appearance of hand.

Above illustrations show deformities caused by a broken wrist; Figs. 19 and 20 show the crease at the base of the thumb; Fig. 21 shows a bump on the back of the wrist; Fig. 22 shows the twisted appearance of the hand.

FRACTURE OF BONE OF HAND, OR FINGER.

BONE FRACTURE IN THE HAND OR FINGER.

First Aid Rule.—Set fragments of bone in place by pulling with one hand on finger, while pressing fragments into position with other hand. Put on each side of bone a splint made of cigar box, padded with folded handkerchiefs, and retain in place with bandage wound about snugly. Put forearm and hand in sling.

First Aid Rule.—Align broken bone fragments by pulling on one finger with one hand while pressing the fragments into position with the other hand. Place a splint made of a cigar box on each side of the bone, padded with folded handkerchiefs, and secure it in place with a bandage wrapped snugly around. Support the forearm and hand in a sling.

This accident more commonly happens to the bones corresponding to the middle and ring finger, and occurs between the knuckle and the wrist, appearing as a swelling on the back of the hand. On looking at the closed fist it will be seen that the knuckle corresponding to the broken bone in the back of the hand has ceased to be prominent, and has sunken down below[Pg 102] the level of its fellows. The end of the fragment nearer the wrist can generally be felt sticking up in the back of the hand.

This injury usually happens to the bones related to the middle and ring fingers and occurs between the knuckle and the wrist, showing up as a swelling on the back of the hand. When you look at a closed fist, you’ll notice that the knuckle connected to the broken bone on the back of the hand has lost its prominence and has sunk down below[Pg 102] the level of the others. The end of the fragment closer to the wrist can typically be felt sticking up in the back of the hand.

Fig. 23. Fig. 23.

A BROKEN FINGER (Scudder).

A BROKEN FINGER (Scudder).

Note splint extending from wrist to tip of finger; also manner of applying adhesive plaster strips and pad in palm.

Note the splint that goes from the wrist to the tip of the finger; also, the way adhesive plaster strips and a pad are applied in the palm.

If the finger corresponding to the broken bone in the back of the hand be pulled on forcibly, and the fragments be held between the thumb and forefinger of the other hand of the operator, pain and abnormal mo[Pg 103]tion may be detected, and the ends of the broken bone pressed into place. A thin wooden splint, as a piece of cigar box, about an inch wide at base and tapering to the width of the finger should be applied to the palm of the hand extending from the wrist to a little beyond the finger tip, secured by strips of adhesive plaster, as in the cut, and covered by a bandage. The splint should be well padded, and an additional pad should be placed in the palm of the hand over the point of fracture. Three weeks are required for firm union, and the hand should not be used for a month.

If you pull on the finger that corresponds to a broken bone in the back of the hand and hold the fragments between the thumb and forefinger of the other hand, you might feel pain and see abnormal motion, and you can press the ends of the broken bone back into place. A thin wooden splint, like a piece of a cigar box, should be about an inch wide at the base and taper to the width of the finger. It should be placed on the palm of the hand, extending from the wrist to just beyond the fingertip, and secured with strips of adhesive plaster, as shown in the picture, then covered with a bandage. Make sure the splint is well padded, and add another pad in the palm of the hand over the fracture site. It will take about three weeks for the bone to heal properly, and you shouldn't use the hand for a month.

It is usually easy to recognize a broken bone in a finger, unless the break is near a joint, when it may be mistaken for a dislocation. Pain, abnormal motion, and grating between the fragments are observed.

It’s usually easy to spot a broken bone in a finger, unless the break is near a joint, in which case it might be confused with a dislocation. You’ll notice pain, unusual movement, and grinding between the bone fragments.

If there is deformity, it may be corrected by pulling on the injured finger with one hand, while with the other the fragments are pressed into line. A narrow, padded wooden or tin splint is applied, as in the cut (p. 102), reaching from the middle of the palm to the finger tip. Any existing displacement of the broken bone can be relieved by using pressure with little pads of cotton held in place by narrow strips of adhesive plaster where it is needed to keep the bone in line. The splint may be removed in two weeks and a strip of adhesive plaster wound about the finger to support it for a week or two more.

If there's a deformity, you can fix it by pulling on the injured finger with one hand while using the other hand to line up the pieces. A narrow, padded wooden or metal splint is applied, as shown in the cut (p. 102), extending from the middle of the palm to the fingertip. Any displacement of the broken bone can be corrected with small cotton pads pressed into place by narrow strips of adhesive tape where it's needed to keep the bone aligned. The splint can be removed after two weeks, and then a strip of adhesive tape can be wrapped around the finger for support for another week or two.

In fracture of the thumb, the splint is applied along the back instead of on the palm side.

In a thumb fracture, the splint is placed on the back instead of the palm side.

[Pg 104]HIP FRACTURE.

Hip Fracture.

First Aid Rule.—Put patient flat on back in bed, with limb wedged between pillows till surgeon arrives.

First Aid Rule.—Lay the patient flat on their back in bed, with their limb supported between pillows until the surgeon arrives.

Fig. 24. Fig. 24.

TREATING A BROKEN HIP (Scudder).

TREATING A BROKEN HIP (Scudder).

Note the manner of straightening leg and getting broken bone into line; also assistant carefully steadying the thigh.

Note the way to straighten the leg and align the broken bone; also, the assistant is carefully steadying the thigh.

A fracture of the hip is really a break of that portion of the thigh bone which enters into the socket of the pelvic bone and forms the hip joint. It occurs most commonly in aged people as a result of so slight an accident as tripping on a rug, or in falling on the floor from the standing position, making a misstep, or while attempting to avoid a fall. When the accident has occurred the patient is unable to rise or walk, and suffers pain in the hip joint. When he has been helped to bed it will be seen that the foot of the injured side is turned out, and the leg is perhaps apparently shorter than its fellow. There is pain on movement of the limb,[Pg 105] and the patient cannot raise his heel, on the injured side, from the bed. Shortening is an important sign.

A hip fracture is actually a break in the part of the thigh bone that fits into the socket of the pelvic bone and forms the hip joint. This type of injury most often happens to older adults due to minor accidents like tripping over a rug or falling while standing, making a misstep, or trying to prevent a fall. After the injury, the person won’t be able to get up or walk and will experience pain in the hip joint. Once they are helped to bed, it can be noticed that the foot on the injured side is turned outward, and the leg may seem shorter than the other one. There’s pain when moving the limb,[Pg 105] and the patient can’t lift their heel on the injured side off the bed. Leg shortening is a crucial sign.

With the patient lying flat on the back and both legs together in a straight line with the body, measurements from each hip-bone are made with a tape to the bony prominence on the inside of each ankle, in turn. One end of the tape is held at the navel and the other is swung from one ankle to the other, comparing the length of the two limbs. Shortening of less than half an inch is of no importance as a sign of fracture. The fragments of broken bone are often jammed together (impacted) so that it is impossible to get any sound of grating between them, and it is very unwise to manipulate the leg or hip joint, except in the gentlest manner, in an attempt to get this grating. If the ends of the fragments become disengaged from each other it often happens that union of the break never occurs.

With the patient lying flat on their back and both legs straight and together, measurements are taken from each hip bone to the bony prominence on the inside of each ankle using a tape measure. One end of the tape is held at the navel while the other end is swung from one ankle to the other to compare the length of the two limbs. A shortening of less than half an inch is not significant as a sign of a fracture. Broken bone fragments are often jammed together (impacted), making it impossible to hear any grinding sound between them. It’s important to avoid manipulating the leg or hip joint, except very gently, in an attempt to feel this grinding. If the ends of the fragments come apart, it can often result in the break never healing properly.

Fig. 25. Fig. 25.

TREATMENT FOR FRACTURED HIP (Scudder).

Hip fracture treatment (Scudder).

Note method of holding splints in place with muslin strips; one above ankle, one below and one above knee, one in middle and one around upper part of thigh.

Note the method of keeping splints in place with muslin strips: one above the ankle, one below, one above the knee, one in the middle, and one around the upper part of the thigh.

The treatment simply consists in keeping the pa[Pg 106]tient quiet on a hard mattress, with a small pillow under the knee of the injured side and the limb steadied on either side by pillows or cushions until a surgeon can be obtained. (See Thigh-bone Fracture.)

The treatment involves keeping the pa[Pg 106]tient calm on a firm mattress, with a small pillow under the knee of the injured leg and supporting the limb on both sides with pillows or cushions until a surgeon can be reached. (See Thigh-bone Fracture.)

THIGH-BONE FRACTURE.

FEMUR FRACTURE.

First Aid Rule.—Prepare long piece of thin board which will reach from armpit to ankle, and another piece long enough to reach from crotch to knee, and pad each with folded towels or blanket.

First Aid Rule.—Prepare a long, thin board that extends from the armpit to the ankle, and another piece that's long enough to reach from the crotch to the knee, and pad each with folded towels or a blanket.

While one assistant holds body back, and another assistant pulls on ankle of injured side, see that the fragments are separated and brought into good line, and then apply the splints, assistants still pulling steadily, and fasten the splints in place with bandage, or by tying several cloths across at three places above the knee and two places below the knee.

While one helper holds the body back and another helper pulls on the ankle of the injured side, ensure that the fragments are separated and aligned properly, then apply the splints. The helpers should continue pulling steadily, and secure the splints in place with a bandage, or by tying several cloths across at three spots above the knee and two spots below the knee.

Finally, pass a wide band of cloth about the body, from armpit to hips, inclosing the upper part of the well-padded splint, and fasten it snugly. The hollow between splint and waist must be filled with padding before this wide cloth is applied.

Finally, wrap a wide strip of fabric around the body, from armpit to hips, covering the upper part of the well-padded splint, and secure it tightly. The gap between the splint and waist must be filled with padding before this wide fabric is applied.

In fracture of the thigh bone (between the hip and knee), there is often great swelling about the break. The limb is helpless and useless. There is intense pain and abnormal position in the injured part, besides deformity produced by the swelling. The foot of the injured limb is turned over to one side or the other,[Pg 107] owing to a rolling over of the portion of the limb below the break. With both lower limbs in line with the body, and the patient lying on the back, measurements are made from each hip-bone to the prominence on the inside of either ankle joint. Shortening of the injured leg will be found, varying from one to over two inches, according to the overlapping and displacement of the fragments.

In a thigh bone fracture (between the hip and knee), there’s often significant swelling around the break. The limb becomes completely useless. There’s intense pain and an unusual position in the injured area, along with deformity caused by the swelling. The foot of the injured leg is turned to one side or the other,[Pg 107] due to the twisting of the part of the limb below the fracture. With both legs aligned with the body and the patient lying on their back, measurements are taken from each hip bone to the prominent part on the inside of each ankle joint. The injured leg will likely be shorter, by anywhere from one to over two inches, depending on how much the bone fragments have overlapped and shifted.

Treatment.—To set this fracture temporarily, a board about five inches wide and long enough to reach from the armpit to the foot should be padded well with towels, sheets, shawls, coats, blanket, or whatever is at hand, and the padding can best be kept in place by surgeon's adhesive plaster, bicycle tape, or strips of cloth.[8] Another splint should be provided as wide as the thigh and long enough to reach along the back of the leg from the middle of the calf to the buttock, and also padded in the same way. A third splint should be prepared in the same manner to go inside the leg, reaching from the crotch to the inside of the foot. Still a fourth splint made of a thin board as wide as the thigh, extending from the upper part of the thigh to just above the knee, is padded for application to the front of the thigh.

Treatment.—To temporarily fix this fracture, take a board about five inches wide and long enough to reach from the armpit to the foot. Pad it well with towels, sheets, shawls, coats, blankets, or whatever is available, and keep the padding in place with surgeon's adhesive plaster, bicycle tape, or strips of cloth.[8] You should also have another splint that is as wide as the thigh and long enough to support the back of the leg, from the middle of the calf to the buttock, and pad it in the same way. A third splint should be prepared similarly to go inside the leg, extending from the crotch to the inside of the foot. Finally, a fourth splint made from a thin board, as wide as the thigh and extending from the upper part of the thigh to just above the knee, should be padded for application to the front of the thigh.

When these are made ready and at hand, the leg should be pulled on steadily but carefully straight away from the body to relax the muscles, an assistant hold[Pg 108]ing the upper part of the thigh and pulling in the opposite direction. Then, when the leg has been straightened out and the thigh bone seems in fair line, the splints should be applied; the first to the outside of the thigh and body, the second under the calf, knee, and thigh; the third to the inside of the whole limb, and the fourth to the front of the thigh.

When everything is ready and within reach, gently pull the leg straight away from the body to relax the muscles, while an assistant holds the upper part of the thigh and pulls in the opposite direction. Once the leg is straightened out and the thigh bone looks aligned, apply the splints. The first should go on the outside of the thigh and body, the second under the calf, knee, and thigh, the third on the inside of the entire limb, and the fourth on the front of the thigh.

Wide pads should be placed over the ribs under the outside splint to fill the space above the hips and under the armpit. Then all four splints are drawn together and held in place by rubber-plaster straps or strips of strong muslin applied as follows: one above the ankle; one below the knee; one above the knee; one in the middle of the thigh, and one around the upper part of the thigh. A wide band of strong muslin or sheeting should then be bound around the whole body between the armpits and hips, inclosing the upper part of the outside splint. The patient can then be borne comfortably upon a stretcher made of boards and a mattress or some improvised cushion. (See Figs. 24 and 25.)

Wide pads should be placed over the ribs under the outer splint to fill the space above the hips and below the armpit. Then, all four splints are pulled together and secured with rubber or plaster straps, or strips of strong fabric, applied as follows: one above the ankle, one below the knee, one above the knee, one in the middle of the thigh, and one around the upper thigh. A wide band of strong fabric or sheeting should then be wrapped around the entire body between the armpits and hips, enclosing the upper part of the outer splint. The patient can then be comfortably transported on a stretcher made of boards and a mattress or some makeshift cushion. (See Figs. 24 and 25.)

When the patient can be put immediately to bed after the injury, and does not have to be transported, it is only necessary to apply the outer, back, and front splints, omitting the inner splint. It is necessary for the proper and permanent setting of a fractured thigh that a surgeon give an anæsthetic and apply the splints while the muscles are completely relaxed. It is also essential that the muscles be kept from contracting[Pg 109] thereafter by the application of a fifteen- or twenty-pound weight to the leg, after the splints are applied, but it is possible to outline here only the proper first-aid treatment.

When the patient can be put to bed right after the injury and doesn’t need to be transported, it’s only necessary to apply the outer, back, and front splints, skipping the inner splint. For the correct and lasting alignment of a fractured thigh, a surgeon must give an anesthetic and apply the splints while the muscles are fully relaxed. It’s also crucial to prevent the muscles from contracting[Pg 109] afterward by applying a fifteen- or twenty-pound weight to the leg after the splints are in place, but here, we can only describe the proper first-aid treatment.

KNEEPAN FRACTURE.

KNEECAP FRACTURE.

First Aid Rule.—Pain is immediate and intense. Separated fragments may be felt at first. Swelling prompt and enormous. Even if not sure, follow these directions for safety.

First Aid Rule.—Pain hits quickly and hard. You might feel broken pieces at first. Swelling happens fast and is significant. Even if you're uncertain, stick to these instructions for safety.

Prepare splint: thin board, four inches wide, and long enough to reach from upper part of thigh to just above ankle. Pad with folded piece of blanket or soft towels. Place it behind leg and thigh; carefully fill space behind knee with pad; fasten splint to limb with three strips of broad adhesive plaster, one around upper end of splint, one around lower end, one just below knee.

Make a splint: a thin board, four inches wide, and long enough to reach from the upper part of the thigh to just above the ankle. Pad it with a folded piece of a blanket or soft towels. Place it behind the leg and thigh; carefully fill the space behind the knee with the pad; secure the splint to the limb with three strips of wide adhesive tape, one around the upper end of the splint, one around the lower end, and one just below the knee.

Lay large flat, dry sponge over knee thus held, and bandage this in place. Keep sponge and bandage wet with ice water. If no sponge is available, half fill rubber hot-water bottle with cracked ice, and lay this over knee joint. Put patient to bed.

Place a large, flat, dry sponge over the knee and secure it with a bandage. Keep the sponge and bandage wet with ice water. If a sponge isn't available, fill a rubber hot water bottle halfway with crushed ice and place it over the knee joint. Have the patient rest in bed.

Fracture of kneepan is caused either by direct violence or muscular strain. It more frequently occurs in young adults. Immediate pain is felt in the knee and walking becomes impossible; in fact, often the patient cannot rise from the ground after the acci[Pg 110]dent. Swelling at first is slight, but increases enormously within a few hours. Immediately after the injury it may be possible to feel the separate broken fragments of the kneepan and to recognize that they are separated by a considerable space if the break is horizontally across the bone.

Fractures of the kneecap can happen due to either direct injury or muscle strain. They occur more often in young adults. You’ll feel immediate pain in the knee, making it hard to walk; in fact, the person might not be able to get up from the ground after the accident. Initially, swelling is minimal, but it can increase significantly within a few hours. Right after the injury, you might be able to feel the separate broken pieces of the kneecap and notice that they are separated by a noticeable gap if the break is horizontal across the bone.

Fig. 26. Fig. 26.

A BROKEN KNEEPAN (Scudder).

A fractured kneecap (Scudder).

A padded splint, supporting knee, is shown reaching from ankle to thigh. Note number and location of adhesive plaster strips.

A padded splint that supports the knee extends from the ankle to the thigh. Take note of the number and placement of the adhesive plaster strips.

Nothing can be done to set the fracture until the swelling about the joint has been reduced, so that the first treatment consists in securing immediate rest for the kneejoint, and immobility of the fragments. A splint made of board, about a quarter of an inch thick and about four inches wide for an adult, reaching from the upper part of the thigh above to a little above the ankle below, is applied to the back of the limb and well padded, especially to fill the space behind the knee. The splint is attached to the limb by straps of adhesive plaster two inches and a half wide; one around the lower end of the splint, one around the upper part, and the third placed just below the knee. To prevent and[Pg 111] arrest the swelling and pain, pressure is then made on the knee by bandaging.

Nothing can be done to treat the fracture until the swelling around the joint has gone down, so the first step is to ensure the knee joint gets immediate rest and keeps the fragments still. A splint made of board, about a quarter of an inch thick and around four inches wide for an adult, is placed on the back of the leg, extending from the upper part of the thigh down to just above the ankle. It should be well-padded, especially to fill in the space behind the knee. The splint is secured to the limb using strips of adhesive plaster that are two and a half inches wide; one goes around the lower end of the splint, one around the upper part, and the third is positioned just below the knee. To help reduce the swelling and alleviate the pain, additional pressure is applied to the knee by bandaging.

One of the best methods (Scudder's) is to bind a large, flat, dry sponge over the knee and then keep it wet with cold water; or to apply an ice bag directly to the swollen knee; a splint in either case being the first requisite. The patient should of course be put to bed as soon as possible after the accident, and should lie on the back with the injured leg elevated on a pillow with a cradle to keep the clothes from pressing on the injured limb. (See cut, p. 110.)

One of the best methods (Scudder's) is to place a large, flat, dry sponge over the knee and keep it wet with cold water, or to apply an ice bag directly to the swollen knee; a splint is essential in either case. The patient should be put to bed as soon as possible after the accident and should lie on their back with the injured leg elevated on a pillow, using a cradle to prevent the clothes from pressing on the injured limb. (See cut, p. 110.)

FRACTURE OF LEG BONES, BETWEEN KNEE AND ANKLE.

FRACTURE OF LEG BONES, BETWEEN KNEE AND ANKLE.

First Aid Rule.—Handle very carefully; great danger of making opening to surface. Special painful point, angle or new joint in bone, disability, and grating felt will decide existence of break. Let assistant pull on foot, to separate fragments, while you examine part of supposed break. If only one bone is broken, there may be no displacement.

First Aid Rule.—Handle with care; there's a high risk of exposing the surface. A particularly painful area, an angle or new joint in the bone, disability, and a grating sensation will indicate a break. Have an assistant gently pull on the foot to separate the fragments while you examine the area of the suspected break. If only one bone is broken, there might not be any displacement.

Put patient on back. While two assistants pull, one on ankle and one on thigh at knee, thus separating fragments, slide pillow lengthwise under knee, and, bringing its edges up about leg, pin them snugly above leg.

Lay the patient on their back. While two assistants pull—one at the ankle and the other at the thigh near the knee—separating the fragments, slide a pillow lengthwise under the knee, and fold its edges up around the leg, pinning them snugly above the leg.

Prepare three pieces of thin wood, four inches wide and long enough to reach from sole of foot to a point four inches above knee. While assistants pull on limb[Pg 112] again, as before, put one splint each side and third behind limb, and with bandage or strips of sticking plaster fasten these splints to the leg inclosed in its pillow as tight as possible.

Take three thin pieces of wood, each four inches wide and long enough to extend from the sole of the foot to four inches above the knee. While your assistants pull on the limb[Pg 112] again, just like before, place one splint on each side and the third one behind the limb. Use a bandage or strips of adhesive tape to secure these splints to the leg wrapped in its pillow as tightly as possible.

In fracture of the leg between the knee and ankle we have pain, angular deformity or an apparent false joint in the leg, swelling and tenderness over the seat of fracture, together with inability to use the injured leg. Two bones form the framework of the leg; the inner, or shinbone, the sharp edge of which can be felt in front throughout most of its course, being much the larger and stronger bone. When both bones are broken, the displacement of the fragments, abnormal motion and consequent deformity, are commonly apparent, and a grating sound may be heard, but should not be sought for.

In a leg fracture between the knee and ankle, there is pain, angular deformity or a visible false joint in the leg, swelling, and tenderness at the fracture site, along with an inability to use the injured leg. The leg is made up of two bones: the inner bone, or shinbone, which has a sharp edge that can be felt along most of its length and is much larger and stronger. When both bones are fractured, the misalignment of the pieces, abnormal movement, and resulting deformity are often obvious, and a grating sound may be heard, though it should not be specifically looked for.

Fig. 27. Fig. 27.

FRACTURE OF BOTH LEG BONES (Scudder).

FRACTURE OF BOTH LEG BONES (Scudder).

This cut shows the peculiar deformity in breaks of this kind; see position of kneepan; also prominence of broken bone above ankle.

This cut shows the unusual deformity in fractures like this; check the position of the kneecap; also note the prominence of the broken bone above the ankle.

An open wound often communicates with the break, making the fracture compound, a much more serious condition. To avoid making the fracture a compound[Pg 113] one, during examination of the leg, owing to the sharp ends of the bony fragments, the utmost gentleness should be used. Under no circumstances attempt to move the fragments from side to side, or backward and forward, in an effort to detect the grating sound often caused by the ends of broken bones. The greatest danger lies in the desire to do too much. We again refer the reader to First Aid Rule 1.

An open wound often connects with the break, turning the fracture into a compound one, which is a much more serious issue. To prevent the fracture from becoming a compound[Pg 113] fracture, it's important to be extremely gentle while examining the leg because of the sharp ends of the broken bone fragments. Under no circumstances should you try to move the fragments side to side or back and forth to check for the grating sound that can occur with broken bones. The greatest risk comes from the urge to do too much. We again refer the reader to First Aid Rule 1.

Fig. 28. Fig. 28.

BANDAGE FOR BROKEN LEG (Scudder).

Bandage for Broken Leg (Scudder).

Note the pillow brought up around leg and edges pinned together; also length and method of fastening splint with straps.

Note the pillow placed around the leg and the edges pinned together; also, take note of the length and the way the splint is secured with straps.

When one bone is broken there may be only a point of tenderness and swelling about the vicinity of the break and no displacement or grating sound. When in doubt as to the existence of a fracture always treat the limb as if a fracture were present. "Black and blue" discoloration of the skin much more extensive than that following sprain will become evident over the whole leg within twenty-four hours.

When a bone is broken, there might only be a spot that's tender and swollen around the break, with no shifting or grinding sound. If you're unsure whether there's a fracture, always treat the limb as if there is one. "Black and blue" bruising on the skin, which is much more extensive than what you'd see after a sprain, will be visible over the entire leg within twenty-four hours.

Treatment.—When a surgeon cannot be obtained,[Pg 114] the following temporary pillowdressing, recommended by Scudder in his book on fractures, is one of the best. With the patient on his back, the leg having been straightened and any deformity removed as far as possible by grasping the foot and pulling directly away from the body while an assistant steadies the thigh, a large, soft pillow, inclosed in a pillowcase, is placed under the leg. The sides of the pillow are brought well up about the leg and the edges of the pillowcase are pinned together along the front of the leg.

Treatment.—When a surgeon isn’t available,[Pg 114] the following temporary pillow dressing, suggested by Scudder in his book on fractures, is one of the best options. With the patient lying on their back, straightening the leg and correcting any deformity as much as possible by holding the foot and pulling it directly away from the body while an assistant supports the thigh, a large, soft pillow covered with a pillowcase is placed under the leg. The sides of the pillow are pulled up around the leg, and the edges of the pillowcase are pinned together along the front of the leg.

Then three strips of wood about four inches wide, three-sixteenths to a quarter of an inch thick, and long enough to reach from the sole of the foot to about four inches above the knee, are placed outside of the pillow along the inner and outer aspects of the leg and beneath it. The splints are held in place, with the pillow as padding beneath, by four straps of webbing (or if these cannot be obtained, by strips of stout cloth, adhesive plaster, or even rope); but four pads made of folded towels should be put under the straps where they cross the front of the leg where little but the pillowcase overlaps. These straps are applied thus: one above the knee, one above the ankle, and the other two between these two points, holding all firmly together. This dressing may be left undisturbed for a week or even ten days if necessary. (See Figs. 27 and 28.)

Then three strips of wood about four inches wide, three-sixteenths to a quarter of an inch thick, and long enough to reach from the sole of the foot to about four inches above the knee, are placed outside the pillow along the inner and outer sides of the leg and underneath it. The splints are kept in place, with the pillow as padding beneath, by four straps of webbing (or if these can't be found, by strips of durable cloth, adhesive tape, or even rope); however, four pads made of folded towels should be placed under the straps where they cross the front of the leg where only the pillowcase overlaps. The straps are applied like this: one above the knee, one above the ankle, and the other two between these two points, holding everything securely together. This dressing can be left undisturbed for a week or even ten days if necessary. (See Figs. 27 and 28.)

The leg should be kept elevated after the splints are applied, and steadied by pillows placed either side[Pg 115] of it. From one to two months are required to secure union in a broken leg in adults, and from three to five months elapse before the limb is completely serviceable. In children the time requisite for a cure is usually much shorter.

The leg should be kept elevated after the splints are applied and supported by pillows on either side[Pg 115] of it. It takes about one to two months for a broken leg in adults to heal, and from three to five months for the limb to be fully functional again. In children, the healing time is usually much shorter.

ANKLE-JOINT FRACTURE.

Ankle fracture.

First Aid Rule.—One or both bones of leg may be broken just above ankle. Foot is generally pushed or bent outward. Prepare two pieces of thin wood, four inches wide and long enough to go from sole of foot to just below knee:—the splints. Pad them with folded towels or pieces of blanket.

First Aid Rule.—One or both bones in the leg may be broken just above the ankle. The foot is usually pushed or bent outward. Prepare two pieces of thin wood, four inches wide and long enough to reach from the sole of the foot to just below the knee:—the splints. Pad them with folded towels or pieces of a blanket.

While assistants pull bones apart gently, one pulling on knee, other pulling on foot and turning it straight, apply the splints, one each side of the leg.

While the assistants carefully separate the bones, one pulls on the knee and the other pulls on the foot to straighten it, applying splints on each side of the leg.

A fracture of the ankle joint is really a fracture of the lower extremities of the bones of the leg. There are present pain and great swelling, particularly on the inner side of the ankle at first, and the whole foot is pushed and bent outward. The bony prominence on the inner side of the ankle is unduly marked. The foot besides being bent outward is also displaced backward on the leg. This fracture might be taken for a dislocation or sprain of the ankle. Dislocation of the ankle without fracture is very rare, and when the foot is returned to its proper position it will stay there, while in fracture the foot drops back to its former displaced[Pg 116] state. In sprained ankle there are pain and swelling, but not the deformity caused by the displacement of the foot.

A fracture of the ankle joint is actually a fracture of the lower leg bones. There is pain and significant swelling, especially on the inner side of the ankle at first, and the entire foot is pushed and bent outward. The bony bump on the inner side of the ankle is overly prominent. In addition to being bent outward, the foot is also pushed backward on the leg. This fracture might be mistaken for a dislocation or sprain of the ankle. An ankle dislocation without a fracture is very rare, and when the foot is put back in its proper position, it stays there, while in a fracture, the foot falls back into its previously displaced[Pg 116] position. In a sprained ankle, there is pain and swelling, but not the deformity caused by foot displacement.

This fracture may be treated temporarily by returning the foot to its usual position and putting on side splints and a back splint, as described for the treatment of fracture of the leg.

This fracture can be temporarily treated by placing the foot back in its normal position and applying side and back splints, as outlined for treating a leg fracture.

COMPOUND OR OPEN FRACTURE OF THE LEG.—This condition may be produced either by the violence which caused the fracture also leading to destruction of the skin and soft parts beneath, or by the end of a bony fragment piercing the muscles and skin from within. In either event the result is much more serious than that of an ordinary simple fracture, for germs can gain entrance through the wound in the skin and cause inflammation with partial destruction or death of the part.

COMPOUND OR OPEN FRACTURE OF THE LEG.—This condition can occur either when the force that caused the fracture also damages the skin and soft tissues underneath, or when a bony piece breaks through the muscles and skin from the inside. In either case, the outcome is much more severe than with a regular simple fracture, as germs can enter through the open wound in the skin and lead to infection, potentially causing partial loss or death of the affected area.

Treatment.—Immediate treatment is here of the utmost value. It is applicable to open or compound fracture in any part of the body. The area for a considerable distance about the wound, if covered with hair, should be shaved. It should then be washed with warm water and soap by means of a clean piece of cotton cloth or absorbent cotton. Then some absorbent cotton or cotton cloth should be boiled in water in a clean vessel for a few minutes, and, after the operator has thoroughly washed his hands, the boiled water (when sufficiently cool) should be applied to the wounded area and surrounding parts with the boiled[Pg 117] cotton, removing in the most painstaking way all visible and invisible dirt. By allowing some of the water to flow over the wound from the height of a few feet this result is favored. Finally some of the boiled cotton, which has not been previously touched, is spread over the wound wet, and covered with clean, dry cotton and bandaged.

Treatment.—Immediate treatment is extremely important. It applies to open or compound fractures anywhere in the body. The area around the wound, if it has hair, should be shaved. It should then be cleaned with warm water and soap using a clean piece of cotton cloth or absorbent cotton. Next, some absorbent cotton or cloth should be boiled in water in a clean container for a few minutes, and after the operator has thoroughly washed their hands, the boiled water (once it's cool enough) should be applied to the wound and surrounding areas with the boiled cotton, carefully removing all visible and invisible dirt. Allowing some of the water to flow over the wound from a height of a few feet helps achieve this. Finally, some of the boiled cotton that hasn't been touched is placed over the wound while wet, and it's covered with clean, dry cotton and bandaged.

Splints are then applied as for simple fracture in the same locality (p. 113). If a fragment of bone projects through the wound it may be replaced after the cleansing just described, by grasping the lower part of the limb and pulling in a straight line of the limb away from the body, while an assistant holds firmly the upper part of the limb and pulls in the opposite direction. During the whole process neither the hands of the operator nor the boiled cotton should come in contact with anything except the vessel containing the boiled water and the patient.

Splints are then applied just like for a simple fracture in the same area (p. 113). If a piece of bone sticks out through the wound, it can be replaced after the cleaning process described earlier. This is done by holding the lower part of the limb and pulling it straight away from the body, while an assistant securely holds the upper part of the limb and pulls it in the opposite direction. Throughout the entire process, neither the operator's hands nor the boiled cotton should touch anything other than the container with the boiled water and the patient.

FOOTNOTES:

[5] The engravings illustrating the chapters on "Fractures" and "Dislocations" are from Buck's "Reference Handbook of Medical Science," published by William Wood & Co., New York; also, Scudder's "Treatment of Fractures" and "American Text-Book of Surgery," published by W. B. Saunder's Company, Philadelphia.

[5] The illustrations for the chapters on "Fractures" and "Dislocations" come from Buck's "Reference Handbook of Medical Science," published by William Wood & Co., New York; along with Scudder's "Treatment of Fractures" and the "American Text-Book of Surgery," published by W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia.

[6] It should be distinctly understood that the information about fractures is not supplied to enable anyone to avoid calling a surgeon, but is to be followed only until expert assistance can be obtained and, like other advice in this book, is intended to furnish first-aid information or directions to those who are in places where physicians cannot be secured.

[6] It's important to understand that the information about fractures is not provided to help anyone avoid calling a surgeon. Instead, it is meant to be followed only until professional help can be obtained and, like other advice in this book, is intended to give first-aid information or guidance to those in locations where doctors are not available.

[7] For treatment of compound fracture, see Compound Fracture of Leg (p. 116).

[7] For treatment of a compound fracture, see Compound Fracture of Leg (p. 116).

[8] This method follows closely that recommended by Scudder, in his book "The Treatment of Fractures."

[8] This approach closely aligns with what Scudder suggests in his book "The Treatment of Fractures."

CHAPTER V

Dislocations

Dislocations

How to Tell a Dislocation—Reducing a Dislocated Jaw—Stimson's Method of Treating a Dislocated Shoulder—Appearance of Elbow when Out of Joint—Hip Dislocations—Forms of Bandages.

How to Identify a Dislocation—Fixing a Dislocated Jaw—Stimson's Method for Treating a Dislocated Shoulder—Look of an Elbow when Out of Joint—Hip Dislocations—Types of Bandages.

DISLOCATIONS; BONES OUT OF JOINT.

Dislocations; bones out of joint.

JAW.—Rare. Mouth remains open, lower teeth advanced forward.

JAW.—Uncommon. Mouth stays open, lower teeth pushed forward.

First Aid Rule 1.—Protect your thumbs. Put on thick leather gloves, or bind them with thick bandage.

First Aid Rule 1.—Protect your thumbs. Wear thick leather gloves, or wrap them with a thick bandage.

Rule 2.—Assistant steadies patient from behind, with hands both sides of his head, operator presses downward and backward with his thumbs on back teeth of patient, each side of patient's jaw, while the chin is grasped between forefingers and raised upward. Idea is to stretch the ligament at jaw joint, and swing jaw back while pulling on this ligament. (Fig. 29.)

Rule 2.—The assistant supports the patient from behind, placing their hands on either side of the patient's head. The operator presses down and back with their thumbs on the patient's back teeth, on both sides of the jaw, while lifting the chin with their forefingers. The goal is to stretch the ligament at the jaw joint and move the jaw back while pulling on this ligament. (Fig. 29.)

Rule 3.—Tie jaw with four-tailed bandage up against upper jaw for a week. (Fig. 12, p. 90.)

Rule 3.—Secure the jaw with a four-tailed bandage against the upper jaw for a week. (Fig. 12, p. 90.)

SHOULDER.—Common accident. No hurry. See p. 122.

SHOULDER.—A typical injury. Take your time. See p. 122.

ELBOW.—Rare. No hurry. See p. 125.

ELBOW.—Rare. No hurry. See p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[Pg 119]HIP.—No hurry. See p. 129.

HIP.—No rush. See p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

KNEE.—Rare. Easily reduced. Head of lower bone (tibia) is moved to one side; knee slightly bent.

KNEE.—Rare. Easy to fix. The top of the lower bone (tibia) is shifted to one side; the knee is slightly bent.

First Aid Rule 1.—Put patient on back.

First Aid Rule 1.—Lay the patient on their back.

Rule 2.—Flex thigh on abdomen and hold it there.

Rule 2.—Bend your thigh against your abdomen and hold it there.

Rule 3.—Grasp leg below knee and twist it back and forth, and straighten knee.

Rule 3.—Hold the leg just below the knee and twist it back and forth, then straighten the knee.

DISLOCATIONS.—A dislocation is an injury to a joint wherein the ends of the bones forming a joint are forced out of place. A dislocation is commonly described as a condition in which a part (as the shoulder) is "out of joint" or "out of place." A dislocation must be distinguished from a sprain, and from a fracture near a joint. In a sprain, as has been stated (p. 65), the bones entering into the formation of the joint are perhaps momentarily displaced, but return into their proper place when the violence is removed. But, owing to greater injury, in dislocation the head of the bone slips out of the socket which should hold it, breaks through the ligaments surrounding the joint, and remains permanently out of place. For this reason there is a peculiar deformity, produced by the head of the bone's lying in its new and unnatural situation, which is not seen in a sprain.

DISLOCATIONS.—A dislocation is an injury to a joint where the ends of the bones forming the joint are pushed out of place. A dislocation is often described as a condition in which a part (like the shoulder) is "out of joint" or "out of place." It's important to differentiate a dislocation from a sprain and from a fracture near a joint. In a sprain, as mentioned (p. 65), the bones that make up the joint might be briefly displaced but go back to their proper position once the force is removed. However, in a dislocation, the end of the bone slips out of the socket that’s supposed to hold it, tears through the ligaments around the joint, and stays out of place. Because of this, there’s a distinct deformity caused by the bone being in its new and unnatural position, which doesn't occur in a sprain.

Also, the dislocated joint cannot be moved by the patient or by another person, except within narrow limits, while a sprained joint can be moved, with the production of pain it is true, but without any mechan[Pg 120]ical obstacle. In the case of fracture near a joint there is usually increased movement in some new direction. When a dislocated joint is put in proper place it stays in place, whereas when a fractured part is reduced there is nothing to keep it in place and, if let alone, it quickly resumes its former faulty position.

Also, a dislocated joint can't be moved by the patient or anyone else, except within very limited ranges, while a sprained joint can be moved, though it causes pain, but there’s no mechanical barrier. In the case of a fracture near a joint, there’s usually added movement in a different direction. When a dislocated joint is correctly repositioned, it stays in place, but when a fractured area is realigned, there’s nothing to hold it in place and, if left alone, it quickly goes back to its previous incorrect position.

Only a few of the commoner dislocations will be considered here, as the others are of rare occurrence and require more skill than can be imparted in a book intended for the laity. The following instructions are not to be followed if skilled surgical attendance can be secured; they are intended solely for those not so fortunately situated.

Only a few of the more common dislocations will be covered here, as the others are rare and require more expertise than what can be provided in a book meant for the general public. The following instructions should not be followed if you can get professional medical help; they are meant only for those who are not in that fortunate position.

DISLOCATION OF THE JAW.—This condition is caused by a blow on the chin, or occurs in gaping or when the mouth is kept widely open during prolonged dental operations. The joint surface at the upper part of the lower jaw, just in front of the entrance to the ear, is thrown out of its socket on one side of the face, or on both sides. If the jaw is put out of place on both sides at once, the chin will be found projecting so that lower front teeth jut out beyond the upper front teeth, the mouth is open and cannot be closed, and the patient is suffering considerable pain. When the jaw is dislocated on one side only, the chin is pushed over toward the uninjured side of the face, which gives the face a twisted appearance; the mouth is partly open and fixed in that position. A depression is seen on the injured side in front of the[Pg 121] ear, while a corresponding prominence exists on the opposite side of the face, and the lower front teeth project beyond the upper front teeth.

DISLOCATION OF THE JAW.—This condition is caused by a blow to the chin or can occur when someone is gaping or keeping their mouth wide open during lengthy dental procedures. The joint surface at the upper part of the lower jaw, just in front of the ear, gets displaced on one side of the face or both sides. If the jaw is dislocated on both sides at once, the chin will stick out, causing the lower front teeth to protrude beyond the upper front teeth, the mouth will be open and unable to close, and the patient will experience significant pain. When the jaw is dislocated on just one side, the chin is pushed toward the uninjured side, creating a twisted appearance in the face; the mouth is partially open and locked in that position. A dip is visible on the injured side in front of the[Pg 121] ear, while there is a corresponding bulge on the opposite side of the face, and the lower front teeth stick out beyond the upper front teeth.

Fig. 29. Fig. 29.

REDUCING DISLOCATION OF JAW (American Text-Book).

REDUCING DISLOCATION OF JAW (American Textbook).

Thumbs placed upon last molar teeth on each side; note jaw grasped between fingers and thumbs to force it into place.

Thumbs positioned on the last molars on each side; observe the jaw held between the fingers and thumbs to push it into position.

Treatment.—A dislocation of one side of the jaw is treated in the same manner as that of both sides.

Treatment.—A dislocated jaw on one side is treated the same way as a dislocation on both sides.

The dislocation may sometimes be reduced by[Pg 122] placing a good-sized cork as far back as possible between the back teeth of the upper and lower jaws (on one or both sides, according as the jaw is out of place on one or both sides), and getting the patient to bite down on the cork. This may pry the jaw back into place.

The dislocation can sometimes be fixed by[Pg 122] placing a reasonably sized cork as far back as you can between the back teeth of the upper and lower jaws (on one or both sides, depending on which side the jaw is misaligned), and having the patient bite down on the cork. This may help push the jaw back into position.

The common method is for the operator to protect both thumbs by wrapping bandage about his thumbs, or wearing leather gloves, and then, while an assistant steadies the head, the operator presses downward and backward on the back teeth of the patient on each side of the lower jaw with both thumbs in the patient's mouth, while the chin is grasped beneath by the forefingers of each hand and raised upward. When the jaw slips into place it should be maintained there by a bandage placed around the head under the chin and retained there for a week. During this time the patient should be fed on liquids through a tube, so that it will not be necessary for him to open his mouth to any extent. (See Fig. 29.)

The usual method involves the operator protecting both thumbs by wrapping them in bandages or wearing leather gloves. Then, while an assistant holds the head steady, the operator presses down and back on the patient’s back teeth on both sides of the lower jaw with both thumbs in the patient's mouth, while grasping the chin underneath with the index fingers of each hand and lifting it up. Once the jaw is in place, it should be secured with a bandage wrapped around the head under the chin and kept there for a week. During this time, the patient should only consume liquids through a tube, so they won’t have to open their mouth much. (See Fig. 29.)

DISLOCATION OF THE SHOULDER.—This is by far the most common of dislocations in adults, constituting over one-half of all such accidents affecting any of the joints. It is caused by a fall or blow on the upper arm or shoulder, or by falling upon the elbow or outstretched hand. The upper part (or head) of the bone of the arm (humerus) slips downward out of the socket or, in some cases, inward and forward. In either case the general appearance and treatment[Pg 123]
[Pg 124]
of the accident are much the same. The shoulder of the injured side loses its fullness and looks flatter in front and on the side. The arm is held with the elbow a few inches away from the side, and the line of the arm is seen to slope inwardly toward the shoulder, as compared with the sound arm.

DISLOCATION OF THE SHOULDER.—This is by far the most common type of dislocation in adults, making up over half of all such injuries that affect any joints. It happens due to a fall or blow to the upper arm or shoulder, or by falling on the elbow or an outstretched hand. The upper part (or head) of the arm bone (humerus) slips downward out of the socket, or in some cases, inward and forward. In either situation, the overall look and treatment[Pg 123]
[Pg 124]
of the injury are quite similar. The shoulder on the injured side loses its fullness and appears flatter in the front and on the side. The arm is held with the elbow a few inches away from the body, and the line of the arm slopes inward toward the shoulder compared to the uninjured arm.

The injured arm cannot be moved much by the patient, although it can be lifted up and away from the side by another person, but cannot be moved so that, with the elbow against the front of the chest, the hand of the injured arm can be laid on the opposite shoulder. Neither can the arm, with the elbow at a right angle, be made to touch the side with the elbow, without causing great pain.

The injured arm can’t move much on its own, but another person can lift it up and away from the side. However, the patient can’t bring the elbow to the front of their chest to lay the hand of the injured arm on the opposite shoulder. Additionally, the arm can’t be bent at a right angle and brought to the side without causing significant pain.

Treatment.—One of the simplest methods (Stimson's) of reducing this dislocation consists in placing the patient on his injured side on a canvas cot, which should be raised high enough from the floor on chairs, and allowing the injured arm to hang directly downward toward the floor through a hole cut in the cot, the hand not touching the floor. Then a ten-pound weight is attached to the wrist. The gradual pull produced by this means generally brings the shoulder back into place without pain and within six minutes. (Fig. 30.)

Treatment.—One of the easiest methods (Stimson's) for fixing this dislocation involves having the patient lie on their injured side on a canvas cot, which should be elevated high enough from the floor using chairs, and letting the injured arm hang straight down towards the floor through a hole in the cot, so the hand doesn’t touch the floor. Then, a ten-pound weight is attached to the wrist. The slow pull created from this usually repositions the shoulder without pain and takes about six minutes. (Fig. 30.)

Fig. 30. Fig. 30.

TREATING A DISLOCATED SHOULDER.

Treating a dislocated shoulder.

(Reference Handbook.)

Reference Handbook.

Patient lying on injured side; note arm hanging through hole in cot raised from floor on chairs; also weight attached to wrist.

Patient is lying on their injured side; note that their arm is hanging through a hole in the cot, which is raised off the floor on chairs; also, there is weight attached to their wrist.

The more ordinary method consists in putting the patient on his back on the floor, the operator also sitting on the floor with his stockinged foot against the patient's side under the armpit of the injured shoulder and grasping the injured arm at the elbow, he pulls[Pg 125] the arm directly outward (i. e., with the arm at right angles with the body) and away from the trunk. An assistant may at the same time aid by lifting the head of the arm bone upward with his fingers in the patient's armpit and his thumbs over the injured shoulder.

The more common method involves having the patient lie on their back on the floor, with the operator sitting on the floor as well. The operator places their stockinged foot against the patient’s side beneath the armpit of the injured shoulder and grips the injured arm at the elbow, pulling[Pg 125] the arm straight out (meaning the arm is at a right angle to the body) and away from the trunk. An assistant can simultaneously help by lifting the head of the arm bone upward with their fingers in the patient’s armpit and their thumbs over the injured shoulder.

If the arm does not go into place easily by one of these methods it is unwise to continue making further attempts. Also if the shoulder has been dislocated several days, or if the patient is very muscular, it will generally be necessary that a surgeon give ether in order to reduce the dislocation. It is entirely possible for a skillful surgeon to secure reduction of a dislocation of the shoulder several weeks after its occurrence. After the dislocation has been relieved the arm, above the elbow, should be bandaged to the side of the chest and the hand of the injured side carried in a sling for ten days.

If the arm doesn't go back into position easily using these methods, it's not a good idea to keep trying. Also, if the shoulder has been dislocated for several days or if the patient is very muscular, it's usually necessary for a surgeon to administer ether to fix the dislocation. A skilled surgeon can often successfully reposition a dislocated shoulder even weeks after it happened. Once the dislocation has been addressed, the arm, above the elbow, should be bandaged to the side of the chest, and the hand on the injured side should be supported in a sling for ten days.

DISLOCATION OF THE ELBOW.—This is more frequent in children, and is usually produced by a fall on the outstretched hand. The elbow is thrown out of joint, so that the forearm is displaced backward on the arm, in the more usual form of dislocation. The elbow joint is swollen and generally held slightly bent, but cannot be moved to any extent without great pain. The tip of the elbow projects at the back of the joint more than usual, while at the front of the arm the distance between the wrist and the bend of the elbow is less than that of the sound arm. (See cut, p. 126.)

DISLOCATION OF THE ELBOW.—This is more common in children and is usually caused by a fall onto an outstretched hand. The elbow gets dislocated, causing the forearm to shift backward relative to the arm, which is the typical form of dislocation. The elbow joint swells and is generally held slightly bent, but moving it causes significant pain. The tip of the elbow sticks out more than usual at the back of the joint, while at the front of the arm, the distance between the wrist and the bend of the elbow is shorter than in the healthy arm. (See cut, p. 126.)

Fig. 31. Fig. 31.
The cut above shows the typical appearance of a dislocated shoulder; notice the loss of fullness; also, the elbow is held away from the side and the arm is sloping inward.
Fig. 32. Fig. 32.

DISLOCATED ELBOW AND SHOULDER.

Dislocated elbow and shoulder.

(American Text-Book.)

(American Text-Book.)

Fig. 32 shows dislocation of elbow backward; note swollen condition of left elbow held slightly bent; also the projection of back of joint.

Fig. 32 shows a backward dislocation of the elbow; note the swollen condition of the left elbow, which is held slightly bent; also, observe the projection at the back of the joint.

For further proof that the elbow is out of joint we must compare the relations of three points in each elbow. These are the two bony prominences on each side of the joint (belonging to the bone of the arm above the elbow) and the bony prominence that forms the tip of the elbow which belongs to the bone of the forearm.

For more evidence that the elbow is dislocated, we need to compare the positions of three points in each elbow. These are the two bony bumps on either side of the joint (attached to the upper arm bone) and the bony bump that makes up the tip of the elbow, which is part of the forearm bone.

Fig. 33. Fig. 33.

TREATMENT OF DISLOCATED ELBOW (Scudder).

ELBOW DISLOCATION TREATMENT (Scudder).

Note padded right-angled tin splint; also three strips of surgeon's plaster on arm and forearm.

Note padded right-angled tin splint; also three strips of adhesive bandage on arm and forearm.

In dislocation backward of the forearm, the tip of the elbow is observed to be farther back, in relation to the two bony prominences at the side of the joint, than is the case in the sound elbow. This is best ascertained by touching the three points on the patient's elbow of each arm in turn with the thumb and middle finger on each of the prominences on the side of the joint, while the forefinger is placed on the tip of the elbow. The lower end of the bone of the upper[Pg 128] arm is often seen and felt very easily just above the bend of the elbow in front, as it is thrown forward (see Fig. 32, p. 126).

In a backward dislocation of the forearm, the tip of the elbow appears to be positioned further back compared to the two bony bumps on the side of the joint than it does in a healthy elbow. The best way to confirm this is by touching the three points on the patient’s elbow of each arm with the thumb and middle finger on each of the bumps on the side of the joint while placing the index finger on the tip of the elbow. The lower end of the upper arm bone can often be easily seen and felt just above the bend of the elbow in front, as it is pushed forward (see Fig. 32, p. 126).

Fracture of the lower part of the bone of the arm above the elbow joint may present much the same appearance as the dislocation we are describing, but then the whole elbow is displaced backward, and the relation of the three points described above is the same in the injured as in the uninjured arm. Moreover in fracture the deformity, when relieved, will immediately recur when the arm is released, as there is nothing to hold the bones in place; but in dislocation, after the bones are replaced in their normal position, the deformity will not reappear.

A fracture in the lower part of the arm bone above the elbow joint can look very similar to the dislocation we're discussing. However, in this case, the entire elbow is pushed backward, and the alignment of the three key points mentioned earlier remains the same in both the injured and uninjured arm. Additionally, with a fracture, the deformity will quickly return as soon as the arm is let go, because there’s nothing to keep the bones in their proper position. In contrast, with a dislocation, once the bones are put back in their normal spot, the deformity won’t come back.

Treatment.—The treatment for dislocation consists in bending the forearm backward to a straight line, or even a little more, and then while an assistant holds firmly the arm above the elbow, the forearm should be grasped below the elbow and pulled with great force away from the assistant and, while exerting this traction, the elbow is suddenly bent forward to a right angle, when the bones should slip into place.

Treatment.—The treatment for dislocation involves bending the forearm back to be straight, or even slightly beyond that. While one person holds the arm firmly above the elbow, another should grab the forearm below the elbow and pull it forcefully away from the assistant. While this pulling is happening, the elbow should be suddenly bent forward to a right angle, allowing the bones to slip back into place.

The after treatment is much the same as for most fractures of the elbow. The arm is retained in a well-padded right-angled tin splint which is applied with three strips of surgeon's plaster and bandage to the front of the arm and forearm (see Fig. 33) for two or three weeks. The splint should be removed every few days, and the elbow joint should be moved to and[Pg 129] fro gently to prevent stiffness, and the splint then reapplied.

The aftercare is pretty similar to what you’d expect for most elbow fractures. The arm is kept in a well-padded, right-angled tin splint that's attached with three strips of medical tape and a bandage to the front of the arm and forearm (see Fig. 33) for two to three weeks. The splint should be taken off every few days, and the elbow joint should be moved gently back and forth to avoid stiffness before putting the splint back on.

DISLOCATION OF THE HIP.—This occurs more commonly in males from fifteen to forty-five years of age, and is due to external violence. In the more ordinary form of hip dislocation the patient stands on the sound leg with the body bent forward, the injured leg being greatly shortened, with the toes turned inward so much that the foot of the injured limb crosses over the instep of the sound foot. The injured limb cannot be moved outward and but slightly inward, yet may be bent forward. Walking is impossible. Pain and deformity of the hip joint are evident.

DISLOCATION OF THE HIP.—This happens more often in males aged fifteen to forty-five and is caused by external force. In the typical case of hip dislocation, the patient stands on the healthy leg, leaning forward, with the injured leg noticeably shortened and the toes turned inward so much that the foot of the injured leg crosses over the instep of the healthy foot. The injured leg can't be moved outward and can only be moved slightly inward, but it can be bent forward. Walking is not possible. Pain and deformity of the hip joint are apparent.

The only condition with which this would be likely to be confused is a fracture of bone in the region of the hip. Fracture of the hip is common in old people, but not in youth or middle adult life. In fracture there is usually not enough shortening to be perceived with the eye; the toes are more often turned out, and the patient can often bear some weight on the limb and even walk.

The only condition that might be mistaken for this is a broken bone in the hip area. Hip fractures are common in older people, but not in younger or middle-aged adults. In a fracture, there usually isn't enough shortening to be seen with the naked eye; the toes are more often turned outward, and the patient can often put some weight on the limb and even walk.

Treatment.—The simplest treatment is that recommended by Stimson, as follows: the patient is to be slung up in the air in a vertical position by means of a sheet or belt of some sort placed around the body under the armpits, so that the feet dangle a foot or so from the floor, and then a weight of about ten or fifteen pounds, according to the strength of the pa[Pg 130]tient's muscles, is attached to the foot of the injured leg (bricks, flatirons, or stones may be used), and this weight will usually draw the bone down into its socket within ten or fifteen minutes.

Treatment.—The simplest treatment is the one recommended by Stimson, which is as follows: the patient should be suspended in the air in a vertical position using a sheet or a belt wrapped around the body under the armpits, allowing the feet to hang about a foot above the floor. Then, a weight of about ten to fifteen pounds, depending on the strength of the patient's muscles, is attached to the foot of the injured leg (bricks, flatirons, or stones can be used). This weight typically helps pull the bone back into its socket within ten to fifteen minutes.

Fig. 34. Fig. 34.

REDUCING DISLOCATION OF HIP (Reference Handbook).

Reducing hip dislocation (Reference Handbook).

Patient lying on table; uninjured leg held by assistant; leg of dislocated side at right angles; note weight at bend of knee.

Patient lying on the table; uninjured leg supported by assistant; leg on the dislocated side at a right angle; observe weight at the bend of the knee.

[Pg 131]Or the patient may assume the position shown in the accompanying cut, lying prone upon a table with the uninjured leg held horizontally by one person, while another, with the injured thigh held vertically and leg at right angles, grasps the patient's ankle and moves it gently from side to side after placing a five-to ten-pound sand bag, or similar weight of other substance, at the flexure of the knee. When the dislocation has been overcome the patient should stay in bed for a week or two and then go about gradually on crutches for two weeks longer.

[Pg 131]Or the patient may take the position shown in the accompanying image, lying face down on a table with the uninjured leg held horizontally by one person, while another, with the injured thigh held vertically and the leg at a right angle, holds the patient's ankle and gently moves it side to side after placing a five to ten-pound sandbag or a similar weight at the back of the knee. Once the dislocation is resolved, the patient should remain in bed for a week or two and then gradually use crutches for another two weeks.

SURGICAL DRESSINGS.—Sterilized gauze is the chief surgical dressing of the present day. This material is simply cheese cloth, from which grease and dirt have been removed by boiling in some alkaline preparation, usually washing soda, and rinsing in pure water. The gauze is sterilized by subjecting it to moist or dry heat. Sterilized gauze may be bought at shops dealing in surgeons' supplies and instruments, and at most drug stores. Gauze or cheese cloth may be sterilized (to destroy germs) by baking in a slow oven, in tin boxes, or wrapped in cotton cloth, until it begins to turn brown. It is well to have a small piece of the gauze in a separate package, which may be inspected from time to time in order to see how the baking is progressing, as the material to be employed for surgical purposes should not be opened until just before it is to be used, any remainder being immediately covered again. Cut the gauze into pieces as large as the hand,[Pg 132]
[Pg 133]
before it is sterilized, to avoid cutting and handling afterwards. Gauze may also be sterilized by steaming in an Arnold sterilizer, such as is used for milk, or by boiling, if it is to be applied wet. Carbolized, borated, and corrosive-sublimate gauze have little special value.

SURGICAL DRESSINGS.—Sterilized gauze is the primary surgical dressing used today. This material is essentially cheesecloth, which has had grease and dirt removed by boiling it in an alkaline solution, typically washing soda, and rinsing it in clean water. The gauze is sterilized by exposing it to moist or dry heat. You can buy sterilized gauze at stores that sell surgical supplies and instruments, as well as most pharmacies. You can sterilize gauze or cheesecloth (to eliminate germs) by baking it in a slow oven, in tin boxes, or wrapped in cotton cloth until it starts to turn brown. It’s advisable to keep a small piece of the gauze in a separate package, which can be checked occasionally to monitor the baking process, since the material for surgical use shouldn't be opened until right before it's needed, with any leftover immediately covered again. Cut the gauze into hand-sized pieces,[Pg 132]
[Pg 133]
before sterilization to avoid cutting and handling afterwards. Gauze can also be sterilized by steaming in an Arnold sterilizer, similar to those used for milk, or by boiling if it’s intended to be used wet. Carbolized, borated, and corrosive-sublimate gauze have little special value.

Fig. I. Fig. 1. Fig. II. Fig. 2.
   
Fig. III. Fig. 3. Fig. IV. Fig. 4.

Plate I.

Plate 1.

APPLYING A ROLLER BANDAGE (Reference Handbook).

APPLYING A ROLLER BANDAGE (Reference Guide).

Fig. I shows method of starting a spiral bandage; Fig. II, ready to reverse; Fig. III, the reverse completed; Fig. IV shows spica bandage applied to groin.

Fig. I shows how to start a spiral bandage; Fig. II is ready to reverse; Fig. III shows the completed reverse; Fig. IV shows a spica bandage applied to the groin.

Absorbent cotton is also employed as a surgical dressing, and should also be sterilized if it is to be used on raw surfaces. It is not so useful for dressing wounds as gauze, since it mats down closely, does not absorb secretions and discharges so well, and sticks to the parts. When torn into balls as large as an egg and boiled for fifteen minutes in water, it is useful as sponges for cleaning wounds. Sheet wadding, or cotton, is serviceable in covering splints before they are applied to the skin. Wet antiseptic surgical dressings are valuable in treating wounds which are inflamed and not healing well. They are made by soaking gauze in solutions of carbolic acid (half a teaspoonful of the acid to one pint of hot water), and, after application, covering the gauze with oil silk, rubber dam, or paraffin paper. Heavy brown wrapping paper, well oiled or greased, will answer the purpose when better material is not at hand.

Absorbent cotton is also used as a surgical dressing and should be sterilized if it’s going to be applied to open wounds. It’s not as effective for dressing wounds as gauze because it clumps together, doesn't absorb fluids and discharge as well, and sticks to the skin. When it’s torn into balls about the size of an egg and boiled for fifteen minutes in water, it can be used as sponges for cleaning wounds. Sheet wadding or cotton is useful for covering splints before they’re placed on the skin. Wet antiseptic surgical dressings are helpful for treating wounds that are inflamed and not healing properly. They're made by soaking gauze in solutions of carbolic acid (half a teaspoon of acid in one pint of hot water), and after applying, the gauze is covered with oil silk, rubber dam, or paraffin paper. Heavy brown wrapping paper, well-oiled or greased, can serve the purpose when better materials aren't available.

BANDAGES.—Bandaging is an art that can only be acquired in any degree of perfection by practical instruction and experience. Some useful hints, however, may be given to the inexperienced. Cotton cloth, bleached or unbleached, is commonly employed for bandages; also gauze, which does not make so effective a[Pg 134]
[Pg 135]
dressing, but is much easier of application, is softer and more comfortable, and is best adapted to the use of the novice. A bandage cannot be put on properly unless it is first rolled. A bandage for the limbs should be about two and a half inches wide and eight yards long; for the fingers, three-quarters of an inch wide and three yards long. The bandage may be rolled on itself till it is as large as the finger, and then rolled down the front of the thigh, with the palm of the right hand, while the loose end is held taut in the left hand.

BANDAGES.—Bandaging is a skill that can only be mastered through hands-on training and experience. However, there are some helpful tips for beginners. Cotton fabric, either bleached or unbleached, is commonly used for bandages; gauze is also an option, which isn't as effective for dressing but is much easier to apply, softer, and more comfortable, making it ideal for beginners. A bandage needs to be rolled properly before it can be applied correctly. For limbs, the bandage should be about two and a half inches wide and eight yards long; for fingers, it should be three-quarters of an inch wide and three yards long. The bandage can be rolled onto itself until it is as thick as a finger, then it should be rolled down the front of the thigh using the palm of the right hand while holding the loose end tight with the left hand.

Plate II.

Plate II.

Plate 2.

DIFFERENT FORMS OF BANDAGES.

TYPES OF BANDAGES.

(American Text-Book and Reference Handbook.)

(American Textbook and Reference Handbook.)

Fig. I shows application of figure-of-eight bandage; Fig. II, a spica bandage of thumb; Fig. III, a spica bandage of foot; Fig. IV, a T-bandage.

Fig. I shows the application of a figure-eight bandage; Fig. II shows a spica bandage for the thumb; Fig. III shows a spica bandage for the foot; Fig. IV shows a T-bandage.

Two forms of bandages are adapted to the limbs, the figure-of-eight, and the spiral reversed bandage. In applying a bandage always begin at the lower extremity of the limb and approach the body. Make a few circular turns about the limb (see Fig. I, p. 132), then as the limb enlarges, draw the bandage up spirally, reversing it each time it encircles the limb, as shown in Fig. I, p. 134. In reversing, hold the bandage with the left thumb so that it will not slip, and then allowing the free end to fall slack, turn down as in Fig. II, p. 132.

Two types of bandages are used for the limbs: the figure-of-eight and the spiral reversed bandage. When applying a bandage, always start at the lower part of the limb and move toward the body. Make several circular turns around the limb (see Fig. I, p. 132), then as the limb widens, wrap the bandage up in a spiral, reversing it each time it goes around the limb, as shown in Fig. I, p. 134. To reverse, secure the bandage with your left thumb to prevent slipping, then let the free end drop slack and turn it down as in Fig. II, p. 132.

The T-bandage is used to bandage the crotch between the thighs, or around the forehead and over the top of the skull. (See Fig. IV, p. 134.) In the former case, the ends 1–1 are put about the body as a belt, and the end 2 is brought from behind, in the narrow part of the back, down forward between the thighs, over the crotch, and up to the belt in the lower part of the belly. The figure-of-eight bandage is used on various parts, and is illustrated in the bandage called spica of the[Pg 136]
[Pg 137]
[Pg 138]
groin, Fig. IV, p. 132. Beginning with a few circular turns about the body in the direction of 1, the bandage is brought down in front of the body and groin, as in 2, and then about the back of the thigh up around the front of the thigh, as in 3, across the back and once around the body and down again as in 2. Other bandages appropriate to various parts of the body are also illustrated that by their help the proper method of their application may be understood. See pages 132, 134, 136, 137. The triangular bandage (see p. 88) made from a large handkerchief or piece of muslin a yard square, cut or folded diagonally from corner to corner, will be found invaluable in emergency cases. It is easily and quickly adjusted to almost any part of the body, and may be used for dressing wounds, or as a bandage for fractures, etc.

The T-bandage is used to wrap the area between the thighs or around the forehead and over the top of the head. (See Fig. IV, p. 134.) In the first case, ends 1–1 are placed around the body like a belt, and end 2 is brought from behind, along the narrow part of the back, down between the thighs, over the crotch, and up to the belt at the lower part of the abdomen. The figure-of-eight bandage is applied to various areas and is shown in the spica bandage of the [Pg 136]
[Pg 137]
[Pg 138]
groin, Fig. IV, p. 132. Starting with a few circular turns around the body in the direction of 1, the bandage is then brought down in front of the body and groin, as in 2, and then around the back of the thigh, going up around the front of the thigh, as in 3, crossing the back and wrapping once around the body before coming back down again as in 2. Other bandages suitable for various parts of the body are also illustrated to help understand the correct way of applying them. See pages 132, 134, 136, 137. The triangular bandage (see p. 88) made from a large handkerchief or a square piece of muslin (about a yard), cut or folded diagonally, is invaluable in emergencies. It can be easily and quickly adjusted to almost any part of the body and can be used for dressing wounds or as a splint for fractures, etc.

Fig. I. Fig. 1. Fig. II. Fig. 2.

Plate III.

Plate 3.

BANDAGES FOR EXTREMITIES (American Text-Book).

Bandages for Limbs (American Text-Book).

Fig. I shows a spiral reversed bandage of arm and hand, requiring roller 21/2 inches wide and 7 yards long; Fig. II shows a spiral reversed bandage of leg and foot, requiring roller 21/2 inches wide and 14 yards long.

Fig. I shows a spiral reverse bandage for the arm and hand, requiring a roller that is 2½ inches wide and 7 yards long; Fig. II shows a spiral reverse bandage for the leg and foot, requiring a roller that is 2½ inches wide and 14 yards long.

 

Fig. I. Fig. I. Fig. II. Fig. 2.
   
Fig. III. Fig. 3. Fig. IV. Fig. IV.

Plate IV.

Plate 4.

BANDAGES FOR HEAD AND HAND.

Head and hand bandages.

(American Text-Book.)

(American Textbook.)

Fig. I shows a gauntlet bandage; Fig. II, a circular bandage for the jaw; Fig. III, a circular bandage for the head; Fig. IV, a figure-of-eight bandage for both eyes.

Fig. I shows a gauntlet bandage; Fig. II, a circular bandage for the jaw; Fig. III, a circular bandage for the head; Fig. IV, a figure-eight bandage for both eyes.

CHAPTER VI

Ordinary Poisons

Common Poisons

Unknown Poisons—Antidotes for Poisoning by Acids and Alkalies—The Stomach Pump—Emetics—Symptoms and Treatment of Metal Poisoning—Narcotics.

Unknown Poisons—Antidotes for Acid and Alkali Poisoning—The Stomach Pump—Inducing Vomiting—Symptoms and Treatment of Metal Poisoning—Narcotics.

First Aid Rule 1.—Send at once for physician.

First Aid Rule 1.—Call a doctor immediately.

Rule 2.—Empty stomach with emetic.

Rule 2.—Empty stomach with vomiting agent.

Rule 3.—Give antidote.

Rule 3.—Administer antidote.

In most cases of poisoning emetics and purgatives do the most good.

In most cases of poisoning, inducing vomiting and using laxatives are the most effective treatments.

UNKNOWN POISONS.—Act at once before making inquiry or investigation.

UNKNOWN POISONS.—Take action immediately before asking questions or investigating.

First Aid Rule.—Give two teaspoonfuls of chalk (or whiting, or whitewash scraped from the wall or a fence) mixed with a wineglass of water. Beat four eggs in a glass of milk, add a tablespoonful of whisky, and give at once.

First Aid Rule.—Administer two teaspoons of chalk (or whiting, or whitewash scraped from a wall or fence) mixed with a wineglass of water. Beat four eggs in a glass of milk, add a tablespoon of whisky, and give immediately.

Meanwhile, turn to p. 186, and be prepared to follow Rule 2 under Suffocation, in case artificial respiration may be necessary, in spite of the stimulant and antidotes. After having taken the first steps, try to ascertain the exact poison used, but waste no time[Pg 140] at the start. If you can find out just what poison was swallowed, give the treatment advised under that poison, excepting what you may already have given.

Meanwhile, turn to p. 186, and be ready to follow Rule 2 under Suffocation, in case artificial respiration is needed, despite the use of stimulants and antidotes. After taking the initial steps, try to determine the exact poison involved, but don’t waste any time[Pg 140] at the beginning. If you can identify the poison that was ingested, administer the recommended treatment for that poison, except for anything you may have already given.

ACIDS.—Symptoms: Corrosion or bleeding of the parts with which they come in contact, followed by intense pain, and then prostration from shock. Nitric acid stains face yellow; sulphuric blackens; carbolic whitens the mucous membrane, and also causes nausea and stupor.

ACIDS.—Symptoms: Corrosion or bleeding of the areas they touch, followed by severe pain and then weakness from shock. Nitric acid turns the face yellow; sulfuric acid makes it black; carbolic acid whitens the mucous membrane and also causes nausea and unconsciousness.

Treatment.Carbolic: Give a tablespoonful of alcohol or wineglass of whisky or brandy at once; or one tablespoonful of castor oil, also a half pint of sweet oil, also a pint of milk. Put to bed, and apply hot-water bottles.

Treatment.Carbolic: Administer a tablespoon of alcohol or a shot glass of whiskey or brandy immediately; or one tablespoon of castor oil, along with half a pint of sweet oil, and a pint of milk. Get the person to bed and use hot-water bottles.

Nitric and Oxalic: Chalk, lime off walls, whitewash scraped off fence or wall, one teaspoonful mixed with a quarter of a glass of water. Give one tablespoonful castor oil, and half a pint of sweet oil. Inject into the rectum one tablespoonful of whisky in two of water.

Nitric and Oxalic: Chalk, lime from walls, whitewash scraped off fence or wall, one teaspoon mixed with a quarter glass of water. Give one tablespoon of castor oil and half a pint of sweet oil. Inject into the rectum one tablespoon of whisky in two tablespoons of water.

Sulphuric: Soapsuds, half a glass; a pint of milk.

Sulphuric: Half a glass of soapy water; a pint of milk.

Other Acids: Limewater, or two teaspoonfuls of aromatic spirit of ammonia diluted with a glass of water. One tablespoonful of castor oil.

Other Acids: Limewater, or two teaspoons of aromatic spirit of ammonia mixed with a glass of water. One tablespoon of castor oil.

ALKALIES.—Symptoms: Burning and destruction of the mucous membrane of mouth, severe pain, vomiting and purging of bloody matter, rapid death by shock.

ALKALIES.—Symptoms: Burning and damage to the mucous membrane of the mouth, intense pain, vomiting and diarrhea of bloody matter, quick death from shock.

[Pg 141]Ammonia; Potash; Lye; Caustic Soda; Washing Soda: Give half a glass of vinegar mixed with half a glass of water; also juice of four lemons in two glasses of water. One teaspoonful of castor oil in half a glass of olive oil. If prostrated, give tablespoonful of whisky in a quarter of a glass of hot water.

[Pg 141]Ammonia; Potash; Lye; Caustic Soda; Washing Soda: Mix half a glass of vinegar with half a glass of water; also, add the juice of four lemons to two glasses of water. Take one teaspoon of castor oil mixed with half a glass of olive oil. If someone is faint, give them a tablespoon of whisky in a quarter glass of hot water.

METALS.—Symptoms: Great irritation, cramps and purging, suppression of urine, delirium or stupor, collapse, and generally death.

METALS.—Symptoms: Severe irritation, cramps and diarrhea, urination suppression, confusion or unresponsiveness, collapse, and often death.

Arsenic; Paris Green; Fowler's Solution; "Rough on Rats": Intense pain, thirst, griping in bowels, vomiting and bloody purging, shock, delirium. Patient picks at the nose. Send to druggist's for two ounces hydrated sesquioxide of iron, the best antidote, and give tablespoonful every quarter hour in half a glass of water. Meanwhile, or if antidote is not to be had, give a glass or two of limewater, followed by a teaspoonful of mustard dissolved in a glass of water, followed by warm water in any quantity.

Arsenic; Paris Green; Fowler's Solution; "Rough on Rats": Severe pain, thirst, cramping in the stomach, vomiting and bloody diarrhea, shock, confusion. The patient picks at their nose. Send someone to the pharmacy for two ounces of hydrated sesquioxide of iron, the best antidote, and give a tablespoon every 15 minutes in half a glass of water. In the meantime, or if the antidote isn't available, give one or two glasses of limewater, followed by a teaspoon of mustard dissolved in a glass of water, and then provide warm water in any amount.

Copper; Blue Vitriol; Verdigris: Give one tablespoonful of mustard in a glass of warm water. After vomiting, give whites of three eggs, one pint of milk.

Copper; Blue Vitriol; Verdigris: Mix one tablespoon of mustard in a glass of warm water. After vomiting, give the whites of three eggs and one pint of milk.

Mercury; Corrosive Sublimate; Bug Poison; White Precipitate; Bichloride of Mercury: Give whites of four eggs for every grain of mercury suspected; cause vomiting by giving a tablespoonful of mustard mixed with a glass of warm water, or thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed with half a glass of water.

Mercury; Corrosive Sublimate; Bug Poison; White Precipitate; Bichloride of Mercury: Administer the whites of four eggs for each grain of mercury suspected; induce vomiting by giving a tablespoon of mustard mixed with a glass of warm water, or thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed with half a glass of water.

Silver Nitrate: Give two teaspoonfuls of table salt[Pg 142] dissolved in two glasses of hot water. After half an hour give a tablespoonful of castor oil.

Silver Nitrate: Give two teaspoons of table salt[Pg 142] dissolved in two glasses of hot water. After thirty minutes, give a tablespoon of castor oil.

Phosphorous; Matches: Give teaspoonful of mustard mixed in a glass of water. After vomiting has occurred, give a tablespoonful of gum arabic dissolved in a tumblerful of hot water. An hour later give tablespoonful of Epsom salts dissolved in a glass of water. Give no oil.

Phosphorous; Matches: Give a teaspoon of mustard mixed in a glass of water. After vomiting has happened, give a tablespoon of gum arabic dissolved in a glass of hot water. An hour later, give a tablespoon of Epsom salts dissolved in a glass of water. Don't give any oil.

Antimony; Tartar Emetic: Symptoms as stated for metals. Give thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred in wineglass of water, even if vomiting has occurred. Give three cups of strong tea, or hot infusion of oak bark, and two teaspoonfuls of whisky in wineglass of hot water. Use hot-water bottles to keep patient warm.

Antimony; Tartar Emetic: Symptoms are the same as for metals. Administer thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed in a wineglass of water, even if the patient has already vomited. Provide three cups of strong tea or a hot infusion of oak bark, and two teaspoonfuls of whisky in a wineglass of hot water. Use hot-water bottles to keep the patient warm.

NARCOTICS.Aconite; Belladonna; Camphor; Digitalis; Ergot; Hellebore; Lobelia: These all cause nausea, numbness, stupor, rapidity of the heart followed by weakness of heart, delirium or convulsions, coma, and death. There is often an acid taste in mouth, with dryness of throat and mouth, fever, vomiting and diarrhea, with severe pain in the bowels. Pupils are dilated.

NARCOTICS.Aconite; Belladonna; Camphor; Digitalis; Ergot; Hellebore; Lobelia: These can all lead to nausea, numbness, stupor, increased heart rate followed by heart weakness, delirium or convulsions, coma, and death. There’s often a sour taste in the mouth, along with a dry throat and mouth, fever, vomiting, and diarrhea, accompanied by severe abdominal pain. The pupils are dilated.

In either case use the stomach pump at once. If no pump is at hand, siphon out stomach with rubber tube and funnel. If tube is not available, give thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred in a wineglass of water, followed by two glasses of warm water. As the patient vomits, give more warm water. When vomit[Pg 143]ing ceases, give two cups of strong hot coffee, and then a tablespoonful of castor oil.

In either case, use the stomach pump immediately. If you don't have a pump available, siphon out the stomach with a rubber tube and funnel. If a tube isn't available, give thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed in a wineglass of water, followed by two glasses of warm water. As the patient vomits, provide more warm water. When vomiting stops, give two cups of strong hot coffee, followed by a tablespoon of castor oil.

Keep patient awake by rubbing; do not exhaust him by walking him about. He must lie flat. If prostration follows, give two teaspoonfuls of whisky in wineglass of hot water from time to time, if repetition is necessary.

Keep the patient awake by rubbing them; don’t tire them out by making them walk around. They should lie flat. If they become prostrate, give them two teaspoonfuls of whisky mixed with a wineglass of hot water occasionally, if you need to repeat it.

Alcohol; Liquors Containing It: Symptoms of drunkenness, stupor, drowsiness, irritability of temper, rapid, weak heart, sleep, coma. Breath testifies.

Alcohol; Liquors Containing It: Signs of intoxication include drunkenness, stupor, drowsiness, irritability, a rapid and weak heartbeat, sleep, and coma. The breath indicates this condition.

If possible, use stomach pump early, or tube and funnel. Or give thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred in a wineglass of water, and when vomiting ceases give thirty drops of aromatic spirit of ammonia in a wineglass of water every half hour till pulse has become full and rapid. Then apply cold to the head and heat to the extremities.

If you can, use a stomach pump early, or a tube and funnel. Alternatively, give thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed in a wineglass of water, and once vomiting stops, administer thirty drops of aromatic spirit of ammonia in a wineglass of water every half hour until the pulse becomes strong and fast. Then, apply something cold to the head and heat to the limbs.

Chloral; Patent Sleeping Medicines; "Knock-out Drops." Symptoms: Nausea, coldness and numbness, stupidity, prostration, often vomiting and purging, sleep, coma. Heart very weak, with pulse at wrist very feeble. Constriction of the mouth and throat, with dryness. Pain in bowels is marked before stupor appears.

Chloral; Prescription Sleeping Pills; "Knock-out Drops." Symptoms: Nausea, coldness and numbness, confusion, weakness, often vomiting and diarrhea, sleep, coma. Heart is very weak, with a very faint pulse at the wrist. Tightness in the mouth and throat, along with dryness. Abdominal pain is noticeable before stupor sets in.

Use stomach pump if possible, or empty stomach with rubber tube and funnel, siphoning fluids out. Or give thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred in a wineglass of water. When vomiting ceases, give two teaspoonfuls of whisky in half a glass of hot water. Give[Pg 144] hypodermic injection of sulphate of strychnine, one-twentieth of a grain every two or three hours, till patient is roused and weakness is past. Rubbing of the surface, application of hot-water bottles to the body and legs.

Use a stomach pump if you can, or empty the stomach with a rubber tube and funnel, siphoning out the fluids. Or give thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred into a wineglass of water. When vomiting stops, give two teaspoonfuls of whisky in half a glass of hot water. Give[Pg 144] a hypodermic injection of sulphate of strychnine, one-twentieth of a grain every two or three hours, until the patient is alert and the weakness is gone. Rub the surface, and apply hot-water bottles to the body and legs.

If breathing ceases, follow Rule 2 under Suffocation (p. 186) till breathing is well established again.

If breathing stops, follow Rule 2 under Suffocation (p. 186) until breathing is back to normal.

Opium; Morphine; Laudanum; Paregoric; Soothing Syrups. Symptoms: Drowsiness, sleep, stupor when roused, pupils very small—"pin point" unless patient is used to the drug—constipation, cold skin.

Opium; Morphine; Laudanum; Paregoric; Soothing Syrups. Symptoms: Drowsiness, sleepiness, stupor when awakened, pupils very small—"pinpoint" unless the patient is accustomed to the drug—constipation, cold skin.

Use stomach pump, if at hand. Or give emetic of thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred in a wineglass of water, followed by two glasses of warm water, as vomiting proceeds. Let the patient inhale ammonia or smelling salts. Give him half a grain of permanganate of potash dissolved in a wineglass of water, every half hour. Inject two ounces of black coffee, at blood heat, into the rectum.

Use a stomach pump if you have one. Or give an emetic with thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed in a wineglass of water, followed by two glasses of warm water as vomiting occurs. Let the patient inhale ammonia or smelling salts. Give them half a grain of permanganate of potash dissolved in a wineglass of water every half hour. Inject two ounces of black coffee, warmed to body temperature, into the rectum.

Rub the lower part of the body and legs briskly toward the heart, while artificial respiration is being carried out. See Rule 2 under Suffocation (p. 186). Thirty drops of tincture of belladonna to an adult, every hour, will assist the breathing. Do not exhaust the patient by walking him around, slapping him with wet towels, or striking him on the calves; keep him awake by rubbing.

Rub the lower body and legs quickly toward the heart while performing artificial respiration. See Rule 2 under Suffocation (p. 186). Administer thirty drops of tincture of belladonna to an adult every hour to help with breathing. Avoid tiring the patient by making him walk around, slapping him with wet towels, or hitting his calves; keep him alert by rubbing.

Tobacco when Swallowed: Nausea and vomiting occur, with severe pain and great prostration; de[Pg 145]lirium or convulsions may follow. The heart, at first rapid and full, becomes weak and compressible.

Tobacco when Swallowed: Nausea and vomiting happen, accompanied by intense pain and extreme weakness; delirium or convulsions may occur afterward. The heart, initially quick and strong, becomes weak and less tangible.

Give emetic at once: thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred in wineglass of water, followed by two glasses of warm water, by degrees. Give whisky, two teaspoonfuls in wineglass of hot water. Keep patient warm.

Give an emetic immediately: thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed in a wineglass of water, followed by two glasses of warm water gradually. Administer whisky, two teaspoons in a wineglass of hot water. Keep the patient warm.

Nux Vomica; Strychnine. Symptoms: Excitement, rapid heart action, restlessness, panic of apprehension, twitching of forearms and hands, possibly convulsions, during consciousness.

Nux Vomica; Strychnine. Symptoms: Agitation, fast heart rate, restlessness, feelings of panic, twitching in the forearms and hands, and possibly convulsions while still conscious.

Use stomach pump, if possible, or give thirty grains of powdered ipecac stirred in a wineglass of water. Then, when vomiting has ceased, give twenty grains of chloral, together with thirty grains of bromide of sodium in half a glass of water, at blood heat, injected into the rectum. Give twenty grains of bromide of sodium in a wineglass of water, every hour, by the mouth.

Use a stomach pump if you can, or give thirty grains of powdered ipecac mixed in a wineglass of water. After vomiting has stopped, give twenty grains of chloral and thirty grains of sodium bromide in half a glass of warm water, injected into the rectum. Administer twenty grains of sodium bromide in a wineglass of water every hour by mouth.

If convulsions, put chloroform before nose and mouth, as follows: pour twenty drops of chloroform on a handkerchief and hold it close to the mouth, letting air pass freely under it. Stop when patient relaxes. Resume if he becomes rigid again.

If the person is having convulsions, place chloroform near their nose and mouth like this: pour twenty drops of chloroform on a handkerchief and hold it close to their mouth, allowing air to pass freely underneath. Stop when the person relaxes. Resume if they become rigid again.

Cocaine. Symptoms: General nervousness, irritability of temper, wakefulness, followed quickly by great pallor, dilatation of the pupils, unconsciousness, and convulsions.

Cocaine. Symptoms: General anxiety, irritability, insomnia, quickly followed by severe paleness, enlarged pupils, loss of consciousness, and seizures.

Give the patient two teaspoonfuls of whisky in a[Pg 146] wineglass of water every hour. Give, if possible, a hypodermic of a thirtieth of a grain of strychnine, every two hours, or as he may require it, to keep the pulse full and strong. Use hot-water bottles to feet and legs.

Give the patient two teaspoons of whisky in a[Pg 146] wineglass of water every hour. If possible, administer a hypodermic of a thirtieth of a grain of strychnine every two hours, or as needed, to keep the pulse strong and steady. Use hot water bottles for the feet and legs.

Phenacetin; Acetanilid; Headache Powders: Give two teaspoonfuls of whisky in a wineglass of hot water. If the heart flags, give tincture of digitalis, five minims in tablespoonful of water, every two hours, or till three doses are given. It is better to use digitalin, one one-hundredth of a grain hypodermically, if possible.

Phenacetin; Acetanilid; Headache Powders: Mix two teaspoons of whisky in a wineglass of hot water. If the heart weakens, administer tincture of digitalis, five minims in a tablespoon of water, every two hours, or until three doses are given. It’s preferable to use digitalin, one one-hundredth of a grain, through a hypodermic injection if possible.

CHAPTER VII

Food Poisoning

Food Poisoning

Food Containing Bacterial Poisons Resulting from Putrefaction; Food Infected with Disease Germs; Food Containing Parasites—Tapeworm—Trichiniasis—Potato Poisoning.

Food With Bacterial Poisons From Decay; Food Infected With Disease Germs; Food With Parasites—Tapeworm—Trichinosis—Potato Poisoning.

FOOD POISONING.—Much the same symptoms from all meats, fish, shellfish, milk, cheese, ice cream, and vegetables; namely, vomiting, cramps, diarrhea, headache, prostration, weak pulse, cold hands and feet, possibly an eruption.

FOOD POISONING.—Similar symptoms can arise from various meats, fish, shellfish, milk, cheese, ice cream, and vegetables, including vomiting, cramps, diarrhea, headaches, fatigue, weak pulse, cold hands and feet, and possibly a rash.

First Aid Rule 1.—Rid patient of poison. Cause repeated vomiting by giving three or four glasses of warm water, each containing half a level teaspoonful of mustard. Put finger down throat to assist. Empty bowels by giving warm injection of soapsuds and water by fountain syringe.

First Aid Rule 1.—Get the poison out of the patient. Induce vomiting by giving three or four glasses of warm water, each with half a teaspoon of mustard. Use a finger to help trigger the gag reflex. Clear the bowels by administering a warm solution of soapsuds and water using a fountain syringe.

Rule 2.—Support heart and rally nerve force. Give teaspoonful of whisky in tablespoonful of hot water every half hour, as needed. Put hot-water bottles at feet and about body.

Rule 2.—Support the heart and boost nerve strength. Administer a teaspoon of whiskey in a tablespoon of hot water every half hour, as needed. Place hot-water bottles at the feet and around the body.

Conditions, Etc.—Bacterial poisons, constituting irritants of the stomach and bowels, are found in[Pg 148] certain mussels, oysters from artificial beds, eels out of stagnant ditches—as well as the uncooked blood of the common river eel—certain fish at all times, certain fish when spawning, putrefied fish, fermented canned fish, sausages of which the ingredients have putrefied, putrefied meat, imperfectly cured bacon, putrefied cheese, milk improperly handled and not cooled before being transported, ice cream which fermented before freezing, or ice cream containing putrid gelatin, and mouldy corn meal and the bread made from it.

Conditions, Etc.—Bacterial toxins, which irritate the stomach and intestines, are present in[Pg 148] certain mussels, oysters from man-made beds, eels from stagnant ditches—as well as the raw blood of the common river eel—some fish at all times, certain fish during spawning, spoiled fish, fermented canned fish, sausages with spoiled ingredients, rotten meat, improperly cured bacon, spoiled cheese, milk that hasn't been handled correctly and wasn't cooled before transport, ice cream that fermented before freezing, or ice cream that contains rotten gelatin, and moldy cornmeal and the bread made from it.

These poisons are called toxins, or toxalbumins, or bacterial proteids. They are no longer called ptomaines, because many ptomaines are not poisonous. They are formed within the cells of the bacteria, and result from the combination of certain constituents of the food material that nourishes the bacteria, in some way not quite understood. Some decomposition must have taken place in the food before it can furnish to the bacteria the nourishment it needs. If this has happened, the bacteria multiply rapidly, and the toxins that are formed are taken up by the lymphatics and carried away from the tissues as fast as possible. But so great is their virulence that they act on several vital organs before they can be antagonized by the natural elements of the blood.

These poisons are called toxins, or toxalbumins, or bacterial proteins. They’re no longer referred to as ptomaines because many ptomaines aren’t actually poisonous. They’re produced within the cells of bacteria and result from the combination of certain components of the food that nourishes the bacteria, in a way that isn’t completely understood. Some decomposition must occur in the food before it can provide the necessary nutrients for the bacteria. If this happens, the bacteria multiply quickly, and the toxins that are produced are absorbed by the lymphatic system and transported away from the tissues as fast as possible. However, their toxicity is so strong that they affect several vital organs before they can be counteracted by the natural elements in the blood.

Symptoms.—The symptoms are much the same in all the cases of bacterial poisoning mentioned. Sudden and violent vomiting and diarrhea appear a few hours after eating the spoiled food, or may be delayed.[Pg 149] There may be headache, colic, and cramps in the muscles. Marked prostration and weak pulse with cold hands and feet are characteristic. The appearance of skin eruptions is not uncommon. The occurrence of such symptoms in several persons, some hours after partaking of the same food, is sufficient to warrant one in pronouncing the trouble food poisoning.

Symptoms.—The symptoms are pretty similar in all the cases of bacterial poisoning mentioned. Sudden and intense vomiting and diarrhea usually happen a few hours after eating the spoiled food, though they may be delayed.[Pg 149] You might also experience headaches, colic, and muscle cramps. Severe exhaustion and a weak pulse, along with cold hands and feet, are common signs. Skin rashes can also appear. If several people show these symptoms a few hours after eating the same food, it’s reasonable to conclude it’s food poisoning.

Treatment.—The objects of treatment are to rid the patient of the poison, and to stimulate the heart and general circulation, and draw on the reserve nerve force. It is best to procure medical aid to wash out the stomach, but when this is impossible, the patient should be encouraged to swallow plenty of tepid water and then vomit it. If there is no natural inclination to do so, vomiting may be brought about by putting the finger in the back of the throat. The same process should be repeated a number of times, and the result will be almost as good as though a physician had used a stomach tube. A teaspoonful of salt or tablespoonful of mustard in the water will hasten its rejection. Then the bowels should likewise be emptied. If vomiting continues this will not be possible by means of drugs given by the mouth, although calomel may be retained given in half-grain tablets hourly to an adult, until the bowels begin to move, or till eight to ten tablets are taken. When vomiting is excessive, emptying of the bowels may be brought about quickly by giving warm injections of soapsuds into the bowel with a fountain syringe. Brandy or whisky in tea[Pg 150]spoonful doses given in a tablespoonful of hot water at half-hour intervals should follow the emptying of the stomach and bowels, and the patient must be kept quiet. He must also be kept warm by means of hot-water bags and blankets.

Treatment.—The goals of treatment are to remove the poison from the patient and to stimulate the heart and overall circulation while tapping into reserve nerve strength. It's best to get medical help to wash out the stomach, but if that's not possible, the patient should be encouraged to drink plenty of warm water and then vomit it out. If they don’t feel like vomiting naturally, you can induce it by putting a finger at the back of their throat. This should be repeated multiple times, and the outcome will be nearly as effective as if a doctor had used a stomach tube. Adding a teaspoon of salt or a tablespoon of mustard to the water can speed up the vomiting process. After that, it’s also important to empty the bowels. If vomiting persists, it won’t be possible to empty the bowels through oral medications, but calomel can be given in half-grain tablets every hour to an adult until the bowels start to move or until eight to ten tablets are consumed. If vomiting becomes severe, the bowels can be emptied more quickly using warm soap suds injections with a fountain syringe. Following the emptying of the stomach and bowels, brandy or whisky in teaspoonful doses mixed with a tablespoon of hot water should be given every half hour. The patient must be kept calm and warm with hot-water bags and blankets.

INFECTED FOOD.—A frequent source of illness is infection by disease germs transmitted in food. The meat of animals slaughtered when sick with abscess, pneumonia, kidney disease, diarrhea, or anthrax (malignant pustule) carries disease germs and causes serious illness; so does the meat of animals killed after recent birth of their young, and probably having fever. Oysters may be contaminated with excrement from typhoid patients, and may then transmit the disease to those who eat them.

INFECTED FOOD.—A common cause of illness is infection from germs in food. The meat of animals that were sick with abscesses, pneumonia, kidney disease, diarrhea, or anthrax (malignant pustule) carries harmful germs and can lead to serious health issues; this is also true for meat from animals that were killed shortly after giving birth and were likely running a fever. Oysters can get contaminated with waste from typhoid patients, and when consumed, they can spread the disease to those who eat them.

Milk from diseased animals, or contaminated with germs of typhoid fever, scarlet fever, tuberculosis, diphtheria, etc., is apt to cause the same disease in the human being who drinks it.

Milk from sick animals, or contaminated with germs from typhoid fever, scarlet fever, tuberculosis, diphtheria, and so on, can cause the same diseases in people who drink it.

If such infected food is eaten raw, the diseases with which it is contaminated may be transmitted. If subjected to cooking at a temperature of at least the boiling point, comparative safety is secured; but the toxins accompanying the disease germs in the infected food are not as a rule rendered harmless. Treatment must be directed to each disease thus transmitted.

If contaminated food is eaten raw, the diseases it's carrying can be passed on. Cooking it at a temperature of at least the boiling point generally makes it safer; however, the toxins that come with the disease germs in the contaminated food typically aren't neutralized. Treatment needs to be focused on each disease that gets transmitted this way.

Poisoning resulting from eating canned meats has sometimes been attributed to supposed traces of tin, zinc, or solder, which have become dissolved in the[Pg 151] fluids of the meat, but in the vast majority of cases such poisoning is due to toxins accompanying the germs of putrefaction, the meats having been unfit for canning at the outset. In such cases the symptoms are the same as in other food poisoning, and the treatment must be such as is elsewhere directed (see pp. 147 and 149).

Poisoning from eating canned meats has sometimes been linked to supposed traces of tin, zinc, or solder that have dissolved in the[Pg 151] meat juices. However, in most cases, this poisoning is actually caused by toxins produced by rot-related bacteria, as the meats were not suitable for canning in the first place. In these cases, the symptoms are the same as other types of food poisoning, and the treatment should follow the guidelines provided elsewhere (see pp. 147 and 149).

While human breast milk is germ free, the cows' milk sold in cities is a very common source of disease. Scrupulous care of the cows, of the clothing and hands of the milkers, of the stables at which the herds are quartered, and of the cans, pails, and pans used, reduces to a minimum the amount of filth and impurity otherwise mixed with milk. In the household, as well as during transportation, milk should be kept cool, with ice if necessary. It should also never be left uncovered, for it readily absorbs gases, effluvia, and contaminating substances in the air, and affords an excellent medium for the growth and propagation of germs. When partially or entirely soured, it should not be used, except in the preparation of articles of food by cooking, as directed in cook books. It should never be used if there is any doubt about its purity. Unless all doubt has been removed, it is best to subject milk intended for children's consumption to a temperature of 160° F. for ten minutes, and then put it on the ice, especially during hot weather. Germs are thus rendered harmless, and the nourishing qualities of the milk remain unimpaired.

While human breast milk is free from germs, the cow's milk sold in cities is a common source of disease. Taking great care of the cows, the clothing and hands of the milkers, the stables where the herds are kept, and the cans, pails, and pans used helps reduce the amount of dirt and impurities that can contaminate the milk. In the home, as well as during transport, milk should be kept cool, using ice if necessary. It should also never be left uncovered, as it easily absorbs gases, odors, and harmful substances from the air, making it a great environment for germs to grow. Milk that is partially or fully spoiled should not be used, except for cooking as directed in cookbooks. It should never be consumed if there are any doubts about its purity. To ensure safety for children's consumption, it’s best to heat the milk to 160° F for ten minutes and then cool it on ice, especially in hot weather. This process kills harmful germs while keeping the milk's nourishing qualities intact.

[Pg 152]Summer diarrhea of children, also called cholera infantum, occurs as an epidemic in almost all large cities during the hottest days of summer. The disease is largely fatal, especially during the first hot month, because the most susceptible and tender children are the first affected. It is due to the absorption into the systems of these children of the toxins formed during the putrefying of milk in the stomachs and bowels of the little sufferers. Clean, pure sweet milk, free from bacteria should be used to prevent the occurrence of this disease. Its treatment is outlined in Vol. III. Exactly what bacteria cause the disease is not decided. Possibly the milk is infected, but probably the poisonous results come from toxins.

[Pg 152]Summer diarrhea in children, also known as cholera infantum, typically arises as an epidemic in nearly all large cities during the hottest summer days. This illness is highly dangerous, especially in the first hot month, as the most vulnerable and delicate children are usually the first affected. It happens because these children absorb toxins produced when milk spoils in their stomachs and intestines. To prevent this disease, it’s important to use clean, pure, bacteria-free sweet milk. The treatment is explained in Vol. III. The exact bacteria causing the illness is still unclear. It's possible the milk gets contaminated, but it's more likely that the harmful effects come from toxins.

FOOD CONTAINING PARASITES.—The parasites found in food in this country are echinococcus, guineaworm, hookworm, trichina, and tapeworm. Echinococcus cannot be understood or diagnosed by the layman. Guineaworm is excessively rare in the United States; it gains access into the body through drinking water which contains the individuals. Hookworm is the cause of "miners' anæmia," and is extremely rare in this country.

FOOD CONTAINING PARASITES.—The parasites found in food in this country are echinococcus, guinea worm, hookworm, trichina, and tapeworm. Echinococcus is difficult for the average person to understand or diagnose. Guinea worm is very rare in the United States; it enters the body through drinking water that contains the larvae. Hookworm causes "miners' anemia" and is quite uncommon in this country.

The entrance of living food parasites can be absolutely prevented by thorough cooking of meats, especially pork and beef. Heat destroys the "measles" and the trichina worms.

The entrance of living food parasites can be completely prevented by thoroughly cooking meats, especially pork and beef. Heat kills the "measles" and the trichina worms.

TAPEWORM.—This is developed in man after eating "measly" beef or pork. "Measles" are em[Pg 153]bryo tapeworms called, from their appearance, "bladder worms." In from six to ten weeks after being received into the intestine of a man, these bladder worms become full grown, and measure from ten to thirty feet in length—the tapeworms.

TAPEWORM.—This develops in humans after eating "measly" beef or pork. "Measles" are embryo tapeworms that are called "bladder worms" because of their appearance. About six to ten weeks after entering a person's intestine, these bladder worms grow to be fully mature and can measure between ten to thirty feet in length—the tapeworms.

Symptoms.—Vertigo, impairment of sight and of hearing, itching of the nose, salivation, loss of appetite, dyspepsia, emaciation, colic, palpitation of the heart, and sometimes fainting accompany the presence of the tapeworm. Generally the condition becomes known through the passage in the excrement of small sections of the worm. These sections resemble flat portions of macaroni.

Symptoms.—Dizziness, problems with vision and hearing, an itchy nose, excessive saliva, loss of appetite, indigestion, weight loss, abdominal pain, a racing heart, and sometimes fainting occur with a tapeworm infection. Usually, this condition is recognized by the presence of small pieces of the worm in the stool. These pieces look like flat bits of macaroni.

Treatment.—This, to be successful, must be directed by a physician. When no physician can be procured, the patient may attempt his own relief. After fasting for twenty-four hours, pumpkin seed, from which the outer coverings have been removed by crushing, are soaked overnight in water and taken on an empty stomach in the morning; a child takes one or two ounces thoroughly mashed and mixed with sirup or honey, and an adult four ounces (see Vol. III, p. 245).

Treatment.—To be effective, this should be overseen by a doctor. If a doctor is not available, the patient can try to relieve themselves. After fasting for twenty-four hours, pumpkin seeds should be peeled by crushing and soaked overnight in water. They are then eaten on an empty stomach in the morning; a child can have one or two ounces that are thoroughly mashed and mixed with syrup or honey, while an adult should take four ounces (see Vol. III, p. 245).

TRICHINIASIS.—This is a dangerous disease caused by the presence in the muscles and other tissues of the trichinæ, little worms which are swallowed in raw or partly cooked pork, ham, or bacon. Nausea, vomiting, colic, and diarrhea appear early, generally on the second day after eating the infected meat. Later, stiffness of the muscles occurs, with great ten[Pg 154]derness, swelling of the face and of the extremities, sweating, hoarseness, difficult breathing, inability to sleep, bronchitis, and pneumonia.

TRICHINIASIS.—This is a serious disease caused by tiny worms called trichinæ that get into the muscles and other tissues after eating raw or undercooked pork, ham, or bacon. Symptoms like nausea, vomiting, cramps, and diarrhea start to show up early, usually by the second day after consuming the contaminated meat. Later on, muscle stiffness happens, accompanied by significant tenderness, swelling in the face and limbs, sweating, hoarseness, trouble breathing, insomnia, bronchitis, and pneumonia.

There is no treatment for the disease. Many cases which are not fatal are probably considered to be obscure rheumatism. Many cases of pneumonia are caused by the worm.

There is no cure for the disease. Many cases that aren’t deadly are likely seen as unclear rheumatism. A lot of pneumonia cases are caused by the worm.

POTATO POISONING.—There remains one variety of food poisoning which needs mention, since it occurs when least expected, and when proper food has been subjected to natural growth. As the potato belongs to the botanical family containing the dangerous belladonna, tobacco, hyoscyamus, and stramonium, it is not surprising that is should also contain a powerful poisonous alkaloid, namely, solanine. Solanine is developed in potatoes, especially during their sprouting stage. Violent vomiting and diarrhea and inflammation of the stomach and bowels are caused by it. Careful peeling of sprouting potatoes, and removal of their eyes, will lessen, if not wholly obviate, the danger from eating them. This form of food poisoning is rare.

POTATO POISONING.—There’s one type of food poisoning that needs to be mentioned, as it can happen when you least expect it, even when the food is naturally grown. Since the potato is part of the botanical family that includes harmful plants like belladonna, tobacco, hyoscyamus, and stramonium, it’s not surprising that it can also contain a potent poisonous alkaloid called solanine. Solanine develops in potatoes, especially during the sprouting stage. It can cause severe vomiting, diarrhea, and inflammation of the stomach and intestines. Carefully peeling sprouting potatoes and removing their eyes can reduce, if not completely eliminate, the risk of eating them. This type of food poisoning is rare.

CHAPTER VIII

Bites and Stings

Bites & Stings

Several Kinds of Mosquitoes—Cause of Yellow Fever—Bee, Wasp, and Hornet Stings—Wood Ticks, Lice, and Fleas—Scorpions and Centipedes—Poisonous Snakes—Dog and Cat Bites.

Different Types of Mosquitoes—Cause of Yellow Fever—Bee, Wasp, and Hornet Stings—Wood Ticks, Lice, and Fleas—Scorpions and Centipedes—Venomous Snakes—Dog and Cat Bites.

MOSQUITOES.—The female mosquito is the offender. During or after sucking blood she injects a poison into the body which causes itching, swelling, and, in some susceptible persons, considerable inflammation of the skin. The bites of the mosquitoes living on the shores of the Arctic Ocean and in the tropics are the most virulent. The most important relation of mosquitoes to man was only recently discovered. They are probably the sole cause of malaria and yellow fever in the human being. The malarial parasite which lives in the blood of man, when he is suffering from malaria, first inhabits the body of a certain kind of mosquito. The mosquito acquires the undeveloped parasite by biting the human malarial patient, and then acts as a medium of infection by transmitting the active parasite to some healthy man, through the bite.

MOSQUITOES.—The female mosquito is the troublemaker. When she bites to suck blood, she injects a toxin that causes itching, swelling, and, in some sensitive people, significant skin irritation. The bites from mosquitoes found around the Arctic Ocean and in tropical regions are the most dangerous. The most crucial link between mosquitoes and humans was only recently identified. They are likely the main cause of malaria and yellow fever in people. The malaria-causing parasite that lives in a person's blood during a malaria infection first resides in a particular type of mosquito. The mosquito picks up the immature parasite by biting someone who has malaria and then acts as a carrier, transferring the active parasite to a healthy person through its bite.

The more common house mosquito, the Culex, does not carry the parasite of malaria, and it is important to be able to distinguish the Anopheles which is the source of malaria. The Anopheles is more common in[Pg 156] the country, while the Culex is a city pest. The Culex has very short palpi, the name given to the projections parallel to the proboscis; while those of Anopheles are so large that it appears to have three probosces. There are no markings on the wings of the ordinary species of Culex, while the wings of Anopheles are distinctly mottled. The Culex, sitting on a wall or ceiling, holds its hind legs above its back and its body nearly parallel to the wall or ceiling, but the Anopheles carries its hind legs either against the wall or hanging down (rarely above the back), and its body, instead of lying parallel to the wall or ceiling, hangs away at an angle of about forty-five degrees from it.

The common house mosquito, Culex, doesn’t carry the malaria parasite, so it’s crucial to tell it apart from Anopheles, the mosquito responsible for malaria. Anopheles is more frequently found in[Pg 156] the country, while Culex tends to thrive in urban areas. Culex has very short palps, which are the projections next to the proboscis, whereas Anopheles has such large palps that it looks like it has three proboscises. The typical Culex doesn’t have any markings on its wings, while Anopheles wings are distinctly mottled. When resting on a wall or ceiling, Culex keeps its hind legs raised above its back and holds its body almost parallel to the surface, but Anopheles positions its hind legs against the wall or hanging down (rarely above its back), and its body hangs at an angle of about forty-five degrees from the wall or ceiling.

The Culex lays her eggs in sinks, tanks, cisterns, and water about houses, but the Anopheles deposits her ova in shallow pools and sluggish streams, especially those on which is a growth of green scum or algæ. Such are the main distinguishing features of the malaria-carrying mosquito, the Anopheles, and the commoner house variety, the Culex.

The Culex mosquito lays its eggs in sinks, tanks, cisterns, and water around homes, while the Anopheles deposits its eggs in shallow pools and slow-moving streams, particularly in areas with green scum or algae growth. These are the main differences between the malaria-carrying mosquito, the Anopheles, and the more common house variety, the Culex.

To prevent malaria, mosquito bites must be prevented by nettings in houses, especially for the protection of sleepers. Pools, ponds, and marshy districts must be drained in order to destroy the breeding places of Anopheles, and in the malarial season, petroleum (kerosene) must be poured on the surface of such waters to arrest the development of the immature insects (larvæ).

To stop malaria, it's important to avoid mosquito bites by using nets in homes, especially for those sleeping. Pools, ponds, and marshy areas should be drained to eliminate the breeding spots for Anopheles mosquitoes. During the malaria season, petroleum (kerosene) should be poured on the surface of these waters to halt the growth of immature insects (larvae).

The mosquito is believed to be the sole cause of[Pg 157] yellow fever, being capable of communicating the germ of the disease to man by its bite two weeks after it has itself been contaminated with the germ in feeding on the blood of a yellow-fever patient. This invaluable discovery was made by Dr. Walter Reed, U. S. A., in 1901, as a result of his labors and those of other members of the yellow-fever commission of the U. S. Army in Cuba, involving the death of one of the members of the commission (Dr. Lazear), and utilizing the heroism of a number of our young soldiers who voluntarily offered themselves to be bitten by mosquitoes that had previously bitten yellow-fever patients, and who experimentally occupied premises containing all sorts of articles infected by yellow-fever patients. The result of their research proves that yellow fever is not contagious at all, in the usual sense, but is communicated only through the medium of mosquitoes. This shows the fallacy of many quarantine rules regarding yellow-fever patients, and of the fear of nursing the sick, and will result in controlling the disease.

The mosquito is believed to be the only cause of[Pg 157] yellow fever, able to spread the disease to humans through its bite two weeks after it has itself been infected by feeding on the blood of a yellow-fever patient. This crucial discovery was made by Dr. Walter Reed, U.S.A., in 1901, as a result of his work and that of other members of the yellow-fever commission of the U.S. Army in Cuba, which involved the death of one of the commission members (Dr. Lazear) and the bravery of several young soldiers who volunteered to be bitten by mosquitoes that had previously bitten yellow-fever patients, as well as participating in experiments within premises that contained items infected by yellow-fever patients. Their research showed that yellow fever is not contagious in the usual sense, but is only transmitted through mosquitoes. This highlights the flaws in many quarantine rules concerning yellow-fever patients and the fear of caring for the sick, and will help in controlling the disease.

In the case of malaria or yellow fever, there is a vicious circle into which man and the mosquito enter; malaria and yellow-fever patients contaminate the mosquitoes which bite them, and the mosquitoes in their turn infect man with these diseases. A patient with malaria coming into a nonmalarial place, and being bitten by mosquitoes, may lead to an epidemic of the disorder which becomes endemic. To terminate this condition, it is necessary to prevent the contact of man[Pg 158] with mosquitoes and to kill these insects. Both malaria and yellow fever will doubtless be practically eradicated before long through the result of these scientific discoveries.

In the case of malaria or yellow fever, there's a vicious cycle involving both humans and mosquitoes. People infected with malaria or yellow fever spread the disease to the mosquitoes that bite them, and those mosquitoes then infect other humans. If a person with malaria enters an area without malaria and gets bitten by mosquitoes, it can trigger an outbreak that becomes a regular occurrence. To end this cycle, it's important to prevent people[Pg 158] from coming into contact with mosquitoes and to eliminate these insects. Thanks to scientific discoveries, both malaria and yellow fever will likely be nearly eradicated soon.

Treatment of Mosquito Bites.—To prevent mosquitoes, fleas, lice, horseflies, etc., from biting, it is necessary merely to dip the clean hands into a pail of water in which, while hot, one ounce of pure carbolic acid was dissolved, and while they are thus wet rub the solution over all the exposed skin and allow it to dry naturally. A mixture of kerosene (petroleum) and water used in the same way will also afford protection. All poisons introduced into the body by insects are of an acid nature, and to this quality are due the pain and irritation which it is our object to overcome. The best remedy, naturally, is an alkali of some sort. Water of ammonia, diluted, or a strong solution of saleratus or baking soda in water, are the two most successful remedies to apply, either through bathing, or on cloths saturated in one of the solutions. Clean clay, mixed with water to make a mud poultice, is a useful application in emergencies.

Treatment of Mosquito Bites.—To keep mosquitoes, fleas, lice, horseflies, and others from biting you, simply dip your clean hands into a bucket of water where one ounce of pure carbolic acid has been dissolved while it was hot. While your hands are wet, rub the solution over all exposed skin and let it dry naturally. A mix of kerosene (petroleum) and water used the same way will also provide protection. All poisons introduced into the body by insects are acidic, which is why they cause pain and irritation that we aim to relieve. The best remedy, of course, is some kind of alkali. Diluted ammonia water or a strong solution of baking soda in water are the two most effective treatments to use, either by bathing or on cloths soaked in one of the solutions. Clean clay mixed with water to create a mud poultice is a helpful solution in emergencies.

BEE, WASP, AND HORNET STINGS.—The pain and swelling are produced by the poison of the insect which leaves the poison bag at the base of the barb at the instant that the person is stung. The bee stings but once, as the sting being barbed is broken off, and is retained in the flesh of the victim. The sting of the wasp and hornet is merely pointed, and is not[Pg 159] lost during the stinging process so that they can repeat the act. Bee keepers, after being stung a number of times, usually become immune, i. e., they are no longer poisoned by bites of these insects.

BEE, WASP, AND HORNET STINGS.—The pain and swelling result from the insect's venom, which is released from the poison sac at the base of the stinger the moment a person is stung. A bee can only sting once because its barbed stinger breaks off and stays in the skin of the victim. In contrast, wasps and hornets have smooth stingers that they don't lose during the sting, allowing them to sting multiple times. Beekeepers often become immune after being stung several times, meaning they are no longer affected by the venom from these insects.

It is well to extract the sting of bees before all of the poison has come away. A fine pair of forceps is useful for this purpose; or, by pressing the hollow tube of a small key directly down over the puncture made by the sting, it may be squeezed out.

It’s best to remove the stinger from a bee before all the venom has been released. A good pair of tweezers works well for this; alternatively, you can press the hollow end of a small key directly over the sting to push out the venom.

Ammonia water, as recommended for mosquitoes, is the best remedy to relieve the pain.

Ammonia water, as suggested for mosquitoes, is the best remedy to ease the pain.

WOOD TICKS.—Ticks inhabit the woods and bushes throughout the temperate zone, and at certain periods during the summer season attack passing men and animals.

WOOD TICKS.—Ticks live in the woods and bushes across the temperate zone, and during certain times in the summer, they latch onto passing people and animals.

The common tick is nearly circular in shape, very flat, with a dark, brown, horny body about one-sixteenth to one-eighth inch in diameter. Each of its eight legs possesses two claws, and the proboscis incloses feelers which are similarly armed. The beetle plunges its barbed proboscis into the flesh of man or animals, and holds on very firmly with its other members till it is gorged with blood, growing as large as a good-sized bean, when it drops off. The bite is painless, and it is not until the insect is engorged with blood that it is perceptible; if, however, attempts are made to remove the tick before it is ready to let go, the proboscis may be torn off and left in the skin, when painful local suppuration will follow.

The common tick is almost circular, very flat, and has a dark brown, hard body that's about one-sixteenth to one-eighth inch in diameter. Each of its eight legs has two claws, and its proboscis has feelers that are similarly equipped. The tick drives its barbed proboscis into the flesh of humans or animals and holds on tightly with its other parts until it is full of blood, growing as large as a good-sized bean before it drops off. The bite is painless, and you won't notice it until the tick is full of blood; however, if you try to remove the tick before it’s ready to let go, the proboscis might break off and stay in the skin, leading to painful swelling and infection.

[Pg 160]Treatment.—As the presence of tick is far from agreeable, the insect may often be removed by painting it with turpentine, which either kills it or causes the claws to be relaxed; in either case the tick loosens its hold and drops to the ground. A tropical variety, carapato, buries the whole head in the flesh of its host before it is perceived, and if turpentine does not loosen its hold, the head must be dug out with a clean needle or knife blade.

[Pg 160]Treatment.—Since having a tick is quite unpleasant, you can often get rid of it by applying turpentine, which either kills the tick or relaxes its grip; in either case, the tick will let go and fall to the ground. One type found in tropical regions, called carapato, buries its entire head in the host's flesh before it's noticed, and if turpentine doesn't help, you'll need to extract the head using a clean needle or knife blade.

LICE (Pediculi).—Head lice are most common. They are gray with black margins, about one-twenty-fifth to one-twelfth inch long, and wingless. The color changes with the host, as the lice are black on the negro, and white in the case of the Eskimos. The female lays fifty to sixty eggs ("nits"), seen as minute, white specks glued to the side of a hair; usually not more than one or two on a single hair. The eggs hatch in six days.

LICE (Pediculi).—Head lice are the most common type. They are gray with black edges, about 1/25 to 1/12 of an inch long, and they have no wings. Their color varies with the host; they appear black on darker skin and white on lighter skin, like that of Eskimos. The female lays 50 to 60 eggs, known as "nits," which look like tiny white specks stuck to the side of a hair; typically, there's only one or two on a single hair. The eggs hatch in six days.

The irritation produced by the presence of the parasites on the head leads to general itching, more particularly on the lower part of the back of the head. The constant scratching starts an inflammation of the skin with the formation of pimples, weeping spots, and crusts, from the dried discharge, possessing a bad odor. The denuded spots becoming infected, the neighboring glands enlarge and are felt as tender lumps beneath the skin at the back of the neck, under the jaw, or at either side of the neck. Whenever there are persistent itching and irritation of the scalp, particularly at the[Pg 161] back of the head, lice or "nits" should be sought for. Sometimes it is more easy to find them on a fine-tooth comb passed through the hair. Lice are very common in dirty households, and are occasionally seen on the most fastidious persons, who accidentally acquire them in public places or conveyances.

The irritation caused by parasites on the head leads to overall itching, especially at the lower part of the back of the head. Constant scratching triggers skin inflammation with the development of pimples, oozing spots, and crusts from the dried discharge that has a bad smell. The bare spots can get infected, causing nearby glands to swell and feel like tender lumps underneath the skin at the back of the neck, under the jaw, or on either side of the neck. Whenever there's ongoing itching and irritation of the scalp, particularly at the[Pg 161] back of the head, it’s important to look for lice or "nits." Sometimes, it’s easier to find them using a fine-tooth comb through the hair. Lice are very common in unclean households and can sometimes be found on very clean individuals who may pick them up in public spaces or on public transport.

Treatment.—The hair should be cut short when permissible. Any crusts on the head should be softened by the application of sweet oil, and then removed by washing in soap and warm water. Petroleum or kerosene is a good remedy. It must be rubbed on the head two successive nights, the head being covered by a cap, and washed off each morning with hot water and soap. The patient must be cautioned not to approach an open flame after kerosene has been put on his head.

Treatment.—The hair should be cut short when possible. Any crusts on the scalp should be softened with sweet oil and then washed off with soap and warm water. Petroleum or kerosene is an effective remedy. It should be applied to the scalp for two consecutive nights, covered with a cap, and then washed off each morning with hot water and soap. The patient must be advised to stay away from open flames after applying kerosene to the scalp.

The eggs or "nits" are next to be attacked with vinegar, which is sponged on the hair and the fine-tooth comb plied daily for a week. The remaining irritation of the scalp can be cured by washing the head daily and applying sweet oil.

The eggs or "nits" are then treated with vinegar, which is applied to the hair with a sponge, and the fine-tooth comb is used daily for a week. Any ongoing irritation of the scalp can be resolved by washing the hair daily and applying sweet oil.

A simpler plan consists of drenching hair and scalp twice with cold infusion of (poisonous) larkspur seed, made by steeping for an hour an ounce of the seed in six ounces of hot water.

A simpler plan involves soaking your hair and scalp twice with a cold infusion of (toxic) larkspur seed, prepared by steeping one ounce of the seeds in six ounces of hot water for an hour.

This treatment will destroy both insects and eggs. After twenty-four hours the hair and scalp must be shampooed with warm water thoroughly.

This treatment will eliminate both insects and eggs. After twenty-four hours, the hair and scalp should be shampooed thoroughly with warm water.

CLOTHES LICE.—These insects are a trifle larger than the head lice, being one-twelfth to one-[Pg 162]eighth inch long, of a dirty, yellowish-gray color, and only infesting the most filthy people. The lice are generally only seen on the clothes, where they live, coming out on the body only to feed. The visible signs on the body are varying degrees of irritation from redness to ulceration, due to scratching. The treatment is simply cleanliness of the body and clothes.

CLOTHES LICE.—These insects are slightly larger than head lice, measuring about one-twelfth to one-eighth inch long, with a dirty, yellowish-gray color, and they typically infest the dirtiest individuals. The lice are usually only found on clothing, where they live, coming onto the body only to feed. The visible signs on the body include various levels of irritation, from redness to ulcers, caused by scratching. The remedy is straightforward: maintain cleanliness of both the body and clothing.

CRAB LICE.—The crab louse or "crab" inhabits the skin covered by hair about and above the sexual organs most frequently, and from thence spreads to the hairy region on the abdomen, chest, armpits, beard, and eye lashes. Itching and scratching first call attention to the presence of the parasites, which are even more troublesome than the other species.

CRAB LICE.—The crab louse, or "crab," lives on the hair-covered skin around and above the genitals, and can spread to other hairy areas like the abdomen, chest, armpits, beard, and eyelashes. Itching and scratching are the first signs of these parasites, which are even more annoying than other types.

Application of kerosene to the part is sufficient to kill the lice, but this treatment must be repeated several times at intervals of a week, in order to kill the parasites subsequently hatched.

Applying kerosene to the area is enough to kill the lice, but this treatment needs to be repeated multiple times at weekly intervals to eliminate the parasites that hatch later.

FLEA.—Flea bites are recognized by the itching caused by the poison introduced by the insect, and by points of dried blood surrounded for a little while by a red zone. In the case of children and people with delicate skins, red or white lumps appear resembling nettlerash. Generally the skin is simply covered with minute, red points, perhaps raised a little by swelling above the surface, and when very numerous may remotely resemble the rash of measles. Fleas, unlike lice, do not breed on the body, but as soon as they are satiated leave their host. Their eggs are laid in cracks[Pg 163] in floors, on dirty clothes and similar spots, and it is only the mature flea which preys upon man. The human flea may infest the dog and return to man, but the dog flea is a distinct species, and never remains permanently on the human host. For these reasons it is not difficult to get rid of fleas after they have attacked the body, unless continually surrounded by them.

FLEA.—Flea bites are known for the itching caused by the venom introduced by the insect and by spots of dried blood surrounded for a while by a red area. In children and people with sensitive skin, red or white bumps appear, resembling hives. Usually, the skin is simply dotted with tiny red spots, which might be slightly raised due to swelling above the surface, and when they are very numerous, they can vaguely look like a measles rash. Unlike lice, fleas don't breed on the body, but once they’ve had their fill, they leave their host. Their eggs are laid in cracks[Pg 163] in floors, on dirty clothes, and similar places, and only adult fleas feed on humans. The human flea can infest dogs and come back to humans, but the dog flea is a separate species and never stays permanently on humans. For these reasons, it's not hard to get rid of fleas after they've bitten, unless you're constantly surrounded by them.

JIGGER OR SAND FLEA.—Also called chique, chigo, and nigua. It is common in Cuba, Porto Rico, and Brazil. About one-half the size of the ordinary flea, it is of a brownish-red color with a white spot on the back. The female lives in the sand and attacks man, on whom she lives, boring into the skin about the toe nail, usually, and laying her eggs under the skin, which gives rise to itching at first and then violent pain. The insect sucks blood and grows as it gorges itself, producing a white swelling of the skin in the center of which is seen a black spot, the front part of the flea. The flea after expelling its eggs drops off and dies. People with habitually sweaty feet are exempt from attacks of the pest.

JIGGER OR SAND FLEA.—Also known as chique, chigo, and nigua, this insect is commonly found in Cuba, Puerto Rico, and Brazil. It’s about half the size of a regular flea, with a brownish-red color and a white spot on its back. The female lives in the sand and bites humans, usually boring into the skin around the toenail and laying her eggs under the skin. This causes initial itching that can turn into severe pain. The insect feeds on blood and grows larger as it feeds, creating a white swelling on the skin with a black spot in the center, which is the front part of the flea. After laying her eggs, the flea falls off and dies. People with sweaty feet are usually safe from these pests.

Unless the flea is unattached, one must either wait until the insect comes away of its own free will, or remove it with a red-hot needle in order to destroy the eggs. The negroes peel the skin from the swelling with a needle and squeeze out the eggs. Ordinarily the bites do no permanent injury, but occasionally if numerous, or if the insect is pressed into the skin in[Pg 164] the efforts to remove it, or if sores resulting from bites are neglected, then violent inflammation, great pain, and even death of the part may result. Sound shoes and a night and morning inspection of the feet will protect against the inroads of the sand fleas.

Unless the flea is unattached, you either have to wait for it to come off on its own or remove it with a hot needle to eliminate the eggs. People sometimes use a needle to peel the skin around the swelling and squeeze out the eggs. Usually, the bites don't cause any lasting harm, but if there are a lot of them, or if the insect gets pushed into the skin while trying to remove it, or if sores from bites are ignored, it can lead to severe inflammation, intense pain, and even loss of the affected area. Good shoes and checking your feet morning and night will help protect against sand fleas.

FLIES.—The common housefly does not bite, but is constantly inimical to human health by conveying disease germs of typhoid fever, cholera, and other disorders from bowel discharges of patients suffering from these diseases to articles of food on which the insects light. Flies have been a fruitful source of sickness in military camps, as evidenced in the recent Spanish-American and Anglo-African campaigns. The bites of the sandfly, gadfly, and horsefly may be both relieved and prevented by the same means recommended in the case of mosquitoes for these purposes.

FLIES.—The common housefly doesn’t bite, but it poses a constant threat to human health by spreading disease germs of typhoid fever, cholera, and other illnesses from the waste of infected patients to food items that the flies land on. Flies have been a major source of illness in military camps, as seen in the recent Spanish-American and Anglo-African campaigns. The bites from sandflies, gadflies, and horseflies can be both treated and avoided using the same methods recommended for mosquitoes for these issues.

SCORPION OR CENTIPEDE STING.

SCORPION OR CENTIPEDE BITE.

First Aid Rule.—Squeeze lemon juice on wound.

First Aid Rule.—Put lemon juice on the wound.

SPIDER OR TARANTULA BITE.

Spider or tarantula bite.

First Aid Rule.—Pour water of ammonia on bite. If patient is depressed, give strong coffee.

First Aid Rule.—Pour ammonia water on the bite. If the person is feeling down, give them strong coffee.

SCORPIONS AND CENTIPEDES.—These both inhabit the tropics and semitropical regions, and lurk in dark corners and out-of-the-way places, crawling into the boots and clothing during the night. Scorpions sting with their tails, which are brought over the[Pg 165] head and back for the purpose, while holding on to the victim with their lobsterlike claws. The poisonous centipede has a flattened brownish-yellow body, with a single pair of short legs for each body segment, and long, many-jointed antennæ.

SCORPIONS AND CENTIPEDES.—Both of these creatures live in tropical and subtropical areas, hiding in dark corners and secluded spots, often crawling into boots and clothing at night. Scorpions use their tails to sting, lifting them over the[Pg 165] head and back to do so while gripping their prey with their lobster-like claws. The venomous centipede has a flattened, brownish-yellow body, with one pair of short legs for each body segment, and long, many-segmented antennae.

The wounds made by either of these pests are rarely dangerous, except in young children and those in feeble health. The stings are usually relieved by bathing with a two per cent solution of carbolic acid, with rum, or with lemon juice.

The wounds caused by either of these pests are rarely dangerous, except in young children and those in poor health. The stings are typically alleviated by washing with a two percent solution of carbolic acid, rum, or lemon juice.

SPIDERS.—Many of the tropical spiders bite the human being. Trapdoor spiders are among the commonest of these pests. Their bodies grow to great size, two to two and a half inches long, and are covered with hair giving them a horrid appearance. They live in holes bored in the ground, and provided with a trapdoor contrivance which is closed when the insect is at home.

SPIDERS.—Many tropical spiders bite humans. Trapdoor spiders are some of the most common among these pests. They can grow quite large, measuring two to two and a half inches long, and are covered in hair, giving them a frightening look. They live in holes they dig in the ground and have a trapdoor mechanism that closes when the spider is inside.

The trapdoor spider resembles the tarantula, by which name it is usually known in Cuba and Jamaica, but is somewhat smaller and commoner. Neither the stings of the trapdoor spider nor true tarantula are usually dangerous although the wounds caused by the bites may heal slowly.

The trapdoor spider looks like a tarantula, which is the name it’s commonly called in Cuba and Jamaica, but it's a bit smaller and more common. Neither the bites of the trapdoor spider nor the true tarantula are usually dangerous, although the wounds from the bites may take a while to heal.

Application of water of ammonia and of the other remedies recommended for mosquito bites (p. 158) are indicated here, and if the patient is generally depressed by the poison, strong coffee forms a good antidote.

The use of ammonia water and other suggested treatments for mosquito bites (p. 158) is recommended here, and if the patient is feeling generally unwell from the venom, strong coffee serves as a good antidote.

[Pg 166]SNAKE BITE.

SNAKE BITE.

First Aid Rule 1.—Make the wound bleed. Cut slit through the wound, lengthwise of limb, two inches long and half an inch deep. Squeeze tissues. Do not suck the wound.

First Aid Rule 1.—Make the wound bleed. Cut a slit through the wound, lengthwise along the limb, two inches long and half an inch deep. Squeeze the tissues. Don't suck the wound.

Rule 2.—Keep poison out of general circulation. Tie large cord or bandage tightly about part between wound and heart. Loosen in fifteen minutes.

Rule 2.—Keep poison from spreading in the body. Tie a large cord or bandage tightly around the area between the wound and the heart. Loosen it after fifteen minutes.

Rule 3.—Use antidote. Wash wound and cut with fresh solution of chloride of lime (one part to sixty parts of water). Inject anti-venene with hypodermic syringe, ten cubic centimeters, as on label. Or, inject with hypodermic syringe thirty minims of solution of permanganate of potash (five grains to two ounces of water), three times in different places. If no syringe at hand, pour permanganate solution into wound.

Rule 3.—Use an antidote. Clean the wound and cut with a fresh solution of chloride of lime (one part to sixty parts of water). Inject anti-venene using a hypodermic syringe, ten cubic centimeters, as indicated on the label. Alternatively, inject thirty minims of a solution of permanganate of potash (five grains to two ounces of water) with a hypodermic syringe in three different spots. If a syringe isn't available, pour the permanganate solution directly into the wound.

Rule 4.—Support heart if weak. Inject with hypodermic syringe one-thirtieth grain of sulphate of strychnine into leg. Repeat as needed every thirty minutes with caution.

Rule 4.—Support the heart if it's weak. Inject one-thirtieth of a grain of strychnine sulfate into the leg using a hypodermic syringe. Repeat as necessary every thirty minutes with caution.

Rule 5.—Give no whisky or other liquor. Do not burn the wound.

Rule 5.—Don't give whisky or any other alcohol. Don't burn the wound.

SNAKE BITE.—There are many different species of poisonous snakes in the United States. The more common are the rattlesnake, the moccasin, the copperhead, and the common viper.

SNAKE BITE.—There are many different species of poisonous snakes in the United States. The more common ones include the rattlesnake, the moccasin, the copperhead, and the common viper.

All the venomous snakes have certain characteristics by which they may be distinguished from their[Pg 167] harmless brethren. The head is generally broad and flat and of a triangular shape, the wide, heavy jaws tapering to a point at the lips. There is a depression or pit between the nostril and eye on the upper lip, hence the name "pit vipers" given to poisonous snakes. The pupil of the eye is long and vertical, of an oval or elliptical shape.

All venomous snakes have specific traits that set them apart from their harmless relatives. Their heads are typically broad and flat, with a triangular shape, and their wide, heavy jaws narrow to a point at the lips. There’s a pit or depression between the nostril and the eye on the upper lip, which is why these poisonous snakes are called "pit vipers." The pupil of their eye is long and vertical, shaped like an oval or ellipse.

Venomous snakes are thicker in proportion to their length than harmless snakes, the surface of their bodies is rougher, and their tails are blunt or club-shaped. Conversely, harmless snakes possess long narrow heads, the pupils of their eyes are round, not vertical slits, and their bodies are not thick for their length, but long and slim with pointed tails. The bite of vipers of all kinds is much more poisonous in tropical regions, and in the North fatal snake bite is a rare occurrence.

Venomous snakes are thicker relative to their length than non-venomous snakes, their skin feels rougher, and their tails are blunt or shaped like a club. On the other hand, non-venomous snakes have long, narrow heads, their eye pupils are round instead of vertical slits, and their bodies are slim and elongated with pointed tails. The bites from all types of vipers are way more poisonous in tropical areas, while in northern regions, fatal snake bites are quite rare.

If there is a doubt whether a snake is poisonous, the neck may be pressed down against the ground between the jaws of a forked stick, and the poison fangs looked for without danger. These hang directly down from the front part of the upper jaw, or are thrust horizontally forward just in front of the upper lip, and may drip saliva and venom.

If you’re unsure whether a snake is poisonous, you can press its neck down against the ground using a forked stick, which lets you safely check for venomous fangs. These fangs hang down from the front part of the upper jaw or extend forward just before the upper lip, and they might drip saliva and venom.

In Cuba and Porto Rico there is a viper called Juba, or Boaquira, which is a counterpart of the Northern rattlesnake, and the most poisonous of the many species in that region. Among venomous species of the Philippines are two boas and also a viper from nine to ten feet long, which exceptionally pursues and attacks[Pg 168] man. This snake is easily killed by a blow on the neck. Another small viper with a club-shaped tail, inhabiting these islands, is nocturnal in its habits, and may get into boots at night. Boots, therefore, should always be inspected before one puts them on in the morning.

In Cuba and Puerto Rico, there's a snake called Juba, or Boaquira, which is similar to the Northern rattlesnake and is the most poisonous among the various species in that area. In the Philippines, there are two boas and a viper that grows between nine and ten feet long, which uniquely hunts and attacks humans. This snake can easily be killed with a blow to the neck. Another small viper with a club-shaped tail lives in these islands and is active at night, making it possible for it to crawl into boots while they’re left out. Therefore, boots should always be checked before putting them on in the morning.

Usually it is only the young, old, and weak who succumb to snake bite.

Usually, only the young, elderly, and weak fall victim to snake bites.

Symptoms.—The symptoms of snake bite of all poisonous species are similar. At first there is some pain in the wound, which rapidly increases together with swelling and discoloration until death of the part may ensue. The vital centers in the brain controlling the heart and breathing apparatus, are paralyzed by the poison. There is often drowsiness and stupor, and the breathing is labored and the pulse weak and irregular, with faintness and cold sweats.

Symptoms.—The symptoms of snake bites from all venomous species are similar. Initially, there is some pain at the wound site, which quickly intensifies along with swelling and discoloration, potentially leading to tissue death. The vital centers in the brain that control the heart and breathing are paralyzed by the venom. Drowsiness and stupor are common, and breathing becomes difficult, with a weak and irregular pulse, accompanied by faintness and cold sweats.

Treatment.—The treatment consists first in keeping the poison out of the general blood stream. With this purpose in view a handkerchief, piece of cotton clothing, string, or strap should be immediately wound about the bitten limb above the wound, between it and the heart. This will retard absorption of the poison only for a time; it is said twenty-five minutes. The knife is the most effective means of removing the poison by making an oval cut on each side of the wound so that the two incisions meet and remove all the flesh below and around the wound. Bleeding should be encouraged to drain out the poison. The skin containing the wound may be lifted up, and[Pg 169] the whole wound cut out by one snip of the scissors where this is practicable.

Treatment.—The treatment starts with preventing the poison from entering the bloodstream. To do this, you should quickly wrap a handkerchief, piece of cotton clothing, string, or strap around the bitten limb, above the wound, between the wound and the heart. This will slow down the absorption of the poison for a while; it’s said to be about twenty-five minutes. The knife is the most effective way to remove the poison by making an oval cut on each side of the wound, so the two incisions connect and remove all the tissue below and around the wound. You should encourage bleeding to help drain out the poison. The skin around the wound can be lifted, and[Pg 169] the entire wound can be cut out in one snip with scissors if possible.

Some advocate burning out the wound with a red-hot wire, or darning needle, instead of cutting, but the treatment is less effective and more painful. Rambaud forbids burning. As to the general condition: if stupor is a prominent symptom the patient must be made to move about and exercise to keep alive his nerve centers. Otherwise one tablespoonful of whisky may be given in half a cup of hot water hourly, to sustain the weakened heart and respiration until recovery ensues.

Some people suggest cauterizing the wound with a hot wire or needle instead of cutting it, but this method is less effective and more painful. Rambaud advises against burning. Regarding the overall condition: if stupor is a major symptom, the patient needs to be encouraged to move and exercise to keep their nerve centers active. Otherwise, one tablespoon of whisky may be given in half a cup of hot water every hour to support the weakened heart and breathing until recovery happens.

The most effective treatment, according to Dr. George Rambaud, Director of the Pasteur Institute of New York City, is thorough washing of the wound (after it has been opened with the knife) with freshly prepared solution of chloride of lime, in the proportion of one part of lime to sixty of water. The burning of a wound is bad practice. If necessary, chloride-of-lime solution should be injected into the tissues around the wound. One about to go into a place where the most venomous snakes are found should inject into himself a dose of Calmette's antivenomous serum every two or three weeks as a means of prevention. If the serum is used, whisky should not be given in the treatment of one who has been bitten, for the anti-venene is a powerful cell stimulator.

The most effective treatment, according to Dr. George Rambaud, Director of the Pasteur Institute in New York City, is to thoroughly wash the wound (after it has been opened with a knife) with a freshly prepared solution of calcium hypochlorite, using one part lime to sixty parts water. Burning a wound is a bad practice. If necessary, the calcium hypochlorite solution should be injected into the tissues around the wound. Anyone heading into an area where highly venomous snakes are found should inject themselves with a dose of Calmette's antivenom serum every two to three weeks as a preventive measure. If the serum is used, whiskey should not be given in the treatment of someone who has been bitten, as the antivenom is a powerful cell stimulant.

Calmette, the Director of the Pasteur Institute in Lille, France, several years ago discovered antivenomous serum. That serum is efficient for the bites[Pg 170] of most of the venomous snakes of different countries, including the rattlesnake, cobra, python, etc.

Calmette, the Director of the Pasteur Institute in Lille, France, discovered antivenom serum several years ago. This serum is effective against the bites[Pg 170] of most venomous snakes from various countries, including the rattlesnake, cobra, python, and others.

It is prepared in the dry form so that it can be carried easily, and will keep almost indefinitely. The proper course to be followed by persons going into countries infested by venomous snakes is always to have on hand a few doses of it. Its value has been positively demonstrated within the last few years in India, where it is used in the British Army, as well as in other countries.

It is made in a dry form so that it can be easily transported and has a long shelf life. People traveling to areas with venomous snakes should always keep a few doses on hand. Its effectiveness has been clearly proven in recent years in India, where it is used by the British Army, as well as in other countries.

In the fluid form it should be used hypodermically, a dose of ten cubic centimeters being injected within eighty or ninety minutes of the reception of the poison.

In its liquid form, it should be used through injection, with a dosage of ten cubic centimeters administered within eighty or ninety minutes of receiving the poison.

DOG BITE OR CAT BITE. (See Hydrophobia, Vol. V, p. 264.)

DOG BITE OR CAT BITE. (See Rabies, Vol. V, p. 264.)

First Aid Rule 1.—Make sure animal is mad. Send patient to Pasteur institute if one is within reach.

First Aid Rule 1.—Make sure the animal is rabid. Send the patient to the Pasteur Institute if there's one nearby.

Rule 2.—Remove poison from wound. Encourage bleeding by squeezing tissue about wound. Suck wound, if you have no cracks in lips, and spit out fluid. Pour hot carbolic solution into wound (a third of a teaspoonful of carbolic acid to a pint of hot water).

Rule 2.—Remove poison from the wound. Encourage bleeding by squeezing the tissue around the wound. If your lips are intact, suck the wound and spit out the fluid. Pour a hot carbolic solution into the wound (mix a third of a teaspoon of carbolic acid with a pint of hot water).

Rule 3.—Cauterize. Dip wooden meat skewer, or lead pencil, into pure nitric acid, and rub into wound. Or, use red-hot poker, or red-hot nail grasped by tongs or pincers, or red coal from fire.

Rule 3.—Cauterize. Dip a wooden skewer or a lead pencil into pure nitric acid and apply it to the wound. Alternatively, use a red-hot poker, a red-hot nail held with tongs or pincers, or a piece of red-hot coal from the fire.

Rule 4.—Do not kill the animal. If he is alive and well at the end of a week, he was not mad.

Rule 4.—Don't kill the animal. If it's alive and healthy at the end of the week, it wasn't crazy.

CHAPTER IX

Burns, Scalds, Frostbites, Etc.

Burns, Scalds, Frostbites, etc.

Classes of Burns—Treatment—Burns Caused by Acids and Alkalies—First Aid Rules for Frostbites—Real Freezing—Ingrowing Toe Nail—Fainting—Suffocation—Fits.

Types of Burns—Treatment—Burns from Acids and Bases—First Aid Guidelines for Frostbite—Actual Freezing—Ingrown Toenail—Fainting—Suffocation—Seizures.

BURNS AND SCALDS.—If slight, skin very red, unbroken.

BURNS AND SCALDS.—If minor, skin is very red and unbroken.

First Aid Rule.—Cover with cloths wet in strong solution of baking soda in cold water. Dry gently, and spread with white of egg, thick.

First Aid Rule.—Cover with cloths soaked in a strong solution of baking soda in cold water. Gently dry, then apply a thick layer of egg white.

If deeper, blisters, skin broken, thick swelling; there may be some bleeding.

If there are deep blisters, broken skin, or severe swelling, there might be some bleeding.

First Aid Rule 1.—Stop pain quickly. Cut away clothing very gently. Break no blisters. Cover with Carron oil (equal parts of limewater and linseed or olive oil) and light bandage. Give fifteen drops of laudanum[9] every half hour in tablespoonful of water, till relieved in part or three doses are taken.

First Aid Rule 1.—Stop pain quickly. Gently cut away clothing. Don't break any blisters. Cover with Carron oil (equal parts of limewater and linseed or olive oil) and a light bandage. Give fifteen drops of laudanum[9] every half hour in a tablespoon of water, until relieved or a maximum of three doses are taken.

Rule 2.—Combat shock. If patient is cold, pulse weak, head confused, give tablespoonful of whisky in a quarter of a glass of hot water. Put hot-water bottles at feet.

Rule 2.—Combat shock. If the patient is cold, has a weak pulse, and is confused, give a tablespoon of whisky in a quarter glass of hot water. Place hot water bottles at their feet.

[Pg 172]Rule 3.—Quench thirst with pieces of ice held in mouth or a swallow of cold milk.

[Pg 172]Rule 3.—Satisfy your thirst with ice cubes in your mouth or a sip of cold milk.

See page 174 for subsequent treatment.

See page __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for next steps.

A burn is produced by dry heat, a scald by moist heat; the effect and treatment of both are practically identical. Burns are commonly divided into three classes, according to the amount of damage inflicted upon the body.

A burn is caused by dry heat, while a scald is caused by moist heat; the effects and treatments of both are basically the same. Burns are usually categorized into three types, based on the extent of damage done to the body.

First Class.—There is redness, pain, and some swelling of the skin, followed, in a few days, by peeling of the surface layer (epidermis) and recovery. Sunburn and burns caused by slight exposures to gases and vapors fall into this category.

First Class.—There is redness, pain, and some swelling of the skin, followed, in a few days, by peeling of the outer layer (epidermis) and healing. Sunburn and burns from minor exposure to gases and vapors are included in this category.

Treatment.—The immediate immersion of the part in cold water is followed by relief, or the application of cloths wet with a saturated solution of saleratus or baking powder is useful. Anything which protects the burned skin from the irritating effect of the air is efficacious, and in emergencies any one of the following may be applied: starch, flour, molasses, white paint, or a mixture of white of egg and sweet oil, equal parts. Usually after the first pain has been relieved by bathing with soda and water, or its application on cloths, the employment of a simple ointment suffices, as cold cream or vaseline.

Treatment.—Immediately soaking the affected area in cold water provides relief, or using cloths soaked in a saturated solution of baking soda can be beneficial. Anything that protects the burned skin from the irritation of the air is effective, and in emergencies, you can use any of the following: starch, flour, molasses, white paint, or a mixture of egg white and sweet oil in equal parts. Usually, once the initial pain is relieved by soaking in a soda and water solution or applying it on cloths, a simple ointment like cold cream or Vaseline is enough.

Second Class.—In this class of cases the inflammation is more severe and the deeper layers of the skin are involved. In addition to the redness and swelling[Pg 173] of the skin there are present blisters which appear at once or within a few hours. The general condition is affected according to the size of the burn. If half of the body is only reddened, death usually results, and a burn of a third of the body is often fatal. The shock is so great at times that pain may not be at once intense. Shock is evidenced by general depression, with weakness, apathy, cold feet and hands, and failure of the pulse. If the patient rallies from this condition, then fever and pain become prominent. If steam has been inhaled, there may be sudden death from swelling of the interior of the throat, or inflammation of the lungs may follow inhalation of smoke and hot air.

Second Class.—In this category of cases, the inflammation is more intense, and the deeper layers of the skin are affected. Along with the redness and swelling[Pg 173] of the skin, blisters appear immediately or within a few hours. The overall condition of the patient is influenced by the size of the burn. If half of the body is only reddened, death usually occurs, and burns affecting a third of the body can often be fatal. Sometimes, the shock is so severe that pain may not be immediately intense. Signs of shock include general weakness, lethargy, cold feet and hands, and a weak pulse. If the patient recovers from this state, fever and pain typically become more pronounced. If steam is inhaled, there may be sudden death due to swelling in the throat, or lung inflammation can result from inhaling smoke and hot air.

Third Class.—In this class are included burns of so severe a nature that destruction and death of the tissues follows; not only of the skin but of the flesh and bones in the worst cases. It is impossible to tell by the appearance of the skin what the extent of the destruction may be until the dead parts slough away after a week or ten days. The skin is of a uniform white color in some cases, or may be of a yellow, brown, gray, or black hue, and is comparatively insensitive at first. Pus ("matter") begins to form around the dead part in a few days, and the dead tissue comes away later, to be followed by a long course of suppuration, pain, excessive granulations ("proud flesh"), and, unless skillfully treated, by contraction of the surrounding area, leaving ugly scars and interfering with[Pg 174] the appearance and usefulness of the parts. The treatment of such cases after the first care becomes that to be pursued in wounds generally (p. 50), and belongs within the domain of the surgeon.

Third Class.—This class includes burns that are so severe they lead to destruction and death of tissues, affecting not just the skin but also the flesh and bones in the worst situations. It's impossible to determine the extent of the damage just by looking at the skin until the dead parts start to slough off after a week or ten days. The skin may appear uniformly white in some cases, or it could have yellow, brown, gray, or black tones, and it’s relatively insensitive at first. Pus ("matter") forms around the dead area within a few days, and the dead tissue eventually comes away, which is then followed by a prolonged period of suppuration, pain, excessive granulation ("proud flesh"), and if not treated skillfully, contraction of the surrounding area, leading to unsightly scars and affecting the appearance and function of the parts. After the initial care, the treatment of these cases falls in line with general wound care (p. 50), and it is the responsibility of the surgeon.

Treatment of the More Severe Burns.—If the patient is suffering from shock he should receive some hot alcoholic drink, as hot water and whisky, and be put to bed under warm coverings with hot-water bags or bottles at his feet.

Treatment of the More Severe Burns.—If the patient is in shock, they should be given a hot alcoholic drink, like hot water and whiskey, and put to bed under warm blankets with hot-water bags or bottles at their feet.

The clothing must be cut away from the burned parts with the greatest care, and only a portion of the body should be uncovered at a time and in a warm room. Pain may be subdued by laudanum[10]; fifteen drops may be given to an adult, and the drug may be repeated at hour intervals in doses of ten drops until the suffering has been allayed. Lumps of ice held in the mouth will quench thirst, and the diet should be liquid, as milk, soups, gruels, white of egg, and water. The bowels should be moved daily by rectal injections of soap and warm water. As a matter of local treatment, the surface layer of the skin should be kept intact if possible. Blisters are not to be disturbed unless they are large and tense; if so, their bases may be pricked with a needle sufficiently to let out the fluid contents.

The clothing must be carefully cut away from the burned areas, and only a small part of the body should be exposed at a time in a warm room. Pain can be managed with laudanum[10]; fifteen drops may be given to an adult, and the dose can be repeated every hour with ten drops until the pain is relieved. Holding lumps of ice in the mouth can help with thirst, and the diet should consist of liquids like milk, soups, gruels, egg whites, and water. Bowel movements should be encouraged daily with rectal injections of soap and warm water. For local treatment, the outer layer of the skin should be kept intact if possible. Blisters should only be disturbed if they are large and tense; in that case, their bases can be pricked with a needle to release the fluid inside.

Carron oil (equal parts of olive oil and limewater) has been the common remedy for burns, and it is an efficient, though very dirty, dressing, useful if the skin[Pg 175] is generally unbroken. It should be applied on clean, soft linen or cotton cloth, which is soaked in the oil, laid over the burned area, and covered with a thick layer of cotton batting and a bandage. When the skin is denuded, leaving a raw surface exposed, the burn must be treated on the same plan as wounds, and should be kept as clean and free from germs as possible. An ointment made of equal parts of boric acid and vaseline, spread thickly on clean cloth, is a good antiseptic preparation in cases where the skin is broken. It is best not to change the dressing oftener than once in two or three days, unless the discharge or odor are considerable. Fresh dressing is very painful and often harmful.

Carron oil (equal parts of olive oil and limewater) has been a common remedy for burns. It's effective, although quite messy, and useful if the skin[Pg 175] is mostly intact. It should be applied on clean, soft linen or cotton cloth that's soaked in the oil, placed over the burned area, and covered with a thick layer of cotton batting and a bandage. When the skin is raw and exposed, the burn should be treated like a wound, keeping it as clean and germ-free as possible. An ointment made of equal parts boric acid and Vaseline, applied thickly on clean cloth, is a good antiseptic option when the skin is broken. It's best not to change the dressing more than once every two or three days unless there's significant discharge or odor. Fresh dressings can be very painful and often cause more harm.

When the dressing is removed, warm saline solution (one teaspoonful of common salt in a quart of water) is allowed to flow over the burn until all discharge is washed off. Then the raw surface is dusted over with pure boric acid or aristol, and the boric-acid ointment applied as before. The cloth upon which the ointment is spread should be made free from germs by boiling in water, and then drying it in an oven and keeping it well wrapped in a clean towel except when wanted.

When the dressing is taken off, a warm saline solution (one teaspoon of regular salt in a quart of water) is poured over the burn until all discharge is rinsed away. Next, the raw area is dusted with pure boric acid or aristol, and the boric acid ointment is applied as before. The cloth used for spreading the ointment should be sterilized by boiling it in water, then drying it in an oven, and storing it wrapped in a clean towel except when needed.

The same care is requisite as that described under wounds (p. 50) in regard to cleanliness.

The same care is required as described for wounds (p. 50) concerning cleanliness.

Very extensive burns are most satisfactorily treated by complete immersion of the burned limbs or entire body in salt solution (same strength as above), which[Pg 176] is kept at a temperature of from 94° to 104° F., according to the feelings of the patient. The patient lies in a bath tub on horsehair, or better, rubber mattress and rubber pillows; completely covered with water except the head. The urine and bowel discharges must be passed in the water, which is then changed, and the temperature is kept at an even mark by allowing warm water to continually run into the tub to displace that which runs out. The latter can be arranged by siphonage with a rubber tube. While this method requires more care, and running hot and cold water, it is the most comfortable treatment for these cases, usually attended by awful suffering, and at the same time it is most favorable to healing.

Very severe burns are best treated by fully immersing the burned limbs or the whole body in a salt solution (same strength as above), which[Pg 176] is maintained at a temperature between 94° and 104° F., depending on the patient's comfort. The patient lies in a bathtub on horsehair, or ideally, a rubber mattress and rubber pillows; they are completely covered with water except for their head. Urine and bowel movements should happen in the water, which will then be replaced, and the temperature kept steady by continuously adding warm water to the tub to replace what drains out. This can be set up using siphon action with a rubber tube. Although this method requires more attention and a source of hot and cold water, it offers the most comfort for these cases, which are usually accompanied by severe pain, and it is also most conducive to healing.

It is beyond the scope of this work to describe the various complications and the details of the after treatment in severe burns, including skin grafting, which may tax all the ingenuity of the skilled surgeon. It is hoped that the foregoing may give a clear idea of the treatment to be pursued in emergencies and may prove of some use to those who may unfortunately be compelled to care for burns during a considerable time without the aid of a physician.

It’s beyond the scope of this work to describe the various complications and details of aftercare for severe burns, including skin grafting, which can challenge even the most skilled surgeon. It’s hoped that the information provided here gives a clear understanding of the treatment to follow in emergencies and is useful for those who unfortunately have to care for burns for an extended period without a doctor’s assistance.

BURN BY STRONG ACID.

BURNED BY STRONG ACID.

First Aid Rule 1.—Neutralize the acid. Scatter baking soda thickly over burn, or pour limewater over it.

First Aid Rule 1.—Neutralize the acid. Spread baking soda generously over the burn, or pour limewater on it.

Rule 2.—Control pain. Wash off soda with stream[Pg 177] of water. Apply Carron oil (equal parts of limewater and linseed oil or olive oil). Bandage lightly.

Rule 2.—Manage pain. Rinse off the soda with a stream[Pg 177] of water. Use Carron oil (a mix of equal parts limewater and linseed oil or olive oil). Wrap lightly.

BURN BY STRONG ALKALI.—As ammonia, quicklime, lye.

BURN BY STRONG ALKALI.—Such as ammonia, quicklime, or lye.

First Aid Rule 1.—Neutralize the alkali. Pour vinegar over the burn.

First Aid Rule 1.—Neutralize the alkali. Pour vinegar on the burn.

Rule 2.—Control pain. Wash off vinegar with stream of water. Dry gently. Apply vaseline or cold cream.

Rule 2.—Manage pain. Rinse off vinegar with a stream of water. Pat dry gently. Apply Vaseline or cold cream.

BURNS CAUSED BY STRONG MINERAL ACIDS OR BY ALKALIES.—If acids are the cause, the skin should not be washed at first, but either chalk, whiting, or some mild alkali, as baking soda, should be strewn over the burn, and then after the effect of the acid is neutralized, wash off the soda with stream of warm water. Dry gently with gauze. Apply Carron oil or paste of boric acid and vaseline, equal parts. If strong alkalies have been spilled on the skin, as ammonia, potash, or quicklime, then vinegar is the proper substance to employ, followed by washing. Then dry gently. Vaseline or cold cream is usually sufficient as after treatment. Limewater is useful in counteracting the effect of acids spattered in the eye. In the case of alkalies in the eye, the vinegar used should be diluted with three parts of water. Albolene or liquid vaseline is the best agent to drop in the eye after either accident, in order to relieve the irri[Pg 178]tation and pain, and the patient should stay in a dark room.

BURNS CAUSED BY STRONG MINERAL ACIDS OR BY ALKALIES.—If acids are the cause, don’t wash the skin immediately. Instead, sprinkle chalk, whiting, or a mild alkali like baking soda over the burn. After the acid is neutralized, rinse off the soda with a stream of warm water. Gently pat dry with gauze. Apply Carron oil or a paste made of equal parts boric acid and Vaseline. If strong alkalis, such as ammonia, potash, or quicklime, have come in contact with the skin, use vinegar followed by washing. Then gently dry. Vaseline or cold cream usually works well for after-treatment. Limewater can help counteract the effect of acids that have splashed into the eye. For alkalis in the eye, the vinegar should be diluted with three parts water. Albolene or liquid Vaseline is the best option to soothe irritation and pain after either incident, and the patient should stay in a dark room.

FROSTBITE, REAL FREEZING.—Nose, ears, fingers, toes; insensible to touch, stiff, pale or blue. Person may be unconscious.

FROSTBITE, REAL FREEZING.—Nose, ears, fingers, toes; numb, stiff, pale or blue. The person may be unconscious.

First Aid Rule 1.—Restore circulation. Rub gently, then vigorously, with snow.

First Aid Rule 1.—Restore circulation. Rub gently, then firmly, with snow.

Rule 2.—Restore heat very gradually. Sudden heat is fatal. Keep in cold room, and rub with cloth wet with very cold water till circulation is established. Then rub with equal parts of alcohol and water and expose gradually to heat of living room.

Rule 2.—Gradually warm up. Sudden heat can be dangerous. Keep in a cold room and rub with a cloth soaked in very cold water until circulation starts. Then rub with a mixture of equal parts alcohol and water, and slowly expose to the warmth of a living room.

Rule 3.—If person ceases to breathe, resuscitate as if drowned. Open his mouth, grasp his tongue, and pull it forward and keep it there. Let another assistant grasp the arms just below the elbows and draw them steadily upward by the sides of the patient's head to the ground, the hands nearly meeting (which enlarges the capacity of the chest and induces inspiration.) (See pp. 30 and 31.) While this is being done, let a third assistant take position astride the patient's hips with his elbows resting on his own knees, his hands extended ready for action. Next, let the assistant standing at the head turn down the patient's arms to the sides of the body, the assistant holding the tongue changing hands if necessary to let the arms pass. Just before the patient's hands reach the ground the man astride the body will grasp the body with his[Pg 179] hands, the ball of the thumb resting on either side of the pit of the stomach, the fingers falling into the grooves between the short ribs. Now, using his knees as a pivot, he will at the moment the patient's hands touch the ground throw (not too suddenly) his whole weight forward on his hands, and at the same time squeeze the waist between them, as if he wished to force something in the chest upward out of the mouth; he will deepen the pressure while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds), then suddenly lets go with a final push, which will send him back to his first position. This completes expiration. (A child or a delicate person must be more gently handled.)

Rule 3.—If a person stops breathing, resuscitate them as if they’ve drowned. Open their mouth, grab their tongue, and pull it forward and hold it there. Have another assistant hold the arms just below the elbows and lift them steadily upward by the sides of the person's head towards the ground, bringing the hands close together (this expands the chest and encourages breathing). (See pp. 30 and 31.) While this is happening, a third assistant should position themselves astride the person’s hips with their elbows resting on their own knees, hands extended and ready for action. Next, the assistant at the head should lower the person’s arms to the sides of their body, allowing the assistant holding the tongue to change hands if needed to let the arms pass. Just before the person's hands touch the ground, the person astride will grasp the body with their[Pg 179] hands, with the ball of their thumbs resting on either side of the stomach, and their fingers fitting into the grooves between the short ribs. Now, using their knees as a pivot, when the person’s hands make contact with the ground, they will lean their full weight forward onto their hands while simultaneously squeezing the waist as if trying to push something out of the chest and up through the mouth. They will maintain pressure while slowly counting one, two, three, four (about five seconds), then suddenly release with a final push, which will return them to their original position. This completes the exhalation. (A child or delicate person should be handled more gently.)

At the instant of letting go, the man at the head of the patient will again draw the arms steadily upward to the sides of the patient's head as before (the assistant holding the tongue again changing hands to let the arms pass, if necessary), holding them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds).

At the moment of release, the person at the head of the patient will once again lift the arms steadily upward to the sides of the patient's head like before (the assistant holding the tongue will switch hands again to allow the arms to pass, if needed), keeping them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds).

Repeat these movements deliberately and perseveringly twelve or fifteen times in every minute—thus imitating the natural motions of breathing. Continue the artificial respiration from one to four hours, or until the patient breathes; and for a while after the appearance of returning life carefully aid the first short gasps until deepened into full breaths.

Carefully repeat these movements purposefully and consistently twelve to fifteen times each minute—this mimics the natural act of breathing. Keep up the artificial respiration for one to four hours, or until the patient starts breathing on their own; and for a short time after signs of life return, gently assist with the initial shallow breaths until they become deeper, full breaths.

Keep body warm after this with warm-water bottles.

Keep your body warm afterward with hot water bottles.

[Pg 180]FROSTBITE.—The nose, chin, ears, fingers, and toes are the parts usually frozen, although severe results ending in death of the frozen part occur more often owing to low vitality of the patient than to the cold itself. In the milder degree of frostbite there is stiffness, numbness, and tingling of the frozen member; the skin is of a pale, bluish hue and somewhat shrunken. Recovery ensues with burning pain, tingling, redness, swelling and peeling of the epidermis, as after slight burns. The skin is icy cold, white, and insensitive in severe forms of frostbite, and, if not skillfully treated, becomes, later, either swollen and discolored, or shriveled, dry, and black. In either case the frozen part dies and is separated from the living tissue after the establishment of a sharp line of inflammation which results in ulceration and formation of pus, and thus the dead part sloughs off. It is, however, possible for a part thoroughly frozen to regain its vitality.

[Pg 180]FROSTBITE.—The nose, chin, ears, fingers, and toes are the areas that usually freeze, although severe cases that result in the death of the frozen tissue happen more often due to the patient's low vitality than the cold itself. In milder cases of frostbite, there is stiffness, numbness, and tingling in the affected area; the skin appears pale and bluish and may be somewhat shrunken. Recovery is marked by burning pain, tingling, redness, swelling, and peeling of the skin, similar to what happens after minor burns. In severe frostbite, the skin feels icy cold, is white, and lacks sensitivity. If not treated properly, it can later become swollen and discolored or shriveled, dry, and black. In either scenario, the frozen tissue dies and separates from the healthy tissue after a clear line of inflammation develops, leading to ulceration and pus formation, causing the dead tissue to slough off. However, it is possible for thoroughly frozen tissue to regain its vitality.

Treatment.—The essential element in the treatment is to secure a very gradual return of blood to the frozen tissues, and so avoid violent inflammation. To obtain this result the patient should be cared for in a cold room, the frozen parts are rubbed gently with snow, or cloth wet with ice water, until they resume their usual warmth. Then it is well to rub them with a mixture of alcohol and water, equal parts, for a time and expose them to the usual temperature of a dwelling room. Warm drinks are now administered to the patient. The[Pg 181] frozen member, if hand or foot, is raised high in the air on pillows and covered well with absorbent cotton and bandage. If much redness, swelling, and pain result this dressing is removed and the part is wrapped in a single thickness of cotton cloth kept continually wet with alcohol and water.

Treatment.—The key aspect of treatment is to gradually restore blood flow to the frozen tissues to prevent severe inflammation. To achieve this, the patient should be kept in a cool room, and the affected areas should be gently rubbed with snow or a cloth soaked in ice water until they return to their normal temperature. After that, it's beneficial to rub them with a mixture of equal parts alcohol and water for a while and then expose them to normal room temperature. The patient should be given warm drinks. If the frozen area is a hand or foot, it should be elevated on pillows and well-covered with absorbent cotton and a bandage. If there’s significant redness, swelling, and pain, the dressing is removed, and the area is wrapped in a single layer of cotton cloth that is kept continuously wet with the alcohol and water mixture.

Subsequent treatment consists in keeping the damaged parts covered with vaseline or cold cream, absorbent cotton, and bandage. If blisters and sores result, the care is similar to that described for like conditions under burns. If death of the frozen part becomes inevitable, the hand or foot should be suspended in a nearly vertical position to keep the blood out, and the part bathed twice daily with a solution of corrosive sublimate (one 7.7 gr. tablet to pint of water), dusted well with aristol, and dressed with absorbent cotton and bandage until the dead tissue separates and comes away. If the frozen part is large it may be necessary to remove it with a knife, but this is not essential when the tips of the fingers or toes are frozen.

Subsequent treatment involves keeping the damaged areas covered with Vaseline or cold cream, absorbent cotton, and a bandage. If blisters and sores develop, the care is similar to what is described for burns. If the frozen area is definitely dying, the hand or foot should be elevated almost vertically to prevent blood flow, and the area should be washed twice a day with a solution of corrosive sublimate (one 7.7 gr. tablet per pint of water), dusted generously with aristol, and covered with absorbent cotton and a bandage until the dead tissue falls off. If the frozen area is large, it might be necessary to remove it with a knife, but this isn’t necessary for just the tips of the fingers or toes.

General Effect of Cold.—Sudden exposure to severe cold causes sleep, stupor, and death. Persons found apparently frozen to death should be brought into a cold room, which should be gradually heated, and the body rubbed with snow or ice water, and artificial respiration employed, as just directed. Attempts at resuscitation ought to be persistent, as recoveries have been reported after several hours of unconsciousness and apparent death from freezing.

General Effect of Cold.—Sudden exposure to extreme cold causes sleep, unconsciousness, and death. People who appear to have frozen to death should be taken to a cold room, which should be warmed up gradually, and the body should be rubbed with snow or ice water, with artificial respiration applied as previously mentioned. Efforts to revive them should be ongoing, as there have been cases of recovery after several hours of unconsciousness and what seemed to be death from freezing.

[Pg 182]CHILBLAINS AND MILD FROSTBITES.—The effects of severe cold on the body are very similar to those of intense heat, though they are very much slower in making their appearance. After a person has frozen a finger or toe he may not notice much inconvenience for days, when suddenly violent inflammation may set in. The fingers, ears, nose, and toes are the members which suffer most frequently from the effects of cold. Similar symptoms of inflammation, described under burns, also result from cold, that is, redness and swelling of the skin, blisters with more severe and deeper inflammatory involvement, or, in case the parts are thoroughly frozen, local death and destruction of the tissues. But it is not essential that the body be exposed to the freezing temperature or be frozen at all, in order that some harm may result, for chilblains often follow when the temperature has not been lower than 40° F., or thereabouts.

[Pg 182]CHILBLAINS AND MILD FROSTBITES.—The effects of extreme cold on the body are quite similar to those of extreme heat, although they appear much more slowly. After someone has frozen a finger or toe, they might not feel much discomfort for days, and then suddenly experience intense inflammation. The fingers, ears, nose, and toes are the parts of the body that are most often affected by cold. Similar symptoms of inflammation, as described in burns, can occur from cold, meaning redness and swelling of the skin, blisters with more severe and deeper inflammation, or, if the areas are completely frozen, local tissue death and destruction. However, it's not necessary for the body to be exposed to freezing temperatures or to be frozen at all for harm to occur, as chilblains can often develop even when the temperature hasn't dropped below about 40° F.

The effect of cold is to contract the blood vessels, with the production of numbness, pallor, and tingling of the skin. When the cold no longer acts then the blood vessels dilate to more than their usual and normal state, and more or less inflammation results. The more sudden the return to warmth the greater the inflammatory sequel.

The effect of cold is to shrink the blood vessels, causing numbness, paleness, and tingling in the skin. Once the cold is gone, the blood vessels expand beyond their usual state, leading to some level of inflammation. The quicker the return to warmth, the more significant the inflammatory response.

Chilblains represent the mildest morbid effect of cold on the body. They exist as bluish-red swellings of the skin, usually on the feet or hands, but may attack the nose or ears, and are attended by burning, itching,[Pg 183] and smarting. This condition is caused by dilatation of the vessels following exposure to cold. It is more apt to happen in young, anæmic women. Chilblains usually disappear during warm weather. Scratching, friction, or the severity of the attack may lead to the appearance of blisters and sores. In severe cases the fingers and toes present a sausage-like appearance, owing to swelling.

Chilblains are the mildest harmful effect of cold on the body. They appear as bluish-red bumps on the skin, typically on the feet or hands, but can also affect the nose or ears, accompanied by burning, itching, and stinging. This condition occurs due to the expansion of blood vessels after being exposed to cold. It's more likely to occur in young, anemic women. Chilblains usually go away when the weather warms up. Scratching, rubbing, or the intensity of the condition may cause blisters and sores to develop. In severe cases, fingers and toes can look swollen like sausages.

Treatment.—Susceptible persons should wear thick, warm (not rough) stockings and warm gloves. The chilled members must never be suddenly warmed. Regular exercise and cold shower baths are good to strengthen the circulation, but the feet and hands must be washed in warm water only, and thoroughly dried. If sweating of these parts is a common occurrence, starch or zinc oxide should be dusted on freely night and morning. Cod-liver oil is an efficacious remedy in these cases; one teaspoonful of Peter Möller's pure oil three times daily after meals. The affected parts are bathed twice daily in a solution of zinc acetate (one dram to one pint of water), and followed by the application, on soft linen or cotton, of zinc-oxide ointment containing two per cent of carbolic acid. If this is not curative, iodine ointment mixed with an equal quantity of lard may be tried. Exposure to cold will immediately bring on a recurrence of the trouble. If the affection of the feet is severe the patient must rest in bed. If the parts become blistered and open sores appear, then the same treatment as for burns is[Pg 184] indicated. Wash with a weak solution of corrosive sublimate (one tablet for surgical purposes in two quarts of warm water) and apply an ointment of boric acid and vaseline, equal parts, spread on soft, clean cotton or linen. Rest of the part and existence in a warm atmosphere will complete the cure.

Treatment.—People who are sensitive should wear thick, warm (but not rough) stockings and warm gloves. Cold extremities should never be warmed up suddenly. Regular exercise and cold showers can help improve circulation, but hands and feet should only be washed in warm water and thoroughly dried. If sweating in these areas is common, apply starch or zinc oxide generously morning and night. Cod-liver oil is a helpful remedy; take one teaspoon of Peter Möller's pure oil three times a day after meals. The affected areas should be bathed twice a day in a zinc acetate solution (one dram to one pint of water), followed by applying zinc-oxide ointment with two percent carbolic acid on soft linen or cotton. If this doesn’t help, try iodine ointment mixed with an equal amount of lard. Exposure to cold will quickly trigger a recurrence of the problem. If the feet are severely affected, the person should rest in bed. If blisters and open sores develop, treat them like burns. Wash with a weak solution of corrosive sublimate (one tablet for surgical use in two quarts of warm water) and apply an ointment of equal parts boric acid and vaseline on soft, clean cotton or linen. Resting the area and staying in a warm environment will help complete the recovery.

INGROWING TOE NAIL.—This is a condition in which the flesh along the edges of the great toe nail becomes inflamed, owing either to overgrowth of the nail or to pressure of the soft parts against it. Improper footgear is the most common cause, as shoes which are too narrow across the toes, or not long enough, or those with high heels which throw the toes forward so that they are compressed by the toe of the boot, especially in walking downhill.

INGROWING TOE NAIL.—This condition occurs when the skin along the edges of the big toenail becomes inflamed, usually due to the nail growing too long or the soft tissue being pressed against it. The most common cause is wearing the wrong type of shoes, such as those that are too narrow at the toes, not long enough, or high-heeled shoes that push the toes forward, causing them to be squeezed by the front of the shoe, especially when walking downhill.

A faulty mode of cutting the toe nails in a healthy foot may favor ingrowing toe nails. Toe nails should be cut straight across, and not trimmed away at the corners to follow the outline of the toes—as then the flesh crowds in at the corners of the nails, and when the nail pushes forward in its growth it presses into the flesh. Nails which have a very rounded surface are more apt to produce trouble, because then the edges are likely to grow down into the flesh. Inflammation in ingrowing toe nail usually arises along the outer edge of the nail. The flesh here becomes red, tender, painful, and swollen so that it overlaps the nail. After a time "matter" or pus forms and finds its way under the nail, and the parts[Pg 185] about it ulcerate, and "proud flesh" or excessive granulation tissue springs up and imbeds the edge of the nail. Wearing a shoe, or walking, becomes impossible. The condition may last for months, or even years, if not rightly treated.

A wrong way of cutting toenails on a healthy foot can lead to ingrown toenails. Toenails should be cut straight across and not shaped to fit the outline of the toes because that causes the skin to crowd in at the corners of the nails. When the nail grows forward, it can push into the skin. Nails that are very rounded are more likely to cause issues since their edges can grow down into the skin. Inflammation from an ingrown toenail usually occurs along the outer edge of the nail. The skin here becomes red, tender, painful, and swollen, often overlapping the nail. Over time, pus forms and seeps under the nail, and the surrounding tissue can ulcerate, leading to the growth of "proud flesh" or excessive granulation tissue that embeds the nail's edge. Wearing shoes or walking can become impossible. This condition may persist for months or even years if not treated properly.

Treatment.—Properly fitting footgear must be worn—broad at the toes with low heels and of sufficient length. If pus ("matter") forms, the cut edge should be raised up by pushing in a little absorbent cotton under the nail every day. Hot poultices of flaxseed meal, or other material will relieve any special pain and inflammation. Soaking the foot frequently in hot water, and observing especial cleanliness, will aid recovery. Tannic acid, or some antiseptic powder like nosophen, should be dusted along the edge of the nail, and the flesh crowded away from the nail by pushing in a little cotton with some tannic acid upon it.

Treatment.—Wear properly fitting shoes that are wide at the toes, have low heels, and are long enough. If pus forms, gently raise the cut edge by putting a little absorbent cotton under the nail each day. Hot compresses made of flaxseed meal or another material can help relieve pain and inflammation. Soaking your foot regularly in hot water and maintaining good hygiene will support recovery. Dust some tannic acid or an antiseptic powder like nosophen along the edge of the nail, and gently push the flesh away from the nail by inserting a bit of cotton with some tannic acid on it.

If there is a raw surface about the border of the nail, powdered lead nitrate may be dusted upon it each morning for four or five days, till the ulcerated tissue shrinks away and the edge of the nail becomes visible. The toe should be covered with absorbent cotton and a bandage. As soon as the toe is really inflamed the case becomes surgical, and as such demands the care of a surgeon when one can be obtained.

If there's a rough area around the edge of the nail, you can sprinkle powdered lead nitrate on it every morning for four or five days, until the ulcerated tissue shrinks and the edge of the nail becomes visible. The toe should be covered with absorbent cotton and a bandage. Once the toe is genuinely inflamed, it becomes a surgical issue and requires the attention of a surgeon when one is available.

FAINTING.

Passing out.

First Aid Rule 1.—Remove impediments to respiration. Remove collar, loosen all waist bands and[Pg 186] cords, unhook corset or cut the laces at person's back.

First Aid Rule 1.—Remove anything that's blocking breathing. Take off the collar, loosen any tight waistbands and[Pg 186] cords, unhook the corset or cut the laces at the person's back.

Rule 2.—Assist heart and brain with blood pressure. Put cushion under buttocks, wind skirt close about legs, and raise feet in air. Wait ten seconds.

Rule 2.—Help the heart and brain by managing blood pressure. Place a cushion under the buttocks, wrap the skirt tightly around the legs, and elevate the feet in the air. Wait ten seconds.

Rule 3.—Aid respiration. Put mild smelling salts under nose. Spatter cold water in face.

Rule 3.—Assist breathing. Put some mild smelling salts under the nose. Splash cold water on the face.

SUFFOCATION FROM GAS IN WELLS, CISTERNS, OR MINES, OR FROM ILLUMINATING GAS.

SUFFOCATION FROM GAS IN WELLS, CISTERNS, OR MINES, OR FROM ILLUMINATING GAS.

First Aid Rule 1.—Remove quickly into pure air.

First Aid Rule 1.—Quickly move to fresh air.

Rule 2.—Resuscitate as if drowned. Open his mouth, grasp his tongue, pull it forward and keep it there. Let another assistant grasp the arms just below the elbows, and draw them steadily upward by the sides of the patient's head to the ground, the hands nearly meeting, which enlarges the capacity of the chest and induces inspiration. (See pp. 30 and 31.) While this is being done, let a third assistant take position astride the patient's hips with his elbows resting on his own knees, his hands extended ready for action. Next, let the assistant standing at the head turn down the patient's arms to the sides of his body, the assistant holding the tongue, changing hands if necessary to let the arms pass.

Rule 2.—Resuscitate as if someone has drowned. Open their mouth, grab their tongue, pull it forward and hold it there. Have another person hold the arms just below the elbows and pull them steadily upward, by the sides of the patient’s head toward the ground, bringing the hands nearly together, which expands the chest and encourages inhalation. (See pp. 30 and 31.) While this is happening, let a third person straddle the patient’s hips with their elbows resting on their knees, hands ready for action. Next, have the person at the head lower the patient’s arms to their sides while the one holding the tongue switches hands if needed to let the arms pass.

Just before the patient's hands reach the ground, the man astride the body will grasp the body with his hands, the ball of the thumb resting on either side of[Pg 187] the pit of the stomach, the fingers falling into the grooves between the short ribs. Now, using his knees as a pivot, he will, at the moment the patient's hands touch the ground, throw (not too suddenly) his whole weight forward on his hands, and at the same time squeeze the waist between them, as if he wished to force something in the chest upward out of the mouth; he will deepen the pressure while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds), then suddenly lets go with a final push, which will send him back to his first position. This completes expiration. A child or a delicate person must be more gently handled.

Just before the patient's hands hit the ground, the man on top of the body will grab it with his hands, placing the balls of his thumbs on either side of[Pg 187] the pit of the stomach, with his fingers fitting into the spaces between the short ribs. Now, using his knees as a pivot, he will, at the moment the patient's hands touch the ground, shift his entire weight forward onto his hands (not too suddenly), while simultaneously squeezing the waist between them, as if trying to force something from the chest up and out of the mouth; he will increase the pressure while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds), then suddenly release with a final push, which will send him back to his original position. This completes expiration. A child or a delicate person must be handled more gently.

At the instant of letting go, the man at the head of the patient will again draw the arms steadily upward, to the sides of the patient's head, as before (the assistant holding the tongue again, changing hands if necessary to let the arms pass, holding them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds)).

At the moment of release, the person at the head of the patient will lift the arms steadily upward, to the sides of the patient's head, just like before (the assistant holding the tongue again, switching hands if needed to allow the arms to pass, keeping them there while he slowly counts one, two, three, four (about five seconds)).

Repeat these movements deliberately and perseveringly twelve or fifteen times in every minute, thus imitating the natural motions of breathing. Continue the artificial respiration from one to four hours, or until the patient breathes; and for a while after the appearance of returning life, carefully aid the first short gasps until deepened into full breaths.

Repeat these movements slowly and consistently twelve or fifteen times each minute, mimicking the natural process of breathing. Keep doing the artificial respiration for one to four hours, or until the patient starts to breathe on their own; and for a little while after signs of life return, gently support the initial short gasps until they develop into full breaths.

Keep the body warm with hot-water bottles and blanket.

Keep your body warm with hot water bottles and a blanket.

Rule 3.—Give oxygen to breathe from a cylinder,[Pg 188] for two days, at short intervals, in the case of illuminating gas.

Rule 3.—Provide oxygen to breathe from a cylinder,[Pg 188] for two days, at short intervals, in situations involving illuminating gas.

FIT; CONVULSION.

Seizure; Convulsion.

First Aid Rule 1.—Aid breathing. Loosen collar, waist bands, and unhook corset, or cut the laces behind.

First Aid Rule 1.—Help with breathing. Loosen the collar, waistband, and unhook the corset, or cut the laces in the back.

Rule 2.—Protect from injury. Gently restrain from falling or rolling against furniture; lay flat on bed.

Rule 2.—Protect from injury. Softly keep from falling or bumping into furniture; lay flat on the bed.

Rule 3.—Protect tongue from being bitten. Open jaws and put between teeth rubber eraser tied to stout string, or rubber stopper tied to stout string.

Rule 3.—Protect your tongue from being bitten. Open your jaws and place a rubber eraser or rubber stopper tied to a strong string between your teeth.

Rule 4.—Crush pearl of amyl nitrite in handkerchief, and hold close to patient's nose and mouth, till face is red and patient relaxes.

Rule 4.—Crush a pearl of amyl nitrite in a handkerchief and hold it close to the patient's nose and mouth until their face is red and they relax.

Rule 5.—Let patient sleep after fit without rousing.

Rule 5.—Allow the patient to sleep after a seizure without waking them up.

FOOTNOTES:

[9] Caution. Dangerous. Use only on physician's order.

[9] Warning. Hazardous. Use only as directed by a doctor.

[10] Caution. Dangerous. Use only on physician's order.

[10] Warning. Hazardous. Use only as directed by a doctor.

Part II

GERM DISEASES

GERM DISEASES

BY

BY

KENELM WINSLOW

KENELM WINSLOW

CHAPTER I

Contagious Diseases

Infectious Diseases

Scarlet Fever—Symptoms and Treatment—Precautions Necessary—Measles—Communicating the Disease—Smallpox—Vaccination—How to Diagnose Chickenpox.

Scarlet Fever—Symptoms and Treatment—Necessary Precautions—Measles—How to Transmit the Disease—Smallpox—Vaccination—How to Identify Chickenpox.

ERUPTIVE CONTAGIOUS FEVERS (including Scarlet Fever, Measles, German Measles, Smallpox, and Chickenpox).—These, with the exception of smallpox, attack children more commonly than adults. As they all begin with fever, and the characteristic rash does not appear for from one to four days after the beginning of the sickness, the diagnosis of these diseases must always be at the onset a matter of doubt. For this reason it is wise to keep any child with a fever isolated, even if the trouble seems to be due to "a cold" or to digestive disturbance, to avoid possible communication of the disorder to other children. While colds and indigestion are among the most frequent ailments of children, they must not be neglected, for measles begins as a bad cold, smallpox like the grippe, and scarlet fever with a sore throat or tonsilitis, and vomiting.

ERUPTIVE CONTAGIOUS FEVERS (including Scarlet Fever, Measles, German Measles, Smallpox, and Chickenpox).—These, except for smallpox, are more likely to affect children than adults. Since they all start with a fever and the distinctive rash can take one to four days to show up after the illness begins, diagnosing these diseases can be uncertain at first. For this reason, it's best to keep any child with a fever isolated, even if the cause seems to be just "a cold" or a digestive issue, to prevent spreading the illness to other kids. While colds and indigestion are common among children, they shouldn’t be overlooked, as measles can start like a bad cold, smallpox can resemble the flu, and scarlet fever often begins with a sore throat or tonsillitis, along with vomiting.

By isolation is meant that the sick child should stay in a room by himself, and the doors should be kept[Pg 192] closed and no children should enter, nor should any objects in the room be removed to other parts of the house after the beginning of its occupation by the patient.

By isolation, it means that the sick child should be in a room alone, with the doors kept[Pg 192] closed. No other children should go in, and nothing from the room should be moved to other parts of the house after the patient starts occupying it.

The services of a physician are particularly desirable in all these diseases, in order that an early diagnosis be made and measures be taken to protect the family, neighbors, and community from contagion. The failure of parents or guardians to secure medical aid for children is regarded by the law as criminal neglect, and is subject to punishment. Boards of health require the reporting of all contagious diseases as soon as their presence is known, and failure to comply with their rules also renders the offender liable to fine or imprisonment in most places.

The help of a doctor is especially important in all these illnesses to ensure early diagnosis and to take steps to protect the family, neighbors, and community from spreading infection. Not getting medical help for children is seen by the law as neglect and can lead to legal consequences. Health departments require that all contagious diseases be reported as soon as they are identified, and not following these rules can result in fines or imprisonment in most areas.

SCARLET FEVER (Scarlatina).—There is no difference between scarlet fever and scarlatina. It is a popular mistake that the latter is a mild type of scarlet fever. Fever, sore throat, and a bright-red rash are the characteristics of this disease. It occurs most frequently in children between the ages of two and six years. It is practically unknown under one year of age. Prof. H. M. Biggs, of the New York Department of Health, has seen but two undoubted cases in infants under twelve months. It is rare in adults, and one attack usually protects the patient from another. Second attacks have occurred, but many such are more apparent than real, since an error in diagnosis is not uncommon. The disease is communi[Pg 193]cated chiefly by means of the scales of skin which escape during the peeling process, but may also be acquired at any time from the onset of the attack from the breath, urine, and discharges from the body; or from substances which have come in contact with these emanations. Scarlet fever is probably a germ disease, and the germs may live for weeks in toys, books, letters, clothing, wall paper, etc. Close contact with the patient, or with objects which have come in close touch with the patient, is apparently necessary for contagion.

SCARLET FEVER (Scarlatina).—There’s no difference between scarlet fever and scarlatina. A common misconception is that scarlatina is a milder form of scarlet fever. The disease is characterized by fever, a sore throat, and a bright red rash. It most often occurs in children aged two to six years. It's almost unheard of in infants under one year old. Prof. H. M. Biggs from the New York Department of Health has witnessed only two confirmed cases in infants under twelve months. It’s uncommon in adults, and typically, having it once protects a person from getting it again. While reinfections can happen, many of these cases are more likely misdiagnosed than actually second infections. The disease is mainly spread through the skin flakes that come off during the peeling process, but it can also be transmitted at any point after the onset of the illness through breath, urine, and bodily discharges, or from items that have come into contact with these secretions. Scarlet fever is likely caused by germs, and these germs can survive for weeks on toys, books, letters, clothing, wallpaper, and more. Close contact with the patient or with items that have been in close contact with the patient seems to be necessary for transmission.

Period of Development.—After exposure to the germs of scarlet fever, usually from two to five days elapse before the disease shows itself. Occasionally the outbreak of the disease occurs within twenty-four hours of exposure, and rarely is delayed for a week or ten days.

Period of Development.—After being exposed to the germs of scarlet fever, it usually takes two to five days for the disease to appear. Sometimes, symptoms can start within twenty-four hours of exposure, and it's rare for them to be delayed for a week or ten days.

Symptoms.—The onset is usually sudden. It begins with vomiting (in very young children sometimes convulsions), sore throat, fever, chilliness, and headache. The tongue is furred. The patient is often stupid; or may be restless and delirious. Within twenty-four hours or so the rash appears—first on the neck, chest, or lower part of back—and rapidly spreads over the trunk, and by the end of forty-eight hours covers the legs and entire body excepting the face, which may be simply flushed. The rash appears as fine, scarlet pin points scattered over a background of flushed skin. At its fullest development, at the end of the second or third day, the whole body may present[Pg 194] the color of a boiled lobster. After this time the rash generally fades away and disappears within five to seven days. It is likely to vary much in intensity while it lasts. As the rash fades, scaling of the skin begins in large flakes and continues from ten days to as many weeks, usually terminating by the end of the sixth to eighth week. One of the notable features is the appearance of the tongue, at first showing red points through a white coating, and after this has cleared away, in presenting a raspberry-like aspect. The throat is generally deep red, and the tonsils may be dotted over with white spots (see Tonsilitis) or covered with a whitish or gray membrane suggesting diphtheria, which occasionally complicates scarlet fever. The fever usually is high (103° to 107° F), and the pulse ranges from 120 to 150; both declining after the rash is fully developed, generally by the fourth day. The urine is scanty and dark. There is, however, great variation in the symptoms as to their presence or absence, intensity, and time of occurrence and disappearance.

Symptoms.—The onset is usually sudden. It starts with vomiting (in very young children, sometimes seizures), sore throat, fever, chills, and headaches. The tongue appears coated. The patient often seems confused or may be restless and delirious. Within about twenty-four hours, the rash appears—first on the neck, chest, or lower back—and quickly spreads over the trunk. By the end of forty-eight hours, it covers the legs and the entire body, except for the face, which may just look flushed. The rash looks like fine, scarlet pinpoints scattered over a background of red skin. At its peak, usually by the second or third day, the entire body may turn the color of a boiled lobster. After this, the rash typically fades away and disappears within five to seven days. The intensity can vary a lot while it lasts. As the rash fades, scaling of the skin begins in large flakes and can continue for ten days to several weeks, typically ending by the sixth to eighth week. One notable feature is the appearance of the tongue, which initially shows red spots through a white coating, and after this clears, it takes on a raspberry-like appearance. The throat is usually very red, and the tonsils may have white spots (see Tonsilitis) or be covered with a whitish or gray membrane that can suggest diphtheria, which sometimes complicates scarlet fever. The fever is usually high (103° to 107° F), and the pulse ranges from 120 to 150; both tend to decrease after the rash is fully developed, usually by the fourth day. The urine is scanty and dark. However, there is significant variation in symptoms regarding their presence or absence, intensity, and when they occur and disappear.

Complications and Sequels.—These are frequent and make scarlet fever the most dreaded of the eruptive diseases, except smallpox. Enlarged glands under the jaw and at the sides of the neck are common, and appear as lumps in these sites. Usually not serious, they may enlarge and threaten life. Pain and swelling in the joints, especially of the elbows and knees, are not rare, and may be the precursors of serious inflam[Pg 195]mation of these parts. One of the most frequent and serious complications of scarlet fever is inflammation of the kidneys, occurring more often toward the end of the second week of the disease. Examination of the urine by the attending physician at frequent intervals throughout the course of the disorder is essential, although puffiness of the eyelids and face, and of the feet, ankles, and hands, together with lessened secretion of urine—which often becomes of a dark and smoky hue—may denote the onset of this complication. The disease of the kidneys usually results in recovery, but occasionally in death or in chronic Bright's disease of these organs. Inflammation of the middle ear with abscess, discharge of matter from the ear externally, and—as the final outcome—deafness, is not uncommon. This complication may be prevented to a considerable extent by spraying the nose and throat frequently and by the patient's use of a nightcap with earlaps, if the room is not sufficiently warm. Inflammation of the eyelids is an occasional complication. The heart is sometimes attacked by the toxins of the disease, and permanent damage to the organ, in the form of valvular trouble, may result. Blindness and nervous disorders are among the rarer sequels including paralyses and St. Vitus's dance.

Complications and Sequelae.—These are common and make scarlet fever the most feared of the rash illnesses, except for smallpox. Swollen glands under the jaw and on the sides of the neck often show up as lumps in these areas. While usually not serious, they can grow and become life-threatening. Pain and swelling in the joints, especially in the elbows and knees, are not uncommon and could be early signs of serious inflammation in those areas. One of the most common and severe complications of scarlet fever is kidney inflammation, which often occurs towards the end of the second week of the illness. It’s essential for the attending doctor to check the urine regularly throughout the course of the illness, although swelling of the eyelids and face, as well as of the feet, ankles, and hands, along with decreased urine output—which often turns dark and smoky—may indicate the start of this complication. Kidney disease usually leads to recovery, but occasionally it can result in death or chronic Bright's disease. Inflammation of the middle ear, along with abscess and discharge from the ear, can lead to deafness, which is not uncommon. This complication can often be prevented by regularly spraying the nose and throat and by having the patient wear a nightcap with ear flaps if the room isn’t warm enough. Inflammation of the eyelids is a rare complication. The heart can also be affected by the toxins from the illness, potentially leading to permanent damage, such as valve issues. Blindness and nervous disorders, including paralysis and St. Vitus's dance, are among the rarer sequelae.

Determination of Scarlet Fever.—When beginning with vomiting, headache, high fever, and sore throat, and followed in twenty-four hours with a general scarlet rash, this is not difficult; but occasionally[Pg 196] other diseases present rashes, as indigestion, grippe, and German measles, which puzzle the most acute physicians. Measles may be distinguished from scarlet fever in that measles appears first on the face, the rash is patchy or blotchy, and does not show for three to four days after the beginning of the sickness. The patient seems to have a bad cold, with cough, running at the nose, and sore eyes. German measles is mild, and while the rash may look something like that of scarlet fever, the patient does not seem generally ill, is hardly affected at all, though rarely troubled with slight catarrh of the nose. In no sickness are the services of a physician more necessary than in scarlet fever; first, to determine the existence of the disease, and then to prevent or combat the complications which often approach insidiously.

Determination of Scarlet Fever.—When it starts with vomiting, headache, high fever, and sore throat, and is followed within twenty-four hours by a general scarlet rash, it’s not hard to identify; however, there are times[Pg 196] when other conditions also present rashes, such as indigestion, flu, and German measles, which can confuse even the most skilled doctors. Measles can be distinguished from scarlet fever because it first appears on the face, the rash is patchy or blotchy, and it doesn’t show up until three to four days after the illness starts. The patient typically exhibits symptoms of a bad cold, including cough, runny nose, and sore eyes. German measles is milder, and while the rash may resemble that of scarlet fever, the patient doesn’t appear very ill at all, sometimes just experiencing minor nasal congestion. In no illness is the help of a doctor more crucial than in scarlet fever; first, to confirm the presence of the disease, and then to prevent or manage the complications that often arise quietly.

Outlook.—The average death rate of scarlet fever is about ten per cent. It is very fatal in children about a year old, and most of the deaths occur in those under the age of six. But the mortality varies greatly at different times and in different epidemics. In 1904–5, in many parts of the United States, the disease was very prevalent and correspondingly mild, and deaths were rare.

Outlook.—The average death rate for scarlet fever is around ten percent. It's particularly deadly for children around one year old, with most fatalities occurring in kids under six. However, the mortality rate can change significantly during different outbreaks and at different times. In 1904–5, in many areas of the United States, the disease was quite common but relatively mild, resulting in very few deaths.

Duration of Contagion.—The disease is commonly considered contagious only so long as peeling of the skin lasts. But it seems probable that any catarrhal secretion from the nose, throat, or ear is capable of communicating the germs from a patient to another[Pg 197] person for many days after other evidences of the disease are past. Scarlet fever patients should always be isolated for as long a period as six weeks—and better eight weeks—without regard to any shorter duration of peeling, and if peeling continues longer, so should the isolation.

Duration of Contagion.—The disease is usually thought to be contagious only while skin peeling is happening. However, it’s likely that any mucus from the nose, throat, or ear can spread germs from one patient to another[Pg 197] for many days after other signs of the disease have disappeared. Scarlet fever patients should always be isolated for at least six weeks—and preferably eight weeks—regardless of how long the peeling lasts, and if the peeling goes on longer, the isolation should too.

Treatment.—In case a physician is unobtainable the patient must be put to bed in the most airy, sunshiny room, which should be heated to 70° F., and from which all the unnecessary movables should be taken out before the entrance of the patient. A flannel nightgown and light bed clothing are desirable. The fever is best overcome by cold sponging, which at the same time diminishes the nervous symptoms, such as restlessness and delirium. The body is sponged—part at a time—with water at the temperature of about 70° F., after placing a single thickness of old cotton or linen wet with ice or cold water (better an ice cap) over the forehead. The part is thoroughly dried as soon as sponged, and the process is repeated whenever the temperature is over 103° F. There need be no fear that the patient may catch cold if only a portion of the body is exposed at any one time. If there is any chilliness following sponging, a bag or bottle containing hot water may be placed at the feet. It is well that a rubber bag containing ice, or failing this a cold cloth, be kept continually on the head while fever lasts. The throat should be sprayed hourly with a solution of hydrogen peroxide (full strength) and the nose with[Pg 198] the same, diluted with an equal amount of water, three times a day. The outside of the throat it is wise to surround with an ice bag, or lacking this, a cold cloth frequently wet and covered with a piece of oil silk (or rubber) and flannel.

Treatment.—If a doctor is not available, the patient should be placed in a well-ventilated, sunny room that's warmed to 70°F. Remove all unnecessary items from the room before the patient enters. A flannel nightgown and light bedding are recommended. To manage the fever, cold sponging is most effective, as it also alleviates nervous symptoms like restlessness and delirium. Sponge the body one part at a time using water at around 70°F, while placing a single layer of old cotton or linen soaked in ice or cold water (an ice cap is ideal) on the forehead. Dry the area thoroughly after sponging, and repeat this whenever the temperature exceeds 103°F. There's no need to worry about the patient catching cold if only a part of the body is exposed at a time. If the patient feels chilly after sponging, place a hot water bag or bottle at their feet. It's also beneficial to keep a rubber bag filled with ice, or a cold cloth, continuously on the head as long as the fever persists. Spray the throat with full-strength hydrogen peroxide every hour, and spray the nose with the same solution diluted with an equal amount of water, three times a day. It's wise to apply an ice bag around the outside of the throat, or if that's not available, use a cold cloth that's frequently dampened and covered with a piece of oil cloth (or rubber) and flannel.

The diet should consist of milk, broths, or thin gruels, and plenty of water should be allowed. Sweet oil or carbolized vaseline should be rubbed over the whole body night and morning during the entire sickness and convalescence. The bowels must be kept regular by injections or mild cathartics, and, after the fever subsides, vegetables, fruit, cereals, and milk may be permitted, together with meat or eggs once daily. It is imperative for the nurse and also the mother to wear a gown and cap over the outside clothes, to be slipped off in the hall at the door of the sick room when leaving the latter.

The diet should include milk, broths, or light soups, and plenty of water should be provided. Sweet oil or carbolized petroleum jelly should be applied all over the body twice a day throughout the entire illness and recovery. The bowels need to be kept regular with enemas or mild laxatives, and once the fever goes down, vegetables, fruits, grains, and milk can be introduced, along with meat or eggs once a day. It's essential for the nurse and the mother to wear a gown and cap over their outer clothes, which should be removed in the hallway at the door to the sick room when leaving.

MEASLES.—Measles is a contagious disease, characterized by a preliminary stage of fever and catarrh of the eyes, nose, and throat, and followed by a general eruption on the skin. One attack practically protects a person from another, yet, on the other hand, second attacks occur with extreme rarity. It is more contagious than scarlet fever, and isolation of a patient in a house is of less service in preventing communication to other inmates, whereas in scarlet fever half the number of susceptible children may escape the disease through this precaution. The germs which cause measles perish rapidly, so that infected clothes[Pg 199] or other objects merely require a thorough airing to be rendered safe, whereas in scarlet fever the danger of transmission of the contagion may lurk in infected clothing and other substances for weeks, unless they are subjected to proper disinfection. A patient with measles is capable of communicating the disorder from its onset, before the appearance of the rash, through the breath, discharges from the nose and eyes, tears and saliva and all the secretions. At the end of the third week of the disease the patient is usually incapable of giving the disease to others. Close contact with a patient is commonly necessary for one to acquire the disease, but it is frequently claimed that it is carried by a third person in the clothes, as by a nurse. It is infrequent in infants under six months, and most frequent between the second and sixth year. Adults are attacked by measles more often than by scarlet fever.

MEASLES.—Measles is a contagious illness marked by an initial stage of fever and inflammation of the eyes, nose, and throat, followed by a widespread rash on the skin. Having measles once generally protects a person from getting it again, though second infections happen very rarely. It's more contagious than scarlet fever, and isolating a patient at home doesn’t do as much to prevent spreading it to others living there. In cases of scarlet fever, about half of the vulnerable children can avoid the illness with this precaution. The germs that cause measles die quickly, so infected clothes[Pg 199] or other objects only need to be aired out to be safe, while in scarlet fever, the risk of spreading the infection can linger in contaminated clothing and other items for weeks unless they are properly disinfected. A person with measles can spread the virus from the start, even before the rash appears, through breathing, nasal and eye discharge, tears, saliva, and all bodily secretions. By the end of the third week of the illness, the patient is usually unable to infect others. Close contact with an infected person is generally needed to catch the disease, but it’s often said that it can be transmitted by a third party through their clothes, such as a nurse. It’s rare in infants younger than six months and most common between the ages of two and six. Adults are more likely to get measles than to contract scarlet fever.

Development.—A period of from seven to sixteen days after exposure to measles elapses before the disease becomes apparent.

Development.—There’s a period of seven to sixteen days after exposure to measles before the disease shows any signs.

Symptoms.—The disease begins like a severe nasal catarrh with fever. The eyes are red and watery, the nose runs, and the throat is irritable, red, and sore, and there is some cough, with chilliness and muscular soreness. The fever, higher at night, varies from 102° to 104° F., and the pulse ranges from 100 to 120. There is often marked drowsiness for a day or two before the rash appears. Coated tongue, loss of appe[Pg 200]tite, occasional vomiting, and thirst are present during this period. The appearance of minute, whitish spots, surrounded by a red zone, may often be seen in the inside of the mouth opposite the back teeth for some days before the eruption occurs.

Symptoms.—The illness starts off like a bad nasal cold with a fever. The eyes are red and watery, the nose is runny, and the throat feels sore, red, and irritated, along with some coughing, chills, and muscle aches. The fever, which is usually higher at night, ranges from 102° to 104° F., and the pulse goes from 100 to 120. There is often significant drowsiness for a day or two before the rash shows up. You'll notice a coated tongue, loss of appetite, occasional vomiting, and thirst during this time. Tiny, whitish spots, surrounded by a red area, can often be seen inside the mouth opposite the back teeth for several days before the rash appears.

The preliminary period, when the patient seems to be suffering with a bad cold, lasts for four days usually, and on the evening of the fourth day the rash breaks out. It first appears on the face and then spreads to the chest, trunk, and limbs. Two days are generally required for the complete development of the rash; it remains thus in full bloom for about two days more, then begins to subside, fading completely in another two days—six days in all.

The initial phase, when the patient appears to be dealing with a bad cold, usually lasts for four days. On the evening of the fourth day, the rash appears. It first shows up on the face and then spreads to the chest, torso, and limbs. It typically takes two days for the rash to fully develop; it stays fully visible for about two more days, then starts to fade, completely disappearing in another two days—totaling six days.

The rash appears as bright-red, slightly raised blotches on the face, which is generally somewhat swollen. The same rash extends to the abdomen, back, and limbs. Between the mottled, red rash may be seen the natural color of the skin. At this time the cough may be hoarse and incessant, and the eyes extremely sensitive to light. The fever and other symptoms abate when the rash subsides, and well-marked scaling of the skin occurs.

The rash looks like bright red, slightly raised spots on the face, which usually appears a bit swollen. The same rash spreads to the stomach, back, and limbs. In between the blotchy red areas, you can see the natural skin color. The cough might be harsh and non-stop, and the eyes can be very sensitive to light. The fever and other symptoms lessen as the rash goes away, and noticeable peeling of the skin happens.

Complications and Sequels.—Severe bronchitis, pneumonia, croup, laryngitis, sore eyes, ear abscess and deafness, violent diarrhea, convulsions, and, as a late result, consumption sometimes accompany or follow measles. For the consideration of these disorders, see special articles in other parts of this work.

Complications and Sequelae.—Severe bronchitis, pneumonia, croup, laryngitis, sore eyes, ear abscess and deafness, severe diarrhea, seizures, and, as a later result, tuberculosis can sometimes occur with or follow measles. For more information on these conditions, see the specific articles in other sections of this work.

[Pg 201]Outlook.—The vast majority of healthy patients over two years old recover from measles completely. Younger children, or those suffering from other diseases, may die through some of the complications affecting the lungs. The disease is peculiarly fatal in some epidemics occurring among those living in unhygienic surroundings, and in communities unaccustomed to the ravages of measles. Thus, in an epidemic attacking the Fiji Islanders, over one-quarter of the whole population (150,000) died of measles in 1875. Measles is more severe in adults than in children.

[Pg 201]Outlook.—Most healthy patients over two years old fully recover from measles. Younger children or those with other health issues may die from complications affecting the lungs. The disease can be particularly deadly during some epidemics among individuals in unsanitary living conditions or in communities that aren't used to the impacts of measles. For example, during an epidemic that hit the Fiji Islanders in 1875, more than a quarter of the entire population (150,000) died from measles. Measles tends to be more severe in adults than in children.

Diagnosis.—For one not familiar with the characteristic rash a written description of it will not suffice for the certain recognition of the disease, but if the long preliminary period of catarrh and fever, and the appearance of the eruption on the fourth day, be taken into account—together with the existence of sore eyes and hoarse, hard cough—the determination of the presence of measles will not be difficult in most cases.

Diagnosis.—For someone not familiar with the distinctive rash, a written description alone won’t be enough for a definite diagnosis. However, considering the lengthy initial period of cold symptoms and fever, along with the eruption appearing on the fourth day, as well as the presence of sore eyes and a rough, strong cough, identifying measles will usually be straightforward in most cases.

Treatment.—The patient should be put to bed in a darkened, well-ventilated room at a temperature of 68° to 70° F. While by isolation of the patient we may often fail to prevent the occurrence of measles in other susceptible persons in the same house, because of the very infectious character of the disease, and because it is probable that they have already been exposed during the early stages when measles was not suspected, yet all possible precautions should be adopted promptly. For this reason other children in the house should be[Pg 202] kept from school and away from their companions, and they ought not to be sent away from home to spread the disease elsewhere. The bowels should be kept regular by soapsuds injections or by mild cathartics, as a Seidlitz powder. If the fever is over 103° F. and is accompanied by much distress and restlessness, children may be sponged with tepid water, and adults with water at 80° F., every two hours or so as directed under scarlet fever. When cough is incessant or the rash does not come out well, there is nothing better than the hot pack.

Treatment.—The patient should be put to bed in a dark, well-ventilated room with a temperature of 68° to 70° F. While isolating the patient may not always prevent measles from spreading to other susceptible individuals in the same house due to the highly contagious nature of the disease, and because it's likely they have already been exposed during the early stages when measles was not suspected, all possible precautions should be taken promptly. For this reason, other children in the house should be[Pg 202] kept home from school and away from their friends, and they should not be sent away to avoid spreading the disease. The bowels should be kept regular with soapsuds enemas or mild laxatives like Seidlitz powder. If the fever exceeds 103° F. and there is significant distress and restlessness, children may be sponged with lukewarm water, and adults with water at 80° F., every couple of hours as needed, similar to treatment for scarlet fever. If the cough is persistent or the rash isn't developing well, a hot pack is very effective.

The patient is stripped and wrapped from feet to neck in a blanket wrung out of hot water containing two teaspoonfuls of mustard stirred into a gallon of water. This is then covered with two dry blankets and the patient allowed to remain in the blankets for two or three hours, when the application may be repeated. It is well to keep a cold cloth on the head during the process. Cough is also relieved by a mixture containing syrup of ipecac, twenty drops; paregoric, one teaspoonful, for an adult (or one-third the dose for a child of six), which should be given in one-quarter glass of water and may be repeated every two hours. If there is hoarseness, the neck should be rubbed with a mixture of sweet oil, two parts; and oil of turpentine, one part, and covered with a flannel bandage. The cough mixture will tend to relieve this condition also. A solution of boric acid (ten grains of boric acid to the ounce of[Pg 203] water) is to be dropped in both eyes every two hours with a medicine dropper. Although usually mild, the eye symptoms may be very severe and require special treatment, and considerably impaired vision may be the ultimate result. Severe diarrhea is combated with bismuth subnitrate, one-quarter teaspoonful, every three hours. For adults, the diet consists of milk, broths, gruels, and raw eggs. Young children living on milk mixtures should receive the mixture to which they are accustomed, diluted one-half with barley water. Nourishment must be given every two hours except during sleep. The patient should be ten days in bed, and should remain three days in his room after getting up (or three weeks in all, if there are others who may contract measles in the house), and after leaving his room should stay in the house a week longer. The principal danger after an attack of measles is of lung trouble—pneumonia or tuberculosis (consumption)—and the greatest care should be exercised to avoid exposure to the wet or to cold draughts.

The patient is undressed and wrapped from feet to neck in a blanket soaked in hot water mixed with two teaspoons of mustard stirred into a gallon of water. This is then covered with two dry blankets, and the patient is allowed to stay in the blankets for two to three hours, after which the application can be repeated. It's a good idea to keep a cold cloth on the head during this time. A cough can be eased with a mixture containing twenty drops of syrup of ipecac and one teaspoon of paregoric for adults (or one-third of that dose for a six-year-old), which should be mixed in a quarter glass of water and can be repeated every two hours. If there is hoarseness, the neck should be massaged with a blend of two parts sweet oil and one part oil of turpentine, and covered with a flannel bandage. The cough mixture will also help with this condition. A boric acid solution (ten grains of boric acid per ounce of water) should be dropped into both eyes every two hours using a medicine dropper. While usually mild, eye symptoms can be very severe and may need special treatment, and there is a risk of significantly impaired vision as a result. Severe diarrhea can be managed with one-quarter teaspoon of bismuth subnitrate every three hours. For adults, the diet should include milk, broths, gruels, and raw eggs. Young children who drink milk mixtures should continue with their usual formula, diluted by half with barley water. Nourishment needs to be given every two hours except during sleep. The patient should stay in bed for ten days and remain in their room for three days after getting up (or three weeks in total if there are others in the household who might get measles), and after leaving their room, they should stay in the house for another week. The main risk after a measles infection is lung issues—like pneumonia or tuberculosis—and extreme caution should be taken to avoid exposure to wet conditions or cold drafts.

GERMAN MEASLES (Rötheln).—German measles is related neither to measles nor scarlet fever, but resembles them both to a certain extent—more closely the former in most cases. It is a distinct disease, and persons who have had both measles and scarlet fever are still susceptible to German measles. One attack of German measles usually protects the patient from another. Adults, who have not been previously attacked, are almost as liable to German measles as children, but[Pg 204] it is rare that infants acquire the disease. It is a very contagious disorder—but not so much so as true measles—and often occurs in widespread epidemics. The breath and emanations from the skin transmit the contagium from the appearance of the first symptom to the disappearance of the eruption.

GERMAN MEASLES (Rötheln).—German measles is not related to either measles or scarlet fever, but it does have some similarities to both, with a closer resemblance to measles in most cases. It is a separate illness, and people who have had both measles and scarlet fever can still catch German measles. One infection typically protects someone from getting it again. Adults who haven’t had it before are almost as likely to get German measles as children, but[Pg 204] it is rare for infants to contract the disease. It is highly contagious, though not as much as regular measles, and often appears in widespread outbreaks. The virus can be transmitted through breath and skin emissions from the onset of the first symptom until the rash disappears.

Development.—The period elapsing after exposure to German measles and before the appearance of the symptoms varies greatly—usually about two weeks; it may vary from five to eighteen days.

Development.—The time between being exposed to German measles and the start of symptoms varies widely—usually around two weeks; it can range from five to eighteen days.

Symptoms.—The rash may be the first sign of the disease and more frequently is so in children. In others, for a day or two preceding the eruption, there may be headache, soreness, and redness of the throat, the appearance of red spots on the upper surface of the back of the mouth, chilliness, soreness in the muscles, loss of appetite, watering of the eyes. Catarrhal symptoms are most generally absent, an important point in diagnosis. When present, they are always mild. These preliminary symptoms, if present, are much milder and of shorter duration than in measles, where they last for four days before the rash appears; and the hard, persistent cough of measles is absent in German measles. Also, while there is sore throat in the latter, there is not the severe form with swollen tonsils covered with white spots so often seen in scarlet fever. Fever is sometimes absent in German measles; usually it ranges about 100° F., rarely over 102° F. Thus, German measles differs markedly from both scarlet[Pg 205] fever and measles proper. The rash usually appears first on the face, then on the chest, and finally covers the whole body, in the space of a few hours—twenty-four hours at most. The eruption takes the form of rose-red, round or oval, slightly raised spots—from the size of a pin head to that of a pea—sometimes running together into uniform redness, as in scarlet fever. The rash remains fully developed for about two days, and often changes into a coppery hue as it gradually fades away. There are often lumps—enlarged glands—to be felt under the jaw, on the sides and back of the neck, which occur more commonly in German than in true measles. The glands at the back of the neck are the most characteristic. They are enlarged in about two-thirds of the cases.

Symptoms.—The rash may be the first sign of the illness, especially in children. In other cases, one or two days before the rash appears, there may be a headache, a sore throat, redness in the throat, the appearance of red spots on the roof of the mouth, chills, muscle soreness, loss of appetite, and watery eyes. Cold-like symptoms are usually absent, which is an important point for diagnosis. If they are present, they are always mild. These early symptoms, if they occur, are much milder and shorter in duration than in measles, where they last four days before the rash shows up; the severe, lingering cough found in measles is not present in German measles. While there is a sore throat in the latter, it doesn’t have the severe version with swollen tonsils covered with white spots seen in scarlet fever. Fever may sometimes be absent in German measles; when present, it usually hovers around 100° F., rarely exceeding 102° F. Therefore, German measles is significantly different from both scarlet[Pg 205] fever and classic measles. The rash typically appears first on the face, then on the chest, and finally spreads to cover the entire body, all within a few hours—usually within twenty-four hours at most. The spots are rose-red, round or oval, slightly raised, and vary in size from that of a pinhead to a pea—sometimes merging into a uniform redness, similar to what is seen in scarlet fever. The rash remains fully visible for about two days and often changes to a coppery color as it gradually fades. Often, there are swollen glands that can be felt under the jaw and along the sides and back of the neck, which are more common in German measles than in true measles. The glands at the back of the neck are the most distinctive, being enlarged in about two-thirds of cases.

Determination.—The diagnosis or determination of the existence of measles must be made, in the absence of a physician, on the general symptoms rather than on the rash, which requires experience for its recognition and is subject to great variations in appearance, at one time simulating measles, at another scarlet fever.

Determination.—Diagnosing whether someone has measles should be based on the overall symptoms rather than the rash, especially if a doctor isn’t available. Recognizing the rash requires experience and can look very different at times, sometimes resembling measles and other times mimicking scarlet fever.

German measles differs from true measles in the following points: the preliminary period—before the rash—is mild, short, or absent; fever is mild or absent; the cold in the nose and eyes and cough are slight or may be absent, as contrasted with these symptoms in measles, while the enlarged glands in the neck are more pronounced than in measles. The onset of German[Pg 206] measles is not so sudden as in scarlet fever and not accompanied with vomiting as in the latter, while the sore throat and fever are much milder in German measles. The peeling, which is so prominent in scarlet fever with the disappearance of the rash, is not infrequently present. It may be absent. Its presence or absence seems to depend upon the severity of the eruption. The desquamation when present is finer than in either measles or scarlet fever.

German measles is different from regular measles in several ways: the initial stage—before the rash—tends to be mild, short, or even absent; the fever is mild or may not occur; and the runny nose, watery eyes, and cough are mild or might be missing, unlike the symptoms seen in measles. However, the swollen glands in the neck are more noticeable than in measles. The start of German[Pg 206] measles is not as abrupt as in scarlet fever and it doesn't come with vomiting like in that case, while the sore throat and fever are much milder in German measles. The peeling skin, which is very noticeable in scarlet fever when the rash fades, is sometimes present but can be absent as well. Whether it's there or not seems to depend on how severe the rash is. When peeling occurs, it's finer than in either measles or scarlet fever.

Outlook.—Recovery from German measles is the invariable rule, and without complications or delay.

Outlook.—Recovery from German measles is always expected, and it happens without complications or delays.

Treatment.—Little or no treatment is required. The patient should remain in bed in a darkened room on a liquid diet while fever lasts, and be isolated from others indoors until all signs of the eruption are passed. The eyes should be treated with boric acid as in measles; the diet, during the fever, consisting of milk, broths, thin cereals, beef juice, raw eggs or eggnog, for adults and older children; while infants should have their milk mixture diluted one-half with barley water. A bath and fresh clothing for the patient, and thorough cleansing and airing of the sick room and clothing are usually sufficient after the passing of the disease without chemical disinfection.

Treatment.—Little or no treatment is needed. The patient should stay in bed in a dark room on a liquid diet while the fever lasts and be kept away from others indoors until all signs of the rash are gone. The eyes should be treated with boric acid, similar to measles; during the fever, the diet should include milk, broths, thin cereals, beef juice, raw eggs, or eggnog for adults and older children; while infants should have their milk mixture diluted with one-half barley water. A bath and fresh clothes for the patient, along with thorough cleaning and airing of the sick room and clothing, are usually enough after the illness has passed without needing chemical disinfection.

SMALLPOX.—Smallpox is one of the most contagious diseases known. It is extremely rare for anyone exposed to the disease to escape its onslaught unless previously protected by vaccination or by a former attack of the disease. One is absolutely safe from[Pg 207] acquiring smallpox if recently and successfully vaccinated, and thus has one of the most frightful and fatal scourges to which mankind has ever been subject been robbed of its dangers. The contagium is probably derived entirely from the scales and particles of skin escaping from smallpox patients, and in the year 1905–6 the true germ of the disease was discovered by Councilman, of Boston. It is not necessary to come in direct contact with a patient to contract the disease, as the contagium may be transmitted some little distance through the air, possibly even outside of the sick room. One attack almost invariably protects against another. All ages are liable to smallpox; it is particularly fatal in young children, and during certain epidemics has proved more so in colored than in white people.

SMALLPOX.—Smallpox is one of the most contagious diseases known. It is extremely rare for anyone exposed to the disease to escape its impact unless they have been vaccinated or have had a previous infection. A person is completely safe from[Pg 207] getting smallpox if they have been recently and successfully vaccinated, thereby eliminating one of the most terrifying and deadly threats humanity has ever faced. The contagium likely comes entirely from the scales and skin particles shed by smallpox patients, and in the years 1905–6, the true germ of the disease was identified by Councilman in Boston. You don’t have to be in direct contact with a patient to catch the disease, as the contagium can spread through the air from a distance, possibly even outside the sick room. One infection usually protects against another. People of all ages can get smallpox, but it is particularly deadly for young children, and during certain outbreaks, it has been more fatal among people of color than among white people.

Development.—A period of ten or twelve days usually elapses after exposure to smallpox before the appearance of the first symptoms of the disease. This period may vary, however, from nine to fifteen days.

Development.—A period of ten to twelve days typically passes after exposure to smallpox before the initial symptoms of the disease show up. This period can, however, range from nine to fifteen days.

Symptoms.—There is a preliminary period of from twenty-four to forty-eight hours after the beginning of the disease before an eruption occurs. The onset is ushered in by a set of symptoms simulating those seen in severe grippe, for which smallpox is often mistaken at this time. The patient is suddenly seized with a chill, severe pains in the head, back, and limbs, loss of appetite and vomiting, dizziness on sitting up, and fever—103° to 105° F. In young children convul[Pg 208]sions often take the place of the chill seen in adults. On the second day a rash often appears on the lower part of the belly, thighs, and armpits, which may resemble that characteristic of measles or scarlet fever, but does not last for over a day or two. It is very evanescent and, consequently, rarely seen. Diarrhea often occurs, as well as vomiting, particularly in children. On the evening of the fourth day the true eruption usually appears; first on the forehead or face, and then on the arms, hands, and legs, palms, and soles. The eruption takes successively four forms: first, red, feeling like hard pimples or like shot; then, on the second or third day of the eruption, these pimples become tipped with little blisters with depressed centers, and surrounded by a red blush. Two or three days later the blisters are filled with "matter" or pus and present a yellowish appearance and are rounded on top. Finally, on about the tenth day of the eruption, the pustules dry up and the matter exudes, forming large, yellowish or brownish crusts, which, after a while, drop off and leave red marks and, in severe cases, pitting. The fever preceding the eruption often disappears upon the appearance of the latter and in mild cases does not reappear, but in severe forms the temperature remains about 100° F., and when the eruption is at its height again mounts to 103° to 105° F., and gradually falls with convalescence. The eruption is most marked on the face, hands, and forearms, and occurs less thickly on the body. It appears also in the mouth and throat and[Pg 209] when fully developed on the face gives rise to pain and considerable swelling and distortion of the features, so that the eyes are closed and the patient becomes frightfully disfigured and well-nigh unrecognizable. Delirium is common at this time, and patients need constant watching to prevent their escape from bed. In the severe forms the separate eruptive points run together so that the face and hands present one distorted mass of soreness, swelling, and crusting. In these, pitting invariably follows, while in those cases where the eruption remains distinct, pitting is not certain to occur. A still worse form is that styled "black smallpox," in which the skin becomes of a dark-purplish hue, from the fact that each pustule is a small blood blister, and bleeding occurs from the nose, mouth, etc. These cases are almost, without exception, fatal in five to six days.

Symptoms.—There’s a preliminary period of twenty-four to forty-eight hours after the disease begins before a rash shows up. It starts with a set of symptoms that mimic those of severe flu, which is why smallpox is often confused with it at this stage. The patient suddenly experiences chills, severe headaches, back and limb pain, loss of appetite, vomiting, dizziness when sitting up, and a fever ranging from 103° to 105° F. In young children, convulsions often replace the chills seen in adults. On the second day, a rash may appear on the lower belly, thighs, and armpits, which can resemble that seen in measles or scarlet fever, but it doesn’t last more than a day or two. It’s very fleeting and, consequently, rarely noticed. Diarrhea and vomiting often occur, especially in children. By the evening of the fourth day, the true rash typically appears, starting on the forehead or face and then spreading to the arms, hands, legs, palms, and soles. The rash progresses through four stages: first, it appears as red bumps that feel like hard pimples or pellets; then, on the second or third day, these bumps develop small blisters with depressed centers surrounded by redness. A few days later, the blisters become filled with pus, taking on a yellowish look and a rounded top. Finally, around the tenth day of the rash, the pustules dry up, and the pus oozes out, forming large yellowish or brownish crusts that eventually fall off, leaving red marks and, in severe cases, pits. The fever before the rash often disappears when the rash appears, and in mild cases, it doesn’t return. However, in severe cases, the temperature stays around 100° F, rising again to 103° to 105° F when the rash is at its peak and gradually falling as the patient recovers. The rash is most noticeable on the face, hands, and forearms, appearing less densely on the body. It also shows up in the mouth and throat and, when fully developed on the face, causes pain and significant swelling, distorting facial features so much that the eyes close, making the patient severely disfigured and almost unrecognizable. Delirium is common at this time, and patients require constant supervision to prevent them from getting out of bed. In severe cases, the individual pimples merge into one gnarled mass of soreness, swelling, and crusting on the face and hands. In these cases, pitting always follows, while if the rash remains distinct, pitting isn’t guaranteed to occur. An even worse form is known as "black smallpox," where the skin takes on a dark purplish hue because each pustule is a small blood blister, leading to bleeding from the nose, mouth, etc. These cases are almost always fatal within five to six days.

The patient may say that the eruption was the first symptom he observed. This was particularly noticed in negroes, many of whom had never been vaccinated. The eruption may exhibit but a dozen or so points, especially about the forehead, wrists, palms, and soles. After the first four days the fever and all the disagreeable symptoms may subside, and the patient may feel absolutely well. The eruption, however, passes through the stages mentioned, although but half the time may be occupied by the changes; five or six days instead of ten to twelve for crusts to form. In such cases the death rate has been exceedingly low, al[Pg 210]though it is perfectly possible for a person to contract the most severe smallpox from one of these mild (and often unrecognized) cases, as has unfortunately happened. Smallpox occurring after successful vaccination resembles, in its characteristics, the cases just described, and unless vaccination had been done many years previously, the results are almost always favorable as regards life and absence of pitting.

The patient might mention that the rash was the first sign he noticed. This was especially seen in Black individuals, many of whom had never been vaccinated. The rash may show only a dozen or so spots, particularly around the forehead, wrists, palms, and soles. After the first four days, the fever and all the unpleasant symptoms may go away, and the patient might feel perfectly fine. However, the rash goes through the stages mentioned, but the changes may take only half the usual time; five or six days instead of ten to twelve for scabs to form. In such cases, the death rate has been very low, although it is entirely possible for someone to catch a severe case of smallpox from one of these mild (and often unrecognized) cases, as has sadly occurred. Smallpox that appears after successful vaccination resembles the cases just described, and unless the vaccination was done many years earlier, the outcomes are almost always favorable in terms of survival and the absence of scarring.[Pg 210]

Detection.—Smallpox is often mistaken for chickenpox, or some of the skin diseases, in its mild forms. The reader is referred to the article on chickenpox for a consideration of this matter. The mild type should be treated just as rigidly as severe cases with regard to isolation and quarantine, being more dangerous to the community because lightly judged and not stimulating to the adoption of necessary precautions. The preliminary fever and other symptoms peculiar to smallpox will generally serve to determine the true nature of the disease, since these do not occur in simple eruptions on the skin. The general symptoms and course of smallpox must guide the layman rather than the appearance of the eruption, which requires educated skill and experience to recognize. Chickenpox in an adult is less common than in children. Smallpox is very rare in one who has suffered from a previous attack of the disease or in one who has been successfully vaccinated within a few years.

Detection.—Smallpox is often confused with chickenpox or some skin diseases when it’s mild. For more information on this, refer to the article on chickenpox. Even mild cases require strict isolation and quarantine, as they can be more dangerous to the community due to being underestimated and not prompting necessary precautions. The initial fever and other symptoms specific to smallpox usually help identify the disease, since these don’t happen with simple skin eruptions. The overall symptoms and progression of smallpox should guide non-medical individuals rather than the appearance of the rash, which needs trained skill and experience to identify. Chickenpox is less common in adults than in children. Smallpox is very rare in those who have had a previous infection or in those who have been successfully vaccinated within the last few years.

Outlook.—The death rate of smallpox in those who have been previously vaccinated at a compara[Pg 211]tively recent date, or in varioloid, as it is called when thus modified by vaccination, is only 1.2 per cent. There are, however, severe cases following vaccinations done many years previous to the attack of smallpox. While these cannot be called varioloid, yet the death rate is much lower than in smallpox occurring in the unvaccinated. Thus, before the mild epidemic of 1894 the death rate in the vaccinated was sixteen per cent; since 1894 it has been only seven per cent; while in the unvaccinated before 1894 it was fifty-eight per cent; and since that date it has been but seventeen per cent, as reported by Welch from the statistics of 5,000 cases in the Philadelphia Municipal Hospital.

Outlook.—The death rate of smallpox in people who have been vaccinated relatively recently, or in cases referred to as varioloid when modified by vaccination, is only 1.2 percent. However, there are severe cases following vaccinations that were done many years before the smallpox outbreak. While these can't be considered varioloid, the death rate is still much lower than in unvaccinated individuals. Before the mild epidemic of 1894, the death rate among vaccinated people was sixteen percent; since 1894 it has dropped to only seven percent. In contrast, the death rate for unvaccinated individuals was fifty-eight percent before 1894 and has decreased to seventeen percent since then, according to Welch's report from the statistics of 5,000 cases at the Philadelphia Municipal Hospital.

Complications.—While a variety of disorders may follow in the course of smallpox, complications are not very frequent in even severe cases. Inflammation of the eyelids is very common, however, and also boils in the later stages. Delirium and convulsions in children are also frequent, as well as diarrhea; but these may almost be regarded as natural accompaniments of the disease. Among the less common complications are: laryngitis, pneumonia, diseases of the heart, insanity, paralysis, various skin eruptions, inflammation of the joints and of the eyes and ears, and baldness.

Complications.—Although various disorders can occur alongside smallpox, complications are relatively rare even in severe cases. However, inflammation of the eyelids is quite common, as are boils in the later stages. Children often experience delirium and convulsions, as well as diarrhea; these can be seen as almost normal features of the illness. Less common complications include laryngitis, pneumonia, heart diseases, mental illness, paralysis, various skin rashes, and inflammation of the joints, eyes, and ears, as well as hair loss.

Treatment.—Prevention is of greatest importance. Vaccination stands alone as the most effective preventive measure in smallpox, and as such has no rival in the whole domain of medicine. The modern method includes the inoculation of a human being with matter[Pg 212] taken from one of the eruptive points on the body of a calf suffering with cowpox. Whether cowpox is a modified form of smallpox or a distinct disease is unknown.

Treatment.—Prevention is the most important aspect. Vaccination is the most effective way to prevent smallpox and has no equal in the entire field of medicine. The modern method involves inoculating a person with material[Pg 212] taken from one of the blisters on a calf with cowpox. It's unclear whether cowpox is just a modified version of smallpox or a separate disease entirely.

The period of protection afforded by a successful vaccination is uncertain, because it varies with different individuals. In a general way immunity for about four or five years is thus secured; ten or twelve years after vaccination the protection is certainly lost and smallpox may be then acquired. Every individual should be vaccinated between the second and third month after birth, and between the ages of ten and twelve, and at other times whenever an epidemic threatens. An unvaccinated person should be vaccinated and revaccinated, until the result is successful, as immunity to vaccination in an unvaccinated person is practically unknown. When unsuccessful, the vaccine matter or the technique is faulty. A person continuously exposed to smallpox should be vaccinated every few weeks—if unsuccessful, no harm or suffering follow; if successful, it proves liability to smallpox. A person previously vaccinated successfully may "take" again at any time after four or five years, and, in event of possible exposure to smallpox, should be revaccinated several times within a few weeks—if the vaccination does not "take"—before the attempt is given up. An unvaccinated person, who has been exposed to smallpox, can often escape the disease if successfully vaccinated within[Pg 213] three days from the date of the exposure, but is not sure to do so.

The duration of protection from a successful vaccination is uncertain because it varies from person to person. Generally, immunity lasts for about four to five years; after ten to twelve years post-vaccination, protection is usually lost, and someone may contract smallpox. Every individual should be vaccinated between two and three months after birth, again between the ages of ten and twelve, and at other times whenever there's a risk of an outbreak. An unvaccinated person should be vaccinated and revaccinated until a successful result is achieved, as immunity from vaccination in someone who hasn't been vaccinated is virtually unknown. If the vaccination fails, it could be due to an issue with the vaccine or the technique used. A person who is frequently exposed to smallpox should be vaccinated every few weeks—if it doesn't take, there's no harm or suffering; if it succeeds, it indicates susceptibility to smallpox. Someone who was successfully vaccinated in the past can be vaccinated again at any time after four to five years, and in case of possible exposure to smallpox, should receive several revaccinations within a few weeks—if the vaccination doesn't take—before giving up. An unvaccinated person who has been exposed to smallpox can often avoid the disease if successfully vaccinated within[Pg 213] three days after the exposure, but there's no guarantee.

Diseases are not introduced with vaccination now that the vaccine matter is taken from calves and not from the human being, as formerly. Most of the trouble and inflammation of the vaccinated part following vaccination may be avoided by cleanliness and proper care in vaccinating.

Diseases aren't caused by vaccination anymore since the vaccine is now made from calves instead of humans, like it used to be. Most of the issues and irritation at the vaccination site can be prevented with cleanliness and proper care during the process.

In the absence of a physician, vaccination may be properly done by any intelligent person when the circumstances demand it. Vaccination is usually performed upon the outside of the arm, a few inches below the shoulder, in the depression situated in that region. If done on the leg, the vaccination is apt to be much more troublesome and may confine the patient to bed. The arm should be thoroughly washed in soap and warm water, from shoulder to elbow, and then in alcohol diluted one-third with water. When this has evaporated (without rubbing), the dry arm is scratched lightly with a cold needle which has previously been held in a flame and its point heated red hot. The point must thereafter not be touched with anything until the skin is scratched with it. The object is not to draw blood, but to remove the outer layer of skin, over an area about one-fourth of an inch square, so that it appears red and moist but not bleeding. This is accomplished by very light scratching in various directions. Another spot, about an inch or two below, may be similarly treated. Then vaccine matter, if[Pg 214] liquid, is squirted on the raw spots, or, if dried on points, the ivory point is dipped in water which has been boiled and cooled, and rubbed thoroughly over the raw places. The arm must remain bare and the vaccination mark untouched until the surface of the raw spot is perfectly dry, which may take half an hour. A piece of sterilized surgical gauze, reaching halfway about the arm and kept in place with strips of adhesive plaster (or an absolutely clean handkerchief bound about the arm, and held by sewing or safety pins), ought to cover the vaccination for three days. After this time the sore must only come in contact with soft and clean old cotton or linen, which may be daily pinned in the sleeve of the under garment. If the scab is knocked off and an open sore results it should be treated like any wound.

In the absence of a doctor, any knowledgeable person can properly administer a vaccination when necessary. Vaccination is typically done on the outer part of the arm, a few inches below the shoulder, in the depression of that area. If it's performed on the leg, it can be much more troublesome and may require the patient to stay in bed. The arm should be thoroughly washed with soap and warm water from shoulder to elbow, then cleaned with alcohol diluted one-third with water. Once it evaporates (without rubbing), the dry arm is lightly scratched with a cold needle that has been heated red-hot in a flame. After that, the point must not touch anything until it scratches the skin. The goal is not to draw blood but to remove the outer layer of skin over an area about one-fourth of an inch square so that it looks red and moist but not bleeding. This is done by very light scratching in different directions. Another area about an inch or two below can be treated in the same way. Then vaccine fluid, if[Pg 214] liquid, is squirted onto the raw spots, or if dried on points, the ivory tip is dipped in boiled and cooled water, then rubbed over the raw areas. The arm should remain uncovered and the vaccination mark should not be touched until the surface of the raw spot is completely dry, which may take half an hour. A piece of sterilized surgical gauze, wrapping halfway around the arm and secured with strips of adhesive plaster (or a very clean handkerchief tied around the arm, held in place with stitches or safety pins), should cover the vaccination for three days. After this period, the sore should only touch soft and clean old cotton or linen, which can be pinned daily inside the sleeve of the undershirt. If the scab comes off and an open sore forms, it should be treated like any other wound.

If the vaccination "takes," it passes through several stages. On the third day following vaccination a red pimple forms at the point of introduction of the matter, which is surrounded by a circle of redness. Some little fever may occur. On the fifth day a blister or pimple containing clear fluid with a depressed center is seen, and a certain amount of hard swelling, itchiness, and pain is present about the vaccination. A sore lump (gland) is often felt under the arm. The full development is reached by the eighth day, when the pimple is full and rounded and contains "matter," and is surrounded by a large area of redness. From the eleventh day the vaccination sore[Pg 215] dries, and a brown scab forms over it about the end of the fourteenth day, and the redness and swelling gradually depart. At the end of about three weeks the scab drops off, leaving a pitted scar or mark. Not infrequently the vaccination results in a very slight pimple and redness, which passes through the various stages described, in a week or ten days, in which case the vaccination should be repeated. Unless the vaccination follows very closely the course described, it cannot be regarded as successful, although after the first one or two vaccinations the result is often not so severe, and the time of completion of the various stages somewhat shortened.

If the vaccination is successful, it goes through several stages. On the third day after vaccination, a red bump appears where the vaccine was injected, surrounded by a circle of redness. There might be a slight fever. By the fifth day, a blister or bump filled with clear fluid and a depressed center is visible, along with some hard swelling, itching, and pain around the vaccination site. A sore lump (gland) can often be felt under the arm. The full development occurs by the eighth day when the bump is swollen and rounded, filled with matter, and surrounded by a large area of redness. Starting on the eleventh day, the vaccination sore[Pg 215] begins to dry up, and a brown scab forms around the fourteenth day, with the redness and swelling gradually subsiding. After about three weeks, the scab falls off, leaving a pitted scar or mark. Often, the vaccination only leads to a very slight bump and redness, which goes through the stages described within a week or ten days; in this case, the vaccination should be repeated. If the vaccination does not follow the expected progression, it can't be considered successful, although after the first couple of vaccinations, the results are often less severe, and the timeline for the various stages is somewhat quicker.

Rarely an eruption, resembling that at the vaccination site, appears on the vaccinated limb and even becomes general upon the body, due to urticaria or to inoculation, through scratching.

Rarely does a rash, similar to that at the vaccination site, appear on the vaccinated limb and sometimes spread across the body, due to hives or from inoculation, because of scratching.

The special treatment of an attack of smallpox is largely a matter of careful nursing. A physician or nurse can scarcely lay claim to any great degree of heroism in caring for smallpox patients, as there is no danger of contracting the disease providing a successful vaccination has been recently performed upon them. The patient should be quarantined in an isolated building, and all unnecessary articles should be removed from the sick room, in the way of carpets and other furnishings. It is well that the room be darkened to save irritation of the eyes. The diet should be liquid: milk, broths, and gruels. Lauda[Pg 216]num, fifteen drops, or paregoric, one tablespoonful in water, may be given to adults, once in three hours, to relieve pain during the first few days. Sponging throughout the course of the disease is essential; first, with cool water, as directed for scarlet fever, with the use of cold on the head to relieve the itching, fever, and delirium. The cold pack is still more efficient. To give this, the patient is wrapped in a sheet wrung out in water at a temperature between 68° and 75° F. The sheet surrounds the naked body from feet to neck, and is tucked between the legs and between the body and arms; the whole is then covered with a dry blanket, and a cold, wet cloth or ice cap is placed upon the head. The patient may be permitted to remain in the pack for an hour, when it may be renewed, if necessary, to allay fever and restlessness; otherwise it may be discontinued. The cold sponging or cold pack are indicated when the temperature is over 102.5° F., and when with fever there are restlessness and delirium. Great cleanliness is important throughout the disease; the bedclothes should be changed daily and the patient sponged two or three times daily with warm water, unless fever is high. Cloths wet with cold carbolic-acid solution (one-half teaspoonful to the pint of hot water) should be kept continuously on the face and hands. Holes are cut in the face mask for the eyes, nose, and mouth, and the whole covered with a similar piece of oil silk to keep in the moisture. Such applications give much[Pg 217] relief, and to some extent prevent pitting. The hair must be cut short, and crusts on the scalp treated with frequent sponging and applications of carbolized vaseline, to soften them and hasten their falling. The boric-acid solution should be dropped into the eyes as recommended for measles, and the throat sprayed every few hours with Dobell's solution. Diarrhea in adults may be checked with teaspoonful doses of paregoric given hourly in water. Vaseline and cloths used on a patient must not be employed on another, as boils are thus readily propagated. All clothing, dishes, etc., coming in contact with a patient must be boiled, or soaked in a two-per cent carbolic-acid solution for twenty-four hours, or burned. When the patient is entirely free from scabs, after bathing and putting on disinfected or new clothes outside of the sick room, he is fit to reënter the world.

The specific treatment for smallpox mostly comes down to careful nursing. A doctor or nurse doesn’t really earn any kind of heroism for taking care of smallpox patients since there's no risk of catching the disease if they’ve recently been vaccinated. The patient should be kept in isolation, away from others, and unnecessary items like carpets and decorations should be removed from the sick room. It’s a good idea to darken the room to reduce eye irritation. The patient’s diet should be liquid, consisting of milk, broths, and gruels. Adults may be given fifteen drops of laudanum or one tablespoon of paregoric mixed with water every three hours during the first few days to help with pain. Sponging is crucial throughout the illness; start with cool water, similar to the method for scarlet fever, applying cold to the head to ease itching, fever, and delirium. A cold pack is even more effective. For this, wrap the patient in a sheet soaked in water that’s between 68° and 75° F. The sheet should cover the body from feet to neck, tucking between the legs and under the arms, and then cover everything with a dry blanket while placing a cold, wet cloth or ice cap on the head. The patient can stay in the pack for an hour, and it can be changed if needed to relieve fever and restlessness; otherwise, it can be stopped. Use cold sponging or cold packs when the temperature exceeds 102.5° F., especially if there’s restlessness and delirium. Maintaining cleanliness is crucial throughout the illness; bedding should be changed daily, and the patient sponged two or three times a day with warm water unless the fever is very high. Cloths wet with a cold carbolic-acid solution (half a teaspoon to a pint of hot water) should be placed continuously on the face and hands. Cutouts should be made in a face mask for the eyes, nose, and mouth, which can be covered with a similar piece of oil silk to keep the moisture in. These applications provide significant relief and help prevent scarring. The hair should be cut short, and any crusts on the scalp should be treated with frequent sponging and carbolized vaseline to soften them and speed up their removal. A boric-acid solution should be used in the eyes as directed for measles, and the throat should be sprayed every few hours with Dobell's solution. For diarrhea in adults, teaspoon doses of paregoric given hourly in water can help. Vaseline and cloths used on a patient shouldn't be used on anyone else, as this can easily spread infections. Any clothing, dishes, etc., that come into contact with the patient must be boiled, soaked in a two-percent carbolic-acid solution for twenty-four hours, or burned. When the patient is completely free of scabs, after bathing and putting on disinfected or new clothes outside of the sick room, they can safely rejoin the outside world.

CHICKENPOX.—Chickenpox is a contagious disease, chiefly attacking children. While it resembles smallpox in some respects, at times simulating the latter so closely as to puzzle physicians, it is a distinct disease and is in no way related to smallpox. This is shown by the fact that chickenpox sometimes attacks a patient suffering with, or recovering from, smallpox. Neither do vaccination nor a previous attack of smallpox protect an individual from chickenpox. Chickenpox is not common in adults, and its apparent presence in a grown person should awaken the liveliest suspicion lest the case be one of smallpox,[Pg 218] since this mistake has been frequently made, and with disastrous results, during an epidemic of mild smallpox. One attack of chickenpox usually protects against another, but two or three attacks in the same individual are not unknown. The disease may be transmitted from the patient to another person from the time of the first symptom until the disappearance of the eruption. The disease ordinarily occurs in epidemics, but occasionally in isolated cases.

CHICKENPOX.—Chickenpox is a contagious disease that mainly affects children. While it shares some similarities with smallpox, sometimes mimicking it so closely that it confuses doctors, it is a completely separate illness and has no connection to smallpox. This is evident because chickenpox can sometimes occur in a patient who is suffering from or recovering from smallpox. Neither vaccination nor a previous smallpox infection provides protection against chickenpox. Chickenpox is not common in adults, and if a grown person shows signs of it, there should be strong suspicion that it might actually be smallpox,[Pg 218] as this has often been mistaken in the past, leading to serious consequences during outbreaks of mild smallpox. Usually, one case of chickenpox offers immunity against future infections, but it's not unheard of for someone to experience two or three attacks. The disease can spread from an infected person to others from the onset of the first symptoms until the rash completely disappears. Chickenpox typically spreads in epidemics, but it can also appear in isolated cases.

Development.—A period of two weeks commonly elapses after exposure to the disease before the appearance of the first symptom of chickenpox, but this period may vary from thirteen to twenty-one days.

Development.—A period of two weeks typically passes after exposure to the disease before the first symptom of chickenpox appears, but this period can range from thirteen to twenty-one days.

Symptoms.—The characteristic eruption is often the first warning of chickenpox, but in some cases there may be a preliminary period of discomfort, lasting for a few hours, before the appearance of the rash; particularly in adults, in whom the premonitory symptoms may be quite severe. Thus, there may be chilliness, nausea, and even vomiting, rarely convulsions in infants, pain in the head and limbs, and slight fever (99° to 102° F.) at this time. The eruption shows first on the body, in most cases, especially the back. It consists of small red pimples, which rapidly develop into pearly looking blisters about as large as a pea to that of the finger nail, and are sometimes surrounded by a red blush on the skin. These blisters vary in number, from a dozen or so to two hundred. They do not run together, and in three to four days dry up, be[Pg 219]come shriveled and puckered, and covered with a dark-brown or blackish crust, and drop off, leaving only temporary red spots in most cases. The fever usually continues during the eruption. During the first few days successive fresh crops of fresh pimples and blisters appear, so that while the first crop is drying the next may be in full development. This forms one of its distinguishing features when chickenpox is compared with smallpox. In chickenpox the eruption is seen on the unexposed skin chiefly, but may occur on the scalp and forehead, and even on the palms, soles, forearms, and face. In many cases the eruption is found in the mouth, on its roof, and the inside of the cheeks. The blisters rarely contain "matter" or pus, as in smallpox, unless they are scratched. Scratching may lead to the formation of ugly scars and should be prevented, especially when the eruption is on the face. Pitting rarely occurs.

Symptoms.—The characteristic rash is often the first sign of chickenpox, but sometimes there may be a brief period of discomfort lasting a few hours before the rash shows up; this is especially true for adults, where the early symptoms can be quite severe. Symptoms may include chills, nausea, and even vomiting, and rarely convulsions in infants, along with headaches, body aches, and a mild fever (99° to 102° F.) during this time. The rash usually starts on the body, particularly on the back. It appears as small red bumps that quickly turn into pearly blisters about the size of a pea or a fingernail, sometimes surrounded by a red area on the skin. The number of blisters can range from about a dozen to two hundred. They do not merge, and within three to four days, they dry up, shrink, and become covered with a dark brown or black crust, eventually falling off and leaving temporary red spots in most cases. The fever typically continues while the rash is present. In the first few days, new crops of bumps and blisters appear, so while the first set is drying up, the next is developing. This is one of the key differences between chickenpox and smallpox. In chickenpox, the rash primarily appears on areas of the skin that haven't been exposed, but it can also show up on the scalp, forehead, palms, soles, forearms, and face. In many cases, the rash can be found in the mouth, on the roof of the mouth, and inside the cheeks. The blisters seldom contain pus like in smallpox unless they are scratched. Scratching can lead to ugly scars and should be avoided, especially if the rash is on the face. Pitting rarely happens.

Determination.—The discrimination between chickenpox and smallpox is sometimes extremely puzzling and demands the skill of an experienced physician. When one is unavailable, the following points may serve to distinguish the two disorders: smallpox usually begins like a severe attack of grippe, with pain in the back and head, general pains and nausea or vomiting, with high fever (103° to 104° F.) These last two or three days, and may completely subside when the rash appears. In chickenpox preliminary discomfort is absent, or lasts but a few hours before[Pg 220] the eruption. The eruption of smallpox usually occurs first on the forehead, near the hair, or on the palms of the hands, soles of the feet, the arms and legs, but is usually sparse on the body. The eruption appears about the same time in smallpox and not in successive crops, as in chickenpox. Chickenpox is more commonly a disease of childhood; smallpox attacks all ages. The crusts in chickenpox are thin, and appear in four or five days, while those of smallpox are large and yellow, and occur after ten or twelve days.

Determination.—Differentiating between chickenpox and smallpox can be quite challenging and requires the expertise of a skilled physician. When one is not available, the following points may help to distinguish the two illnesses: smallpox typically starts like a severe case of flu, with back and head pain, general aches, and nausea or vomiting, accompanied by a high fever (103° to 104° F.). These symptoms last for two to three days and may completely go away when the rash appears. In chickenpox, initial discomfort is either absent or lasts only a few hours before[Pg 220] the eruption starts. The rash in smallpox usually first appears on the forehead, near the hairline, or on the palms, soles, arms, and legs, but is generally sparse on the torso. The rash develops at the same time in smallpox and does not appear in successive waves, as it does in chickenpox. Chickenpox is more commonly seen in children, while smallpox can affect people of all ages. The scabs in chickenpox are thin and form within four or five days, whereas those in smallpox are large and yellow, appearing after ten to twelve days.

Outlook.—Chickenpox almost invariably results in a rapid and speedy recovery without complications or sequels. The young patients often feel well throughout the attack, which lasts from eight to twelve days.

Outlook.—Chickenpox almost always leads to a quick and smooth recovery without complications or lasting effects. Young patients typically feel fine during the illness, which lasts from eight to twelve days.

Treatment.—Children should be kept in bed during the eruptive stage until the blisters have dried. To prevent scratching, the calamine lotion may be used (Vol. II, p. 145), or carbolized vaseline, or bathing with a solution of baking soda, one teaspoonful to the pint of tepid water. The diet should be that recommended for German measles. Patients should be kept in the house and isolated until all signs of the eruption are passed, and then receive a good bath and fresh clothing before mingling with others. The sick room should be thoroughly cleaned and aired; thorough chemical disinfection is not essential.

Treatment.—Children should stay in bed during the eruptive stage until the blisters have dried. To prevent scratching, calamine lotion can be used (Vol. II, p. 145), or carbolized vaseline, or they can bathe in a solution of baking soda, using one teaspoon to a pint of lukewarm water. The diet should follow the recommendations for German measles. Patients need to remain indoors and isolate themselves until all signs of the eruption have disappeared, and then they should take a good bath and wear clean clothes before interacting with others. The sick room should be thoroughly cleaned and aired out; extensive chemical disinfection is not necessary.

The services of a physician are always desirable in order that it may be positively determined that the disease is not a mild form of smallpox.

The services of a doctor are always important to confirm that the illness isn't a mild case of smallpox.

CHAPTER II

Infectious Diseases

Infectious Diseases

Typhoid Fever—How it is Contracted—Complications and Sequels—Rest, Diet, and Bathing the Requisites—Mumps—Whooping Cough—Erysipelas.

Typhoid Fever—How it is Contracted—Complications and Aftereffects—Rest, Diet, and Bathing as Essentials—Mumps—Whooping Cough—Erysipelas.

TYPHOID FEVER (ENTERIC FEVER).—Through ignorance which prevailed before the discovery of the germ of typhoid fever and exact methods for determining the presence of the same, the term was loosely applied and is to this day. Thus mild forms of typhoid are called gastric fever, slow fever, malarial fever, nervous fever, etc., all true typhoid in most cases; while typhoid fever, common to certain localities and differing in some respects from the typical form, is often named after the locality in which it occurs, as the "mountain fever" common to the elevated regions of the western United States. This want of information is apt to prevail in regions remote from medical centers, and leads to neglect of the necessary strict measures for the protection of neighboring communities, for the excretion of one typhoid patient has led to thousands of cases and hundreds of deaths.

TYPHOID FEVER (ENTERIC FEVER).—Due to a lack of understanding before the discovery of the typhoid germ and accurate methods for detecting it, the term was used loosely and continues to be today. Mild forms of typhoid are referred to as gastric fever, slow fever, malarial fever, nervous fever, etc., which are often actually true typhoid cases; meanwhile, typhoid fever that is common in certain areas and differs in some ways from the typical form is frequently named after the location where it occurs, like the "mountain fever" prevalent in elevated regions of the western United States. This lack of knowledge often exists in areas far from medical centers, leading to negligence regarding necessary precautions to protect nearby communities, as the waste from one typhoid patient can result in thousands of cases and hundreds of deaths.

Typhoid fever is a communicable disease caused by a germ which attacks the intestines chiefly, but also invades the blood, and at times all the other parts of[Pg 222] the body, and is characterized by continued fever, an eruption, tenderness and distention of the bowels, and generally diarrhea. It is common to all parts of the earth in the temperate zones, and occurs more frequently from July to December in the north temperate zone, from February to July in the south temperate zone. It is most prevalent in the late summer and autumn months and after a hot, dry summer. Individuals between the ages of fifteen and thirty are more prone to typhoid fever, but no age is exempt. The sexes are almost equally liable to the disease, although it is said that for every four female cases there are five male cases. The robust succumb as readily as the weak.

Typhoid fever is a contagious disease caused by a germ that primarily affects the intestines but can also invade the blood and, at times, other parts of[Pg 222] the body. It is characterized by a persistent fever, a rash, tenderness and swelling of the abdomen, and usually diarrhea. This disease can be found in all temperate regions of the world, and it tends to occur more often from July to December in the northern temperate zone, and from February to July in the southern temperate zone. It is most common in the late summer and fall months, especially after a hot, dry summer. People aged fifteen to thirty are more susceptible to typhoid fever, but no age group is immune. Both men and women are nearly equally affected, although it is reported that for every four cases in females, there are five in males. Strong individuals are just as likely to succumb as weaker ones.

Cause and Modes of Communication.—While the typhoid germ is always the immediate cause, yet it is brought in contact with the body in various ways. Contamination of water supply through bad drainage is the principal source of epidemics of typhoid. Before carefully protected public water supplies were in vogue in Massachusetts, there were ninety-two deaths from typhoid fever in 100,000 inhabitants, while thirty-five years after town water supplies became the rule, there were only nineteen deaths for the same population. Whenever typhoid is prevalent, the water used for drinking and all other household purposes should be boiled, and uncooked food should be avoided. Flies are carriers of typhoid germs by lighting on the nose, the mouth, and the discharges of typhoid patients, and then conveying the germs to food, green vege[Pg 223]tables, and milk. Cooking the food, preventing contact of flies with the patients, and keeping flies out of human habitations becomes imperative. Milk is a source of contagion through contaminated water used to wash cans, or to adulterate it, or through handling of it by patients or those who have come in contact with patients. Oysters growing in the mouths of rivers and near the outlets of drains and sewers are carriers of typhoid germs, and, if eaten raw, sometimes communicate typhoid fever. Dust is an occasional medium of communication of the germ. It is probable, however, that the germ always enters the body by being swallowed with food or drink, and does not enter through the lungs. There is little doubt on this point. Ice may harbor the germ for many months, for freezing does not kill it, and epidemics have been traced to this source. Clothing, wood, utensils, door handles, etc., which have been contaminated by contact with discharges from patients, may also prove mediums of communication of the typhoid germ to healthy individuals. Typhoid germs escape from patients sick with the disease chiefly in the bowel discharges and urine, sometimes in the sweat, saliva, and vomited matter.

Causes and Ways of Communication.—While the typhoid germ is always the immediate cause, it makes contact with the body in various ways. Contamination of the water supply through poor drainage is the main source of typhoid epidemics. Before well-protected public water supplies were established in Massachusetts, there were ninety-two deaths from typhoid fever for every 100,000 residents. However, thirty-five years after town water supplies became standard, that number dropped to only nineteen deaths for the same population. Whenever typhoid is common, the water used for drinking and all other household purposes should be boiled, and uncooked food should be avoided. Flies can carry typhoid germs by landing on the nose, mouth, and waste of typhoid patients, then transferring the germs to food, fresh vegetables, and milk. Cooking food, preventing flies from contacting patients, and keeping flies out of homes is essential. Milk can be a source of infection if it's washed with contaminated water, adulterated, or handled by patients or those in contact with them. Oysters found in river mouths and near drain and sewer outlets can carry typhoid germs and may transmit the disease if eaten raw. Dust can occasionally spread the germ, but it’s likely that the germ primarily enters the body through being swallowed with food or drink and not through the lungs. There's little doubt about this. Ice can harbor the germ for many months because freezing doesn’t kill it, and outbreaks have been traced back to this source. Clothing, wood, utensils, door handles, etc., that have been contaminated by contact with discharges from patients can also spread the typhoid germ to healthy individuals. Typhoid germs primarily escape from patients through bowel discharges and urine, but they can also be found in sweat, saliva, and vomit.

Sewer gas and emanations from sewage and filth will not communicate typhoid fever directly, but the latter afford nutriment for the growth of the germ, and after becoming infected, may eventually come in contact with drinking water or food, and so prove dan[Pg 224]gerous. Improper care of discharges of excrement and urine—with the assistance of flies—are responsible for the enormous typhoid epidemics in military camps, so that in the late Spanish-American War one-fifth of all our soldiers in camp contracted the disease. In the upper layers of the soil typhoid germs may live for six months through frosts and thaws. The disease is preventable, and will probably be stamped out in time. In some of the most thickly populated cities in the world, as in Vienna, its occurrence is most infrequent, owing to intelligent sanitary control and pure water supply, while in the most salubrious country districts its inroads are the most serious and fatal through ignorance and carelessness.

Sewer gas and emissions from sewage and waste won't directly spread typhoid fever, but they create a breeding ground for the germ. After becoming infected, it can eventually contaminate drinking water or food, making it dangerous. Poor management of waste from excrement and urine—helped along by flies—has led to massive typhoid outbreaks in military camps. During the late Spanish-American War, about one-fifth of all soldiers in camp caught the disease. Typhoid germs can survive in the upper layers of soil for six months, even through freezing and thawing. The disease is preventable and will likely be eradicated in time. In some of the world's most crowded cities, like Vienna, cases are rare due to effective sanitation and clean water supply. In contrast, the healthiest rural areas often experience severe outbreaks due to ignorance and negligence.

Development.—From eight to twenty-three days elapse from the time of entrance of typhoid germs into the body before the patient is taken sick. One attack usually protects one against another, but two or three attacks are not unheard of in the same person.

Development.—It takes between eight to twenty-three days after typhoid germs enter the body for the patient to become ill. Typically, one infection provides immunity against future ones, but it's not uncommon for a person to experience two or three infections.

Symptoms.—Typhoid fever is subject to infinite variations, and it will here be possible only to outline what may be called a typical case. In a work of this kind the preliminary symptoms are of most importance in warning one of the probability of an attack, so that the prospective patient can govern himself accordingly, as in no other disease is rest in bed of more value. Patients who persist in walking about with typhoid fever for the first week or so are most likely to die of the disease.

Symptoms.—Typhoid fever can vary greatly, and here we will only be able to outline what could be considered a typical case. In a work like this, the early symptoms are crucial in alerting someone to the possibility of getting sick, so that the person can take appropriate actions, as rest in bed is more important in this condition than in any other. Patients who continue to move around during the first week with typhoid fever are much more likely to die from the illness.

[Pg 225]The average duration of the disease is about one month. During the first week the onset is gradual, the temperature mounting a little higher each day—as 99.5° F. the first evening, 101° the second, 102° the fourth, 104° the fifth, 105° the sixth, and 105.5° the seventh. In the morning of each day the temperature is usually about a degree or more lower than that of the previous night. From the end of the first week to the beginning of the third the temperature remains at its highest point, being about the same each evening and falling one or two degrees in the morning. During the third week the temperature gradually falls, the highest point each evening being a degree or so lower than the previous day, while in the fourth week the temperature may be below normal in the morning and a degree or so above normal at night. So much for this symptom. After the entrance of typhoid germs into the bowels and before the recognized onset of the disease, there may be lassitude and disinclination for exertion. The disease begins with headache, backache, loss of appetite, sometimes a chill in adults or a convulsion in children, soreness in the muscles, pains in the belly, nosebleed, occasional vomiting, diarrhea, coated tongue, often some cough, flushed face, pulse 100, gradually increasing as described.

[Pg 225]The average length of the illness is about a month. In the first week, the symptoms start slowly, with the fever rising slightly each day—99.5°F the first evening, 101°F the second, 102°F the fourth, 104°F the fifth, 105°F the sixth, and 105.5°F the seventh. Each morning, the temperature is usually about a degree or more lower than the night before. From the end of the first week to the start of the third, the temperature stays at its highest level, remaining similar each evening and dropping one or two degrees each morning. During the third week, the fever gradually decreases, with each evening's high being about a degree lower than the previous day. In the fourth week, the temperature may be below normal in the morning and a degree or so above normal at night. That's the overview of this symptom. After the typhoid germs enter the intestines and before the disease officially starts, there might be feelings of fatigue and a lack of interest in physical activities. The illness starts with a headache, backache, loss of appetite, sometimes chills in adults or seizures in children, muscle soreness, belly pain, nosebleeds, occasional vomiting, diarrhea, a coated tongue, often a cough, a flushed face, and a pulse of 100, gradually increasing as described.

These symptoms are, to a considerable extent, characteristic of the beginning of many acute diseases, but the gradual onset with constant fever, nosebleed, and looseness of the bowels are the most sugges[Pg 226]tive features. Then, if at the end of the first week or ten days pink-red spots, about as large as a pin head, appear on the chest and belly to the number of two or three to a dozen, of very numerously, and disappear on pressure (only to return immediately), the existence of typhoid fever is pretty certain. Headache is now intense. These rose spots—as they are called—often appear in crops during the second and third weeks, lasting for a few days, then departing.

These symptoms are largely typical of the onset of many acute diseases, but the gradual development with a steady fever, nosebleeds, and diarrhea are the most telling signs. By the end of the first week or ten days, if pink-red spots around the size of a pinhead pop up on the chest and abdomen, ranging from two or three to a dozen, and disappear when pressed (only to come back right away), the presence of typhoid fever is quite likely. The headache at this point is severe. These rose spots, as they are known, often appear in clusters during the second and third weeks, lasting for a few days before fading away.

During the second week there is often delirium and wandering at night; the headache goes, but the patient is stupid and has a dusky, flushed face. The tongue becomes brownish in color, and its coat is cracked, and the teeth are covered with a brownish matter. The skin is generally red and the belly distended and tender. Diarrhea is often present with three to ten discharges daily of a light-yellow, pea-soup nature, with a very offensive odor. Constipation throughout the disease is, however, not uncommon in the more serious cases. The pulse ranges from 80 to 120 a minute.

During the second week, patients often experience confusion and restlessness at night; the headache goes away, but they seem slow and have a dark, flushed face. The tongue turns brownish, with cracks appearing on its surface, and the teeth accumulate a brownish substance. The skin is usually red, and the abdomen is swollen and tender. Diarrhea is common, with three to ten episodes a day of light-yellow, pea-soup-like stools that have a very unpleasant smell. However, constipation can also occur throughout the illness, especially in more serious cases. The pulse rate varies from 80 to 120 beats per minute.

During the third week, in cases of moderate severity, the general condition begins to improve with lowering of the temperature, clearing of the tongue, and less frequent bowel movements. But in severe cases the patient becomes weaker, with rapid, feeble pulse, ranging from 120 to 140; stupor and muttering delirium; twitching of the wrists and picking at the bedclothes, with general trembling of the muscles in mov[Pg 227]ing; slow, hesitating speech, and emaciation; while the urine and fæces may be passed unconsciously in bed. Occasionally the patient with delirium may require watching to prevent him from getting out of bed and injuring himself. He may appear insane.

During the third week, in cases of moderate severity, the patient's overall condition starts to improve, with a decrease in temperature, a clearer tongue, and less frequent bowel movements. However, in severe cases, the patient becomes weaker, with a rapid, weak pulse between 120 to 140; there may be stupor and delirium, twitching of the wrists and fidgeting with the bedclothes, along with general muscle trembling; speech may be slow and hesitant, and the patient may become emaciated. Moreover, they might pass urine and feces unconsciously in bed. Occasionally, a patient in delirium may need supervision to prevent them from getting out of bed and hurting themselves. They may seem insane.

During the fourth week, in favorable cases, the temperature falls to normal in the morning, the pulse is reduced to 80 or 100, the diarrhea ceases, and natural sleep returns.

During the fourth week, in good cases, the temperature drops to normal in the morning, the pulse decreases to 80 or 100, the diarrhea stops, and normal sleep returns.

Among the many and frequent variations from the type described, there may be a fever prolonged for five or six weeks, with a good recovery. Chills are not uncommon during the disease, sometimes owing to complications. Relapse, or a return of the fever and other symptoms all over again, occurs in about ten per cent of the cases. This may happen more than once, and as many as five relapses have been recorded in one patient. A slight return of the fever for a day or two is often seen, owing to error in diet, excitement, or other imprudence after apparent recovery. Death may occur at any time from the first week, owing to complications or the action of the poison of the disease. Pneumonia, perforation of and bleeding from the bowels are the most frequent dangerous complications. Unfavorable symptoms are continued high fever (105° to 106° F.), marked delirium, and trembling of the muscles in early stages, and bleeding from the bowels; also intense and sudden pain with vomiting, indicating perforation of the intestines. The result is more apt to prove un[Pg 228]favorable in very fat patients, and especially so in persons who have walked about until the fever has become pronounced. Bleeding from the bowels occurs in four to six per cent of all cases and is responsible for fifteen per cent of the deaths; perforation of the bowels happens in one to two per cent of all cases and occasions ten per cent of the deaths.

Among the many variations from the described type, a fever may last for five or six weeks, with a good recovery. Chills can occur during the illness, sometimes due to complications. Relapse, or the return of the fever and other symptoms, happens in about ten percent of the cases. This can happen multiple times, with as many as five relapses reported in one patient. A slight return of fever for a day or two is often seen, typically due to dietary mistakes, excitement, or other carelessness after apparent recovery. Death can occur at any time from the first week, due to complications or the effects of the disease's poison. Pneumonia, bowel perforation, and bowel bleeding are the most frequent dangerous complications. Unfavorable signs include persistent high fever (105° to 106° F.), significant delirium, and muscle tremors in the early stages, along with bowel bleeding; also, intense and sudden pain with vomiting, indicating intestinal perforation. The outcome is more likely to be unfavorable in very overweight patients, especially in those who have been active until the fever became noticeable. Bowel bleeding occurs in four to six percent of all cases and accounts for fifteen percent of deaths; bowel perforation occurs in one to two percent of all cases and causes ten percent of the deaths.

Detection.—It is impossible for the layman to determine the existence of typhoid fever in any given patient absolutely, but when the symptoms follow the general course indicated above, a probability becomes established. Unusual types are among the most difficult and puzzling cases which a physician has to diagnose, and he can rarely be absolutely sure of the nature of any case before the end of the first week or ten days, when examination of the blood offers an exact method of determining the presence of typhoid fever. Typhoid fever—especially where there are chills—is often thought to be malaria, when occurring in malarial regions, and may be improperly called "typhoid malaria." There is no such disease. Rarely typhoid fever and malaria coexist in the same person, and while this was not uncommon in the soldiers returning from Cuba and Porto Rico, it is an extremely unusual occurrence in the United States. Examination of the blood will determine the presence or absence of both of these diseases.

Detection.—It's impossible for a non-professional to definitively determine the presence of typhoid fever in a patient, but when the symptoms follow the general pattern described above, the likelihood increases. Uncommon types are among the most challenging and confusing cases for a doctor to diagnose, and they can rarely be completely sure about the nature of a case until the end of the first week or ten days, when a blood test provides a reliable way to confirm if typhoid fever is present. Typhoid fever—especially when there are chills—is often mistaken for malaria in areas where malaria is common, and it may be incorrectly referred to as "typhoid malaria." There is no such illness. It is rare for both typhoid fever and malaria to occur in the same person, and while this was not uncommon among soldiers returning from Cuba and Puerto Rico, it is a very unusual situation in the United States. A blood test will determine whether either of these diseases is present.

Complications and Sequels.—These are very numerous. Among the former are diarrhea, delirium,[Pg 229] mental and nervous diseases, bronchitis, pleurisy, pneumonia, ear abscess, perforation of and hemorrhage from the bowels, inflammation of the gall bladder, disease of heart, kidney, and bladder, and many rarer conditions, depending upon the organ which the germ invades. Among sequels are boils, baldness, bone disease, painful spine, and, less commonly, insanity and consumption. While convalescence requires weeks and months, the patient often gains greatly in flesh and feels made over anew, as in fact he has been to a great extent, through the destruction and repair of his organs.

Complications and Sequelae.—There are many of these. Among the complications are diarrhea, delirium,[Pg 229] mental and nervous disorders, bronchitis, pleurisy, pneumonia, ear infections, bowel perforation and bleeding, inflammation of the gallbladder, heart disease, kidney issues, bladder problems, and many rarer conditions, depending on which organ the germ attacks. Among the sequelae are boils, hair loss, bone disease, back pain, and, less frequently, insanity and tuberculosis. While recovery can take weeks or months, the patient often gains considerable weight and feels rejuvenated, as he has to a large extent, through the damage and healing of his organs.

Outlook.—The death rate varies greatly in different epidemics and under different conditions. During the Spanish-American War in the enormous number of cases—over 20,000—the death rate was only about seven per cent, which represents that in the best hospitals of this country and in private practice. Osler states that the mortality ranges from five to twelve per cent in private practice, and from seven to twenty per cent in hospital practice, because hospital cases are usually advanced before admission. The chances of recovery are much greater in patients under fifteen years, and are also more favorable between the twenty-second and fortieth years.

Outlook.—The death rate varies significantly across different epidemics and under various conditions. During the Spanish-American War, with over 20,000 cases, the death rate was only about seven percent, which is comparable to the best hospitals in this country and in private practice. Osler notes that mortality rates range from five to twelve percent in private practice, and from seven to twenty percent in hospital practice, as hospital cases are usually more advanced by the time they are admitted. The chances of recovery are much higher for patients under fifteen years old and are also more favorable for those between the ages of twenty-two and forty.

Treatment.—There is perhaps no disease in which the services of a physician are more desirable or useful than in typhoid fever, on account of its prolonged course and the number of complications and incidents[Pg 230] which may occur during its existence. It is the duty of the physician to report cases of typhoid to the health authorities, and thus act as a guardian of the public health. If, however, in any circumstances one should have the misfortune to have the care of a typhoid patient remote from medical aid, it is a consolation to know that the outlook is not greatly altered by medicine or special treatment of any sort. There have been epidemics in remote parts of this country where numbers of persons have suffered with typhoid without any professional care, and yet with surprisingly good results. Thus, in an epidemic occurring in a small community in Canada, twenty-four persons sickened with typhoid and received no medical care or treatment whatever, and yet there was but one death. The essentials of treatment are comprised in Rest, Diet, and Bathing. Rest to the extent of absolute quiet in the horizontal position, at the first suspicion of typhoid, is requisite in order to avoid the dangers of bleeding and perforation of the bowels resulting from ulceration of structures weakened by the disease. The patient should be assisted to turn in bed, must make no effort to rise during the sickness, and should pass urine and bowel discharges into a bedpan or urinal under cover. In case of bleeding from the bowels, the bedpan should not be used, but the discharges may be received for a time in cloths, without stirring the patient.

Treatment.—There’s probably no illness where the care of a doctor is more essential or beneficial than in typhoid fever, due to its long duration and the many complications and issues[Pg 230] that can arise during the illness. It’s the doctor’s responsibility to report cases of typhoid to health authorities, acting as a protector of public health. However, if someone finds themselves caring for a typhoid patient far from medical assistance, it’s reassuring to know that the outcome isn’t significantly changed by medication or specific treatments. There have been outbreaks in isolated areas of this country where many people suffered from typhoid without any professional care, yet the results were surprisingly good. For example, during an outbreak in a small community in Canada, twenty-four people got sick with typhoid and didn’t receive any medical attention, but there was only one death. The key aspects of treatment are Rest, Diet, and Bathing. Absolute rest in a horizontal position is crucial at the first sign of typhoid to prevent the risks of bleeding and perforation of the intestines due to ulceration of weakened tissue. The patient should be helped to turn in bed, must not attempt to get up during the illness, and should use a bedpan or urinal to manage urine and bowel movements privately. If there’s bleeding from the bowels, the bedpan should not be used; instead, movements can be collected in cloths without disturbing the patient.

Diet.—This should consist chiefly of liquids until[Pg 231] a week after the fever's complete disappearance. A cup of liquid should be given every two hours except during a portion of the sleeping hours. Milk, diluted with an equal amount of water, forms the chief food in most cases unless it disagrees, is refused, or is unobtainable.

Diet.—This should mainly consist of liquids until[Pg 231] a week after the fever has completely gone. A cup of liquid should be given every two hours, except during part of the sleeping hours. Milk, mixed with an equal amount of water, is usually the main food unless it doesn't agree, is refused, or isn't available.

In addition to milk, albumen water—white of raw egg, strained and diluted with an equal amount of water, and flavored with a few drops of lemon juice or with brandy—is valuable; also juice squeezed from raw beef—in doses of four tablespoonfuls—coffee, cocoa, and strained barley, rice, or oatmeal gruel, broths, unless diarrhea is marked and increased by the same. Soft custard, jellies, ice cream, milk-and-flour porridge, and eggnog may be used to increase the variety. Finely scraped raw or rare beef, very soft toast, and soft-boiled or poached eggs are allowable after the first week of normal temperature, at the end of the third or fourth week of the disease, and during the course of the disease under circumstances where the fluids are not obtainable or not well borne. An abundance of water should be supplied to the patient throughout the disease.

In addition to milk, albumen water—raw egg white, strained and mixed with an equal amount of water, and flavored with a few drops of lemon juice or brandy—is useful; also, juice squeezed from raw beef—in doses of four tablespoons—coffee, cocoa, and strained barley, rice, or oatmeal gruel, as well as broths, unless diarrhea is significant and worsened by them. Soft custard, jellies, ice cream, milk-and-flour porridge, and eggnog can be used to add variety. Finely shredded raw or rare beef, very soft toast, and soft-boiled or poached eggs are allowed after the first week of standard temperature, at the end of the third or fourth week of the illness, and during the course of the illness when fluids are not available or not tolerated well. Plenty of water should be provided to the patient throughout the illness.

Bathing.—The importance of cold, through the medium of water, in typhoid fever accomplishes much, both in reducing the temperature and in stimulating the nervous system and relieving restlessness and delirium. Bathing is usually applied when the temperature rises above 102.5° F., and may be repeated every[Pg 232] two or three hours if restlessness, delirium, and high temperature require it.

Bathing.—The importance of cold water in treating typhoid fever is significant, as it helps lower the temperature, stimulates the nervous system, and eases restlessness and delirium. Bathing is typically done when the temperature rises above 102.5° F., and it can be repeated every[Pg 232] two or three hours if restlessness, delirium, and high temperature persist.

The immersion of patients in tubs of cold water, as practiced with benefit in hospitals, is out of the question for use by inexperienced laymen. The patient should have a woven-wire spring bed and soft hair mattress, over which is laid a folded blanket covered by a rubber sheet. Sponging the naked body with ice water will suffice in some cases; in others, when the temperature is over 1021/2° F., enveloping the whole body in a sheet wet in water at 65°, and either rubbing the surface with ice or cloths wet in ice-cold water, for ten or fifteen minutes, is advisable. Rubbing of the skin of the chest and sides is necessary during the application of cold to prevent shock. The use of a cold cloth on the head and hot-water bottle at the feet, during the sponging, will also prove beneficial. In children and others objecting to these cold applications, the vapor bath is effective. For this a piece of cheese cloth (single thickness) is wet with warm water—100° to 105°—and is wrapped about the naked body from shoulders to feet, and is continually wet by sprinkling with water at the temperature of 98°. The evaporation of the water will usually, in fifteen to twenty minutes, cool the body sufficiently if the patient is fanned continuously by two attendants. In warm weather the patient should only be covered with a sheet for a while after the bath, which should reduce the temperature to 3°. Hot water at the feet, and a little[Pg 233] brandy or whisky given before the sponging if the pulse be feeble, will generally prevent a chill. Patients should be gently dried after the bath and covered with dry bedclothing. The utmost care should be taken not to agitate a feeble patient during sponging.

The immersion of patients in cold water tubs, as beneficially practiced in hospitals, is not something inexperienced laypeople should attempt. The patient should have a wire spring bed and a soft hair mattress, topped with a folded blanket and a rubber sheet. Sponging the bare body with ice water will work in some cases; in others, when the temperature exceeds 1021/2° F., wrapping the entire body in a sheet soaked in 65° water, while either rubbing the surface with ice or using cloths soaked in ice-cold water for ten to fifteen minutes, is recommended. It's important to rub the skin on the chest and sides during the application of cold to prevent shock. Using a cold cloth on the head and a hot water bottle at the feet during sponging will also help. For children and others who resist these cold treatments, a vapor bath is effective. For this, a single layer of cheesecloth should be soaked in warm water—between 100° and 105°—and wrapped around the naked body from shoulders to feet, continually wetting it by sprinkling with water at 98°. Evaporation will usually cool the body enough in about fifteen to twenty minutes if two attendants fan the patient continuously. In warm weather, the patient should only be covered with a sheet for a bit after the bath, which should lower the temperature by 3°. Giving hot water at the feet and a bit of brandy or whisky before sponging, if the pulse is weak, will generally prevent a chill. Patients should be gently dried after the bath and covered with dry bedding. Extreme caution should be taken not to disturb a weak patient during sponging.

The long period of lying in bed favors the occurrence of bedsores. These are apt to appear about the lower part of the spine, and begin with redness of the skin, underneath which a lump may be felt. Constant cleanliness and bathing with alcohol, diluted with an equal amount of water, will tend to prevent this trouble, while moving the patient so as to take the pressure off this region and avoiding any rumpling of the bedding under his body are also serviceable, as well as the ring air cushion. Medicine is not required, except for special symptoms, and has no influence either in lessening the severity of or in shortening the disease. Brandy or whisky diluted with water are valuable in severe cases, with muttering delirium, dry tongue, and feeble pulse; it is not usually called for before the end of the second week, and not in mild cases at any time. A tablespoonful of either, once in two to four hours, is commonly sufficient. Pain and distention of the belly are relieved by applying a pad over the whole front of the belly—consisting of two layers of flannel wrung out of a little very hot water containing a teaspoonful of turpentine—and covered by a dry flannel bandage wrapped about the body. Also the use of white of egg and water, and[Pg 234] beef juice, instead of milk, will benefit this condition.

The long time spent lying in bed increases the risk of bedsores. These are likely to develop around the lower back area, starting with redness of the skin, under which a lump may be felt. Keeping the area clean and bathing with alcohol diluted with an equal amount of water can help prevent this issue. Additionally, moving the patient to relieve pressure in this area and avoiding any bunching of the bedding under them is useful, along with using a ring air cushion. Medication is not necessary unless there are specific symptoms, and it doesn’t help in reducing the severity or duration of the condition. Diluted brandy or whisky are helpful in serious cases with delirium, a dry mouth, and a weak pulse; it's typically not needed before the end of the second week, and not in mild cases at any point. A tablespoon of either, every two to four hours, is usually enough. Pain and bloating in the abdomen can be relieved by applying a pad over the entire front of the belly, made of two layers of flannel soaked in very hot water with a teaspoon of turpentine, covered by a dry flannel bandage wrapped around the body. Also, using egg whites mixed with water and beef juice instead of milk can improve this condition.

Diarrhea—if there are more than four discharges daily—may be checked by one-quarter level teaspoonful doses of bismuth subnitrate, or teaspoonful doses of paregoric, once in three hours. Constipation is relieved by injections of warm soapsuds, once in two days. Bleeding from the bowels must be treated by securing perfect quiet on the patient's part, and by giving lumps of ice by the mouth, and cutting down the nourishment for six hours. Fifteen drops of laudanum should be given to adults, if there is restlessness, and some whisky, if the pulse becomes feeble, but it is better to reserve this until the bleeding has stopped. Patients may be permitted to sit up after a week of normal temperature, but solid food must not be resumed until two or three weeks after departure of fever, and then very gradually, avoiding all coarse and uncooked vegetables and fruit.

Diarrhea—if there are more than four bowel movements a day—can be managed with one-quarter teaspoon doses of bismuth subnitrate or teaspoon doses of paregoric, taken every three hours. Constipation can be relieved with warm soapsuds enemas, administered every two days. Bleeding from the bowels needs to be handled by ensuring the patient stays completely still, providing ice chips to suck on, and restricting food intake for six hours. Adults should be given fifteen drops of laudanum if they're feeling restless, and some whisky if their pulse weakens, but it's best to wait until the bleeding has stopped before giving whisky. Patients can sit up after a week of normal temperature, but they shouldn’t start eating solid food until two or three weeks after the fever has gone, and then only very gradually, avoiding all rough and raw vegetables and fruit.

The greatest care must be exercised by attendants to escape contracting the disease and to prevent its communication to others. The bowel discharges must be submerged in milk of lime (one part of slaked lime to four parts of water), and remain in it one hour before being emptied. The urine should be mixed with an equal amount of the same, or solution of carbolic acid (one part in twenty parts of hot water), and the mixture should stand an hour before being thrown into privy or sewer. Clothing and linen in contact with[Pg 235] the patient must be soaked in the carbolic solution for two hours. The patient's expectoration is to be received on old muslin pieces, which must be burned. The bedpan and eating utensils must be frequently scalded in boiling water. The attendant should wash his hands always after touching the patient, or objects which have come in contact with patient or his discharges, and thus will avoid contagion. If farm or dairy workers come in contact with the patient, the latter precaution is especially important. If there is no water-closet in the house, the disinfected discharges may be buried at least 100 feet from any well or stream. Typhoid fever is only derived from the germs escaping in the urine, and in the bowel, nose, or mouth discharges of typhoid patients.

Attendants must be extremely careful to avoid catching the disease and to prevent spreading it to others. Bowel discharges should be submerged in milk of lime (one part slaked lime to four parts water) and left for one hour before disposal. Urine should be mixed with an equal amount of the same solution or carbolic acid solution (one part in twenty parts of hot water), and this mixture should also sit for an hour before being discarded in a privy or sewer. Clothing and linens that have been in contact with the patient must be soaked in the carbolic solution for two hours. The patient's spit should be collected on old muslin pieces, which must be burned afterward. Bedpans and eating utensils should be boiled frequently. The attendant should always wash their hands after touching the patient or any objects that have come into contact with the patient or their discharges to avoid contagion. This precaution is particularly important for farm or dairy workers who come into contact with the patient. If there's no toilet in the house, disinfected discharges can be buried at least 100 feet away from any well or stream. Typhoid fever is only transmitted through germs released in the urine and bowel, as well as from the nose or mouth discharges of typhoid patients.

MUMPS.—Mumps is a contagious disease characterized by inflammation of the parotid glands, situated below and in front of the ears, and sometimes of the other salivary glands below the jaw, and rarely of the testicles in males and the breasts in females.

MUMPS.—Mumps is a contagious illness marked by swelling of the parotid glands, located just below and in front of the ears, and occasionally affecting other salivary glands under the jaw. It can also, though rarely, impact the testicles in males and the breasts in females.

Swelling and inflammation of the parotid gland also occur from injury; and as a complication of other diseases, as scarlet fever, typhoid fever, etc.; but such conditions are wholly distinct from the disease under discussion. Mumps is more or less constantly prevalent in most large cities, more often in the spring and fall, and is often epidemic, attacking ninety per cent of young persons who have not previously had the disease. It is more common in males, affecting chil[Pg 236]dren and youths, but rarely infants or those past middle age. One attack usually protects against another.

Swelling and inflammation of the parotid gland can also happen due to injury and as a complication of other illnesses, like scarlet fever and typhoid fever; however, these conditions are entirely different from the disease we are discussing. Mumps is more or less always present in most large cities, particularly in the spring and fall, and can often be epidemic, impacting ninety percent of young people who haven't had the disease before. It is more common in males, affecting children and teenagers, but rarely infants or those over middle age. One attack generally provides immunity against another.

Development.—A period of from one to three weeks elapses, after exposure to the disease, before the first signs develop. The germ has not yet been discovered, and the means of communication are unknown. The breath has been thought to spread the germs of the disease, and mumps can be conveyed from the sick to the well, by nurses and others who themselves escape.

Development.—A period of one to three weeks passes after exposure to the disease before the first signs appear. The germ has not been identified yet, and the ways it spreads are still unclear. It's believed that breathing can transmit the germs of the disease, and that mumps can be passed from infected individuals to healthy ones by nurses and others who do not get sick themselves.

Symptoms.—Sometimes there is some preliminary discomfort before the apparent onset. Thus, in children, restlessness, peevishness, languor, nausea, loss of appetite, chilliness, fever, and convulsions may usher in an attack. Mumps begins with pain and swelling below the ear on one side. Within forty-eight hours a large, firm, sensitive lump forms under the ear and extends forward on the face, and downward and backward in the neck. The swelling is not generally very painful, but gives a feeling of tightness and disfigures the patient. It makes speaking and swallowing difficult; the patient refuses food, and talks in a husky voice; chewing causes severe pain. After a period of two to four days the other gland usually becomes similarly inflamed, but occasionally only one gland is attacked. There is always fever from the beginning. At first the temperature is about 101° F., rarely much higher than 103° or 104°. The fever continues four[Pg 237] or five days and then gradually declines. The swelling reaches its height in from two to five days, and then after forty-eight hours slowly subsides, and disappears entirely within ten to fourteen days. The patient may communicate the disease for ten days after the fever is past, and needs to be isolated for that period. Earache and noises in the ear frequently accompany mumps, and rarely abscess of the ear and deafness result. The most common complication occurs in males past puberty, when, during recovery or a week or ten days later, one or both testicles become painful and swollen, and this continues for as long a time as the original mumps. Less often the breasts and sexual organs of females are similarly affected.

Symptoms.—Sometimes there’s some initial discomfort before the clear onset of symptoms. In children, this can include restlessness, irritability, fatigue, nausea, loss of appetite, chills, fever, and convulsions. Mumps starts with pain and swelling below the ear on one side. Within forty-eight hours, a large, firm, sensitive lump forms under the ear, extending forward on the face and downward and backward in the neck. The swelling is usually not very painful but causes a feeling of tightness and changes the person’s appearance. It makes speaking and swallowing difficult; the person refuses to eat and talks in a husky voice; chewing can cause severe pain. After two to four days, the other gland usually becomes similarly inflamed, but sometimes only one gland is affected. There is always a fever from the start. Initially, the temperature is around 101° F., rarely going much higher than 103° or 104°. The fever lasts four[Pg 237] to five days and then gradually goes down. The swelling peaks in two to five days and then slowly decreases after forty-eight hours, disappearing completely within ten to fourteen days. The person can spread the disease for ten days after the fever ends and needs to be isolated during that time. Earache and noises in the ear often occur with mumps, and in rare cases, this can lead to ear abscesses and hearing loss. The most common complication happens in males after puberty, when, during recovery or a week or ten days later, one or both testicles become painful and swollen, lasting as long as the original mumps. Less frequently, the breasts and sexual organs of females can be affected in a similar way.

Complications and Sequels.—Recovery without mishap is the usual result in mumps, with the exception of involvement of the testicles. Rarely there are high fever, delirium, and great prostration. Sometimes after inflammation of both testicles in the young the organs cease to develop, and remain so, but sexual vigor is usually retained. Sometimes abscess and gangrene of the inflamed parotid gland occur. Recurring swelling and inflammation of the gland may occur, and permanent swelling and hardness remain. Meningitis, nervous and joint complications are among the rarer sequels.

Complications and Sequel Issues.—Most people recover from mumps without any problems, except when the testicles are affected. In rare cases, there can be high fevers, confusion, and extreme fatigue. Sometimes, after inflammation occurs in both testicles in young individuals, the organs may stop developing and stay that way, although sexual function is usually preserved. There can also be cases of abscesses and gangrene in the inflamed parotid gland. Recurring swelling and inflammation of the gland may happen, leading to permanent swelling and hardness. Meningitis, along with nervous and joint complications, are among the less common aftereffects.

Treatment.—The patient should remain in bed while the fever lasts. A liquid diet is advisable during this time. Fever may be allayed by frequent[Pg 238] sponging of the naked body with tepid water. High fever and delirium demand the constant use, on the head, of the ice cap (a rubber bag, made to fit the head, containing ice). The relief of pain in the swollen gland is secured by the frequent application of a thick layer of sheet cotton, large enough to cover the whole side of the neck, wrung out of hot water and covered with oil-silk or rubber sheeting, with a bandage to retain it in place.

Treatment.—The patient should stay in bed while the fever lasts. A liquid diet is recommended during this time. You can help reduce the fever by frequently sponging the bare body with lukewarm water. For high fever and delirium, it's important to constantly use an ice cap on the head (a rubber bag shaped for the head that holds ice). To relieve pain in the swollen gland, apply a thick layer of cotton that’s large enough to cover the entire side of the neck; make sure it's soaked in hot water, covered with oil-silk or rubber sheeting, and secured in place with a bandage.

Paregoric may be given for the same purpose—a tablespoonful for adults; a teaspoonful for a child of eight to ten, well diluted with water, and not repeated inside of two hours, and not then unless the pain continues unabated. Inflammation of the testicles demands rest in bed, elevation of the testicle on a pillow after wrapping it in a thick layer of absorbent cotton, or applying hot compresses, as recommended for the neck. After the first few days of this treatment, adjust a suspensory bandage, which can be procured at any apothecary shop, and apply daily the following ointment: guiacol, sixty grains; lard, one-half ounce, over the swollen testicle.

Paregoric can be used for the same reason—a tablespoon for adults, a teaspoon for a child aged eight to ten, well mixed with water, and not given again within two hours, and not then unless the pain persists. Inflammation of the testicles requires bed rest, elevating the testicle on a pillow after wrapping it in a thick layer of absorbent cotton, or using hot compresses, as suggested for the neck. After the first few days of this treatment, use a suspensory bandage, which you can get at any pharmacy, and apply the following ointment daily: guiacol, sixty grains; lard, half an ounce, on the swollen testicle.

WHOOPING COUGH.—A contagious disease characterized by fits of coughing, during which a whooping or crowing sound is made following a long-drawn breath. Whooping cough is generally taken through direct contact with the sick, rarely through exposure to the sick room, or to persons or clothing used by the sick. The germ which causes the disease[Pg 239] is probably in the mucus of the nose and throat. Whooping cough is usually more or less prevalent in all thickly settled civilized communities, at times is epidemic, and often follows epidemics of measles. It occurs chiefly in children from six months to six years of age. Girls and all weak and delicate subjects are slightly more susceptible to the disease. Some children are naturally immune to whooping cough. One attack usually protects against another.

WHOOPING COUGH.—A contagious disease marked by coughing fits, during which a whooping or crowing sound occurs after taking a deep breath. Whooping cough is usually contracted through direct contact with an infected person, and rarely through being in the same room or coming into contact with items used by the sick. The germ that causes the disease[Pg 239] is likely found in the mucus of the nose and throat. Whooping cough is often common in densely populated urban areas, can appear in outbreaks, and often follows measles epidemics. It primarily affects children between six months and six years old. Girls and those who are weak or frail are slightly more likely to get the disease. Some children have a natural immunity to whooping cough. Generally, one infection provides protection against future ones.

Development.—A variable period elapses between the time of exposure to whooping cough and the appearance of the first symptoms. This may be from two days to two weeks; usually seven to ten days.

Development.—A variable amount of time passes between exposure to whooping cough and the onset of the first symptoms. This can range from two days to two weeks, with the usual duration being seven to ten days.

Symptoms.—Whooping cough begins like an ordinary cold in the head, with cough, worse at night, which persists. The coughing fits increase and the child gets red in the face, has difficulty in getting its breath during them, and sometimes vomits when the attack is over. After a variable period, from a few days to two weeks from the beginning of the cough, the peculiar feature of the disease appears. The child gives fifteen or twenty short coughs without drawing breath, the face swells and grows blue, the eyeballs protrude, the veins stand out, and the patient appears to be suffocating, when at last he draws in a long breath with a crowing or whooping sound, which gives rise to the name of the disease. Several such fits of coughing may follow one another and are often succeeded by vomiting and the expulsion of a large[Pg 240] amount of phlegm or mucus, which is sometimes streaked with blood. In mild cases there may be six to twelve attacks in twenty-four hours; in severe cases from forty to eighty. The attacks last from a few seconds to one or two minutes. Occasionally the whoop comes before the coughing fit, and sometimes there may be no whooping at all, only fits of coughing with vomiting. Between the attacks, puffiness of the face and eyes and blueness of the tongue persist. The coughing fits and whooping last usually from three to six weeks, but the duration of the disease is very variable. Occasionally it lasts many months, especially when it occurs in winter. The contagiousness of whooping cough continues about two months, or ceases before that time with the cessation of the cough. Oftentimes there may be occasional whooping for months; or, after ceasing altogether for some days, it may begin again. In neither of these conditions is the disease considered still contagious after two months. When an attack of whooping is coming on, the child often seems to have some warning, as he seems terrified and suddenly sits up in bed, or, if playing, grasps hold of something, or runs to his mother or nurse. Coughing fits are favored by emotion or excitement, by crying, singing, eating, drinking, sudden change of temperature, and by bad air.

Symptoms.—Whooping cough starts off like a regular cold, with a cough that gets worse at night and doesn’t go away. The coughing fits become more frequent, and the child’s face turns red, making it hard for them to breathe during the episodes, sometimes causing them to vomit afterward. After a few days to two weeks from the onset of the cough, the distinctive symptom of the illness shows up. The child will cough fifteen to twenty times in rapid succession without taking a breath, causing their face to swell and turn blue, their eyes to bulge, their veins to pop out, and they look like they’re choking. Finally, they take a deep breath with a crowing or whooping sound, which is how the disease got its name. Several coughing fits may happen back-to-back, often followed by vomiting and the release of a large[Pg 240] amount of phlegm or mucus, sometimes tinged with blood. In mild cases, there can be six to twelve fits within twenty-four hours; in severe cases, this can rise to between forty and eighty. The fits last anywhere from a few seconds to one or two minutes. Occasionally, the whoop can occur before the coughing starts, and sometimes there may be no whooping at all—just coughing fits and vomiting. Between the fits, the child may experience puffiness in the face and eyes, and a blue tongue. The coughing and whooping typically last from three to six weeks, but the whole illness can last much longer, especially in winter. Whooping cough remains contagious for about two months, or it may stop being contagious before then if the cough stops. Often, there might be occasional whooping for months, or the whooping could completely stop for a few days before starting again. In neither case is the disease considered contagious after two months. When a whooping fit is about to start, the child often shows some signs, seeming scared and suddenly sitting up in bed, or, if they’re playing, grabbing onto something or rushing to their mother or caregiver. Coughing fits can be triggered by emotions or excitement, crying, singing, eating, drinking, sudden changes in temperature, and poor air quality.

Complications and Sequels.—These are many and make whooping cough a critical disease for very young children. Bronchitis and pneumonia often compli[Pg 241]cate whooping cough in winter, and diarrhea frequently occurs with it in summer. Convulsions not infrequently follow the coughing fits in infants, and, owing to the amount of blood forced to the head during the attacks, nosebleed and dark spots on the forehead and surface of the eyes appear from breaking of small blood vessels in these places. Severe vomiting and diarrhea occasionally aggravate the case, and pleurisy and consumption may occur. The violent coughing may permanently damage the heart. Rupture of the lung tissue happens from the same cause, and paralysis sometimes follows breaking of a blood vessel in the brain. But in the vast majority of cases in children over two years old no dangerous sequel need be feared.

Complications and Sequelae.—There are many, making whooping cough a serious illness for very young children. Bronchitis and pneumonia often complicate whooping cough in winter, while diarrhea frequently accompanies it in summer. Infants may experience convulsions after coughing fits, and due to the increased blood flow to the head during these attacks, nosebleeds and dark spots on the forehead and eyes can appear from small blood vessels breaking in these areas. Severe vomiting and diarrhea can sometimes worsen the situation, and pleurisy and tuberculosis may develop. The intense coughing can cause permanent damage to the heart. Lung tissue may rupture for the same reason, and paralysis can occur as a result of a broken blood vessel in the brain. However, in the vast majority of cases involving children over two years old, no serious complications are to be feared.

Outlook.—Owing to the numerous complications, whooping cough must be looked upon as a very serious disease, especially in infants under two years, and in weak, delicate children. It causes one-fourth of all deaths among children, the death rate varying from three to fifteen per cent in different times and under different circumstances. For this reason a physician's services should always be secured when possible.

Outlook.—Because of the many complications, whooping cough should be considered a very serious illness, particularly in infants under two years old and in weak, delicate children. It accounts for one-fourth of all deaths among children, with the death rate ranging from three to fifteen percent at different times and under various conditions. Therefore, a doctor's help should always be sought whenever possible.

Treatment.—A host of remedies is used for whooping cough, but no single one is always the best. It is often necessary to try different medicines till we find one which excels. Fresh air is of greatest importance. Patients should be strictly isolated in rooms by themselves, and it is wise to send away children[Pg 242] who have not been exposed. Morally, parents are criminally negligent who allow their children with whooping cough to associate with healthy children. If the coughing fits are severe or there is fever, children should be kept in bed. Usually there is not much fever; perhaps an elevation of a degree or two at first, and at times during the disease. Otherwise, children may be outdoors in warm weather, and in winter on warm, quiet days. Sea air is especially good for them. It is best that the sick should have two rooms, going from one to the other, so that the windows in the room last occupied may be opened and well ventilated. Fresh air at night is especially needful, and the patient should sleep in a room which has been freshly aired. The temperature should be kept at an even 70° F., and the child should not be exposed to draughts. Vaporizing antiseptics in the sick room has proved beneficial. A two per cent solution of carbolic acid in water is useful for this purpose, or a substance called vapo-cresoline, with which is sold a vaporizing lamp and directions for use. A one per cent solution of resorcin, or of hydrogen dioxide, diluted with four parts of water, used in an atomizer for spraying the throat, every two hours, has given good results. In the beginning of the disease, before the whooping has begun, a mixture of paregoric and syrup of ipecac will relieve the cough, ten drops of the former with five of the latter, for a child of two years, given together in water every three hours. The bromide of sodium, five[Pg 243] grains in water, every three hours during the day, for a child of two, is serviceable in relieving the fits of coughing in the day; while at night, two grains of chloral, not repeated, may be given in water at bedtime to secure sleep, in a child of two. The tincture of belladonna, in doses of two drops in water, three times daily, for a child of two, is also often efficacious. Quinine, given in the dose of one-sixth grain for each month of the child's age under a year; or in one and one-half grain doses for each year of age under five, is one of the older and more valuable remedies. It should be given three times daily in pill with jelly, or solution in water. Bromoform in doses of two drops for a child of two, and increasing to five drops for a child of six, may be given in syrup three times daily with benefit. Most of these drugs should be employed only with a doctor's advice, when this is possible. To sum up, use the vapo-cresoline every day. When no physician is available, begin with belladonna during the day, using bromide of sodium at night. If this fails to modify the whooping after five days' trial, use bromide and chloral. In severe cases use bromoform. During a fit of coughing and whooping, it is well to support the child's head, and if he ceases to breathe, he should be slapped over the face and chest with a towel wet with cold water. Interference with sleep caused by coughing, and loss of proper nourishment through vomiting, lead to wasting and debility. Teaspoonful doses of emulsion of cod-liver oil[Pg 244] three times daily, after eating, are often useful in convalescence, and great care must be taken at this time to prevent exposure and pneumonia. Change of air and place will frequently hasten recovery remarkably in the later stages of the disease.

Treatment.—Many remedies are used for whooping cough, but no single one is always the best. It's often necessary to try different medicines until we find one that works well. Fresh air is crucial. Patients should be isolated in their own rooms, and it's wise to send away children[Pg 242] who haven't been exposed. Parents are being irresponsible if they let their children with whooping cough mix with healthy kids. If the coughing fits are severe or there's a fever, children should stay in bed. Typically, there isn't much fever—maybe an increase of one or two degrees at first and sometimes during the illness. Otherwise, kids can be outside in warm weather and inside on warm, quiet days during winter. Sea air is particularly beneficial for them. It's best for sick children to have two rooms to move between, allowing for proper ventilation by opening windows in the last room they used. Fresh air at night is especially important, and the patient should sleep in a room that's been aired out. The temperature should be maintained around 70°F, and the child shouldn't be exposed to drafts. Using vaporizing antiseptics in the sick room has been helpful. A two percent solution of carbolic acid in water is useful for this, or a product called vapo-cresoline, which comes with a vaporizing lamp and instructions. A one percent solution of resorcin or hydrogen peroxide, diluted with four parts of water, can be used in a spray for the throat every two hours and has shown good results. In the early stage of the disease before the coughing starts, a mix of paregoric and syrup of ipecac can relieve the cough—ten drops of the former with five of the latter mixed in water every three hours for a two-year-old. Sodium bromide, five[Pg 243] grains in water, every three hours during the day for a two-year-old helps relieve coughing fits; at night, two grains of chloral (not repeated) can be given in water at bedtime to help them sleep. The tincture of belladonna, two drops in water three times daily for a two-year-old, can also be effective. Quinine in a dose of one-sixth grain for each month of a child's age under one year, or one and a half grains for each year under five, is one of the older and more valuable treatments. It should be given three times daily in a pill with jelly or dissolved in water. Bromoform in doses of two drops for a two-year-old, increasing to five drops for a six-year-old, may be given in syrup three times daily for benefit. Most of these medications should only be used with a doctor's advice when possible. To summarize, use vapo-cresoline every day. If a doctor isn't available, start with belladonna during the day and switch to sodium bromide at night. If this doesn't help the whooping after five days, try bromide and chloral. In severe cases, use bromoform. During coughing and whooping fits, it's helpful to support the child's head, and if they stop breathing, they should be gently slapped on the face and chest with a towel wet with cold water. Sleep disruption from coughing and not eating properly due to vomiting can lead to weight loss and weakness. Teaspoon doses of cod-liver oil emulsion[Pg 244] three times daily after meals can be beneficial during recovery, and great care must be taken during this time to prevent exposure and pneumonia. Changing the air and location can often speed up recovery significantly in the later stages of the illness.

ERYSIPELAS.—Erysipelas is a disease caused by germs which gain entrance through some wound or abrasion in the skin or mucous membranes. Even where no wound is evident it may be taken for granted that there has been some slight abrasion of the surface, although invisible. Erysipelas cannot be communicated any distance through the air, but it is contagious in that the germs which cause it may be carried from the sick to the well by nurses, furniture, bedding, dressings, clothing, and other objects. Thus, patients with wounds, women in childbirth, and the newborn may become affected, but modern methods of surgical cleanliness have largely eliminated these forms of erysipelas, especially in hospitals, where it used to be common. Erysipelas attacks people of all ages, some persons being very susceptible and suffering frequent recurrences. The form which arises without any visible wound is seen usually on the face, and occurs most frequently in the spring. The period of development, from the time the germs enter the body until the appearance of the disease, lasts from three to seven days.

ERYSIPELAS.—Erysipelas is a disease caused by germs that enter through a wound or scrape on the skin or mucous membranes. Even if no visible wound is present, it's often safe to assume there has been some minor, unseen abrasion on the surface. Erysipelas cannot spread through the air over distances, but it is contagious in that the germs responsible can be transferred from sick individuals to healthy ones by nurses, furniture, bedding, dressings, clothing, and other items. Therefore, patients with wounds, women giving birth, and newborns may become affected, but modern surgical hygiene practices have significantly reduced these cases of erysipelas, especially in hospitals where it used to be common. Erysipelas can affect people of all ages; some individuals are particularly susceptible and experience frequent recurrences. The type that develops without any visible wound usually appears on the face and is most common in the spring. The incubation period, from when the germs enter the body until the disease symptoms show, lasts from three to seven days.

Erysipelas begins with usually a severe chill (or convulsion in a baby) and fever. Vomiting, head[Pg 245]ache, and general lassitude are often present. A patch of red appears on the cheeks, bridge of nose, or about the eye or nostril, and spreads over the face. The margins of the eruption are sharply defined. Within twenty-four hours the disease is fully developed; the skin is tense, smooth, and shiny, scarlet and swollen, and feels hot, and is often covered with small blisters. The pain is more or less intense, burning or itching occurs, and there is a sensation of great tightness or tension. On the face the swelling closes the eye and may interfere with breathing through the nose. The lips, ears, and scalp are swollen, and the person may become unrecognizable in a couple of days. Erysipelas tends to spread like a drop of oil, and the borders of the inflammatory patch are well marked. It rarely spreads from the face to the chest and body, and but occasionally attacks the throat. During the height of the inflammation the temperature reaches 104° F, or over. After four or five days, in most cases, erysipelas begins to subside, together with the pain and temperature, and recovery occurs with some scaling of the skin. The death rate is said to average about ten per cent in hospitals, four per cent in private practice. Headache, delirium, and stupor are common when erysipelas attacks the scalp. The appearance of the disease in other locations is similar to that described. Relapses are not uncommon, but are not so severe as the original attack. Spreading may extend over a large area, and the deeper parts may become affected,[Pg 246] with the formation of deep abscesses and great destruction of tissue. Certain internal organs, heart, lungs, spleen, and kidneys, are occasionally involved with serious consequences. The old, the diseased, and the alcoholic are more apt to succumb, also the newborn. It is a curious fact that cure of malignant growths (sarcoma), chronic skin diseases, and old ulcers sometimes follows attacks of erysipelas.

Erysipelas usually starts with a severe chill (or convulsion in a baby) and fever. Symptoms like vomiting, headache, and general tiredness are common. A red patch appears on the cheeks, bridge of the nose, or around the eye or nostril, and spreads across the face. The edges of the rash are clearly defined. Within twenty-four hours, the disease fully develops; the skin is tight, smooth, shiny, scarlet, swollen, and feels hot, often covered with small blisters. The pain can range in intensity, with burning or itching sensations and a feeling of tightness. On the face, the swelling can close the eye and may affect nasal breathing. The lips, ears, and scalp can also swell, making the person nearly unrecognizable in just a couple of days. Erysipelas tends to spread like a drop of oil, with clearly marked edges of the inflamed area. It rarely moves from the face to the chest and body, and only occasionally affects the throat. During the peak of inflammation, the temperature can reach 104° F or higher. After four or five days, in most cases, erysipelas begins to lessen, along with pain and fever, and recovery happens with some scaling of the skin. The death rate is about ten percent in hospitals and four percent in private practice. Headache, delirium, and stupor are common when erysipelas affects the scalp. The appearance of the disease in other areas is similar to what has been described. Relapses are not uncommon, but they are usually not as severe as the initial attack. The spreading can cover a large area, and deeper tissues may become involved, leading to deep abscesses and significant tissue destruction. Certain internal organs, like the heart, lungs, spleen, and kidneys, can be affected, sometimes with severe consequences. The elderly, those with pre-existing health conditions, alcoholics, and newborns are more likely to be seriously affected. Interestingly, curing malignant growths (sarcoma), chronic skin diseases, and old ulcers sometimes occurs after erysipelas attacks.

Treatment.—The duration of erysipelas is usually from a few days to about two weeks, according to its extent. It tends to run a definite course and to recovery in most cases without treatment. The patient must be isolated in a room with good ventilation and sunlight. Dressings and objects coming in contact with him must be burned or boiled. The diet should be liquid, such as milk, beef tea, soups, and gruels. The use of cloths wet constantly with cold water, or with a cold solution of one-half teaspoonful of pure carbolic acid to the pint of hot water, or with a poisonous solution of sugar of lead, four grains to the pint, should be kept over small inflamed areas. Fever is reduced by sponging the whole naked body with cold water at frequent intervals. A tablespoonful of whisky or brandy in water may be given every two hours to adults if the pulse is weak. Painting the borders of the inflamed patch with contractile collodion may prevent its spreading. The patient must be quarantined until all scaling ceases, usually for two weeks.

Treatment.—Erysipelas usually lasts from a few days to about two weeks, depending on its severity. It typically follows a specific course and most people recover without treatment. The patient should be isolated in a well-ventilated room with plenty of sunlight. Any dressings or items that come into contact with the patient must be burned or boiled. The diet should consist of liquids like milk, beef broth, soups, and gruels. Cloths soaked in cold water or a cold solution made with half a teaspoon of pure carbolic acid per pint of hot water, or a toxic sugar of lead solution (four grains per pint), should be applied to small inflamed areas. To lower fever, sponge the entire body with cold water frequently. Adults with a weak pulse may be given a tablespoon of whisky or brandy in water every two hours. Painting the edges of the inflamed area with contractile collodion may prevent it from spreading. The patient must be quarantined until all scaling stops, which usually takes about two weeks.

CHAPTER III

Malaria and Yellow Fever

Malaria and Yellow Fever

The Malarial Parasite—Mosquitoes the Means of Infection—Different Forms of Malaria—Symptoms and Treatment—No Specific for Yellow Fever.

The Malarial Parasite—Mosquitoes as the Means of Infection—Different Forms of Malaria—Symptoms and Treatment—No Cure for Yellow Fever.

MALARIA; CHILLS AND FEVER; AGUE; FEVER AND AGUE; SWAMP OR MARSH FEVER; INTERMITTENT OR REMITTENT FEVER; BILIOUS FEVER.—Malaria is a communicable disease characterized by attacks of fever occurring at certain intervals, and due to a minute animal parasite which inhabits the body of the mosquito, and is communicated to the blood of man by the bites of this insect.

MALARIA; CHILLS AND FEVER; AGUE; FEVER AND AGUE; SWAMP OR MARSH FEVER; INTERMITTENT OR REMITTENT FEVER; BILIOUS FEVER.—Malaria is a contagious disease marked by fever attacks that happen at specific intervals, caused by a tiny parasite that lives in the body of mosquitoes and is transmitted to humans through their bites.

In accordance with this definition malaria is not a contagious disease in the sense that it is acquired by contact with the sick, which is not the case, but it is derived from contact with certain kinds of mosquitoes, and can be contracted in no other way, despite the many popular notions to the contrary. Mosquitoes, in their turn, acquire the malarial parasite by biting human beings suffering from malaria. It thus becomes possible for one malarial patient, coming to a region hitherto free from the disease, to infect the whole[Pg 248] district with malaria through the medium of mosquitoes.

According to this definition, malaria is not a contagious disease in the way that it spreads through direct contact with sick people; that’s not how it works. Instead, it comes from certain types of mosquitoes, and you can only catch it that way, despite many popular beliefs to the contrary. Mosquitoes get the malaria parasite by biting humans who already have the disease. This means that one person with malaria can bring the disease to an area that was previously free of it, infecting the entire[Pg 248] district through mosquitoes.

Causes.—While the parasite infesting mosquitoes is the only direct cause of malaria, yet certain circumstances are requisite for the life and growth of the mosquitoes. These are moisture and proper temperature, which should average not less than 60° F. Damp soil, marshes, or bodies of water have always been recognized as favoring malaria.

Causes.—While the parasite that infects mosquitoes is the only direct cause of malaria, certain conditions are necessary for the life and growth of the mosquitoes. These include moisture and a suitable temperature, which should average at least 60° F. Wet soil, marshes, or bodies of water have always been seen as conducive to malaria.

Malaria is common in temperate climates—in the summer and autumn months particularly, less often in spring, and very rarely in winter, while it is prevalent in the tropics and subtropics all the year round, but more commonly in the spring and fall of these regions. The older ideas, that malaria was caused by something arising in vapors from wet grounds or water, or by contamination of the drinking water, or by night air, or was due to sleeping outdoors or on the ground floors of dwellings, are only true in so far as these favor the growth of the peculiar kind of mosquitoes infected by the malarial parasites. Two essentials are requisite for the existence of malaria in a region: the presence of the particular mosquito, and the actual infection of the mosquito with the malarial parasite. The kind of mosquito acting as host to the malarial parasite is the genus Anopheles, of which there are several species. The more common house mosquito of the United States is the Culex. The Anopheles can usually be distinguished from the latter[Pg 249] by its mottled wings, and, when on a wall or ceiling, it sits with the body protruding at an angle of 45° from the surface, with its hind legs hanging down or drawn against the wall. In the case of the Culex, the body is held parallel with the wall, the wings are usually not mottled, and the hind legs are carried up over the back.

Malaria is prevalent in temperate climates, especially during the summer and fall months, less so in spring, and very rarely in winter. In tropical and subtropical areas, it occurs year-round, but is more common in spring and fall. Older beliefs suggested that malaria was caused by vapors from wet ground or water, contamination of drinking water, night air, or by sleeping outdoors or on the ground floors of homes. These ideas hold some truth only to the extent that they create favorable conditions for the growth of the specific mosquitoes that carry the malarial parasites. Two key factors are necessary for malaria to exist in a region: the presence of the specific mosquito and the infection of that mosquito with the malarial parasite. The type of mosquito that hosts the malarial parasite belongs to the genus Anopheles, which includes several species. The more common house mosquito in the United States is the Culex. The Anopheles can usually be identified by its mottled wings, and when it rests on a wall or ceiling, it positions its body at a 45° angle to the surface, with its hind legs hanging down or pressed against the wall. In contrast, the Culex holds its body parallel to the wall, its wings are typically not mottled, and its hind legs are positioned over its back.[Pg 249]

When a mosquito infected with the malarial parasite bites man, the parasite enters his blood along with the saliva that anoints the lancet of the mosquito. The parasite is one of the simplest forms of animal life, consisting of a microscopical mass of living, motile matter which enters the red-blood cell of man, and there grows, undergoes changes, and, after a variable time, multiplies by dividing into a number of still smaller bodies which represent a new generation of young parasites. This completes the whole period of their existence. It is at that stage in the development of the parasite in the human body when it multiplies by dividing that the chills and fever in malaria appear. What causes the malarial attack at this point is unknown, unless it be that the parasites give rise to a poison at the time of their division. Between the attacks of chills and fever in malaria there is usually an interval of freedom of a few hours, which corresponds to the period intervening in the life of the parasite in the human body, between the birth of the young parasites and their growth and final division, in turn, into new individuals. This interval varies with the kind of parasite. The common form of malaria is caused by a parasite re[Pg 250]quiring forty-eight hours for its development. The malarial attacks caused by this parasite then occur every other day, when the parasite undergoes reproduction by division. However, an attack may occur every day when there are two separate groups of these parasites in the blood, the time of birth of one set of parasites, with an accompanying malarial attack, happening one day; that of the other group coming on the next, so that between the two there is a daily birth of parasites and a daily attack of malaria. In cases of malaria caused by one group of parasites the attacks appear at about the same time of day, but when the attacks are caused by different groups of parasites the times of attack may vary on different days. In the worst types of malaria the parasites do not all go through the same stages of development at the same time, as is commonly the case in the milder forms prevalent in temperate regions, so that the fever—corresponding to the stage of reproduction of the parasites—occurs at irregular intervals.

When a mosquito infected with the malaria parasite bites a person, the parasite enters their bloodstream along with the saliva from the mosquito. The parasite is one of the simplest forms of animal life, made up of a tiny mass of living, moving material that invades the red blood cells of humans, where it grows, changes, and eventually multiplies by dividing into several smaller bodies, creating a new generation of young parasites. This process completes the parasite's life cycle. It's during this stage of multiplication that chills and fever from malaria occur. The exact cause of the malaria attack at this point is unclear, unless it's that the parasites produce a toxin when they divide. Between episodes of chills and fever in malaria, there's usually a brief period of relief lasting a few hours, which corresponds to the time between the young parasites' birth and their growth and division into new individuals. This interval can vary depending on the type of parasite. The most common malaria is caused by a parasite that takes forty-eight hours to develop. Thus, attacks from this parasite happen every other day when it reproduces by division. However, attacks can occur daily if there are two separate groups of these parasites in the blood, with one group giving rise to an attack one day, and the other group on the following day, resulting in a daily birth of parasites and a daily episode of malaria. In cases with one group of parasites, the attacks typically happen around the same time each day, but if caused by different groups, the attack times can differ from day to day. In severe cases of malaria, the parasites do not all develop through the same stages at the same time, as seen in milder forms common in temperate regions, resulting in fever—associated with the parasite's reproduction—occurring at irregular intervals.

In a not uncommon type of malaria the attacks occur every third day, with two days of intermission or freedom from fever. Different groups of parasites causing this form of malaria, and having different times of reproduction, may inhabit the same patient and give rise to variation in the times of attack. Thus, an attack may occur on two successive days with a day of intermission.

In a fairly common type of malaria, the attacks happen every third day, with two days of no fever in between. Different groups of parasites that cause this form of malaria and have varying reproduction times can live in the same patient, leading to differences in attack timing. As a result, an attack might take place on two consecutive days followed by a day of no symptoms.

The reproduction of the parasite in the human[Pg 251] blood is not a sexual reproduction; that takes place in the body of the mosquito.

The reproduction of the parasite in human[Pg 251] blood isn't sexual reproduction; that happens in the mosquito's body.

When a healthy mosquito bites a malarial patient, the parasite enters the body of the mosquito with the blood of the patient bitten. It enters its stomach, where certain differing forms of the parasite, taking the part of male and female individuals, unite and form a new parasite, which, entering the stomach wall of the mosquito, gives birth in the course of a week to innumerable small bodies as their progeny. These find their way into the salivary glands which secrete the poison of the mosquito bite, and escape, when the mosquito bites a human being, into the blood of the latter and give him malaria.

When a healthy mosquito bites a person with malaria, the parasite enters the mosquito's body along with the blood of the bitten patient. It goes into its stomach, where different forms of the parasite, functioning as male and female, merge to create a new parasite. This new parasite then enters the stomach wall of the mosquito and produces countless small offspring over the course of a week. These offspring make their way into the salivary glands that release the mosquito's bite toxins, and when the mosquito bites another person, they enter that person's blood and cause malaria.

Distribution.—Malaria is very widely distributed, and is much more severe in tropical countries and the warmer parts of temperate regions. In the United States malaria is prevalent in some parts of New England, as in the Connecticut Valley, and in the course of the Charles River, in the country near Boston. It is common in the vicinity of the cities of Philadelphia, New York, and Baltimore, but here is less frequent than formerly, and is of a comparatively mild type. More severe forms prevail along the Gulf of Mexico and the shores of the Mississippi and its branches, especially in Mississippi, Texas, Louisiana, and Arkansas, but even here it is less fatal and widespread than formerly. In Alaska, the Northwest, and on the Pacific Coast of the United States malaria is almost unknown,[Pg 252] while it is but slightly prevalent in the region of the Great Lakes, as about Lakes Erie and St. Clair.

Distribution.—Malaria is found in many places and is much more severe in tropical countries and the warmer areas of temperate regions. In the United States, malaria is common in some parts of New England, like the Connecticut Valley and around the Charles River near Boston. It's also prevalent near the cities of Philadelphia, New York, and Baltimore, but it occurs less often than it used to and tends to be milder. More severe cases are found along the Gulf of Mexico and the shores of the Mississippi River and its tributaries, particularly in Mississippi, Texas, Louisiana, and Arkansas, although even there it is less deadly and widespread than before. In Alaska, the Northwest, and along the Pacific Coast, malaria is almost nonexistent, [Pg 252] and it is only slightly common around the Great Lakes, such as Lakes Erie and St. Clair.

Development.—Usually a week or two elapses after the entrance of the malarial parasite into the blood before symptoms occur; rarely this period is as short as twenty-four hours, and occasionally may extend to several months. It often happens that the parasite remains quiescent in the system without being completely exterminated after recovery from an attack, only to grow and occasion a fresh attack, a month or two after the first, unless treatment has been thoroughly prosecuted for a sufficient time.

Development.—Usually, a week or two passes after the malarial parasite enters the bloodstream before symptoms appear; rarely, this time frame is as short as twenty-four hours, and sometimes it can extend for several months. It often happens that the parasite remains inactive in the body without being completely eliminated after recovery from an attack, only to multiply and cause a new attack a month or two later, unless treatment has been properly carried out for a sufficient period of time.

Symptoms.—Certain symptoms give warning of an attack, as headache, lassitude, yawning, restlessness, discomfort in the region of the stomach, and nausea or vomiting. The attack begins with a chilliness or creeping feeling, and there may be so severe a chill that the patient is violently shaken from head to foot and the teeth chatter. Chills are not generally seen in children under six, but an attack begins with uneasiness, the face is pinched, the eyes sunken, the lips and tips of the fingers and toes are blue, and there is dullness and often nausea and vomiting. Then, instead of a chill, the eyelids and limbs begin to twitch, and the child goes into a convulsion. While the surface of the skin is cold and blue during a chill, yet the temperature, taken with the thermometer in the mouth or bowel, reaches 102°, 105°, or 106° F., often. The chill lasts from a few minutes to an hour, and[Pg 253] as it passes away the face becomes flushed and the skin hot. There is often a throbbing headache, thirst, and sometimes mild delirium. The temperature at this time, when the patient feels intensely feverish, is very little higher than during the chill. The fever lasts during three or four hours, in most cases, and gradually declines, as well as the headache and general distressing symptoms with the onset of sweating, to disappear in an hour or two, when the patient often sinks into a refreshing sleep. Such attacks more commonly occur every day, every other day, or after intermissions of two days. Rarely do attacks come on with intervals of four, five, six, or more days. The attacks are apt to recur at the same time of day as in the first attack. In severe cases the intervals may grow shorter, in mild cases, longer. In the interval between the attacks the patient usually feels well unless the disease is of exceptional severity. There is also entire freedom from fever in the intervals except in the grave types common to hot climates. Frequently the chill is absent, and after a preliminary stage of dullness there is fever followed by sweating. This variety is known as "dumb ague."

Symptoms.—Certain signs indicate an impending attack, such as headache, tiredness, yawning, restlessness, discomfort in the stomach area, and nausea or vomiting. The attack starts with a chill or a creeping sensation, and the chill can be intense enough to make the patient shake all over and chatter their teeth. Chills are usually not observed in children under six, but their attack can begin with discomfort; the face appears drawn, the eyes look sunken, the lips and tips of the fingers and toes turn blue, and there is often dullness along with nausea and vomiting. Instead of a chill, the eyelids and limbs may start twitching, leading the child to have a convulsion. While the skin feels cold and looks blue during a chill, the body's temperature, measured in the mouth or rectum, can reach 102°, 105°, or 106° F. The chill lasts from a few minutes to an hour, and [Pg 253] as it subsides, the face becomes flushed and the skin hot. There is often a throbbing headache, thirst, and occasionally mild delirium. The temperature at this stage, when the patient feels very feverish, is only slightly higher than during the chill. The fever usually lasts for three to four hours and gradually decreases, along with the headache and other distressing symptoms, as sweating begins. These symptoms typically resolve within an hour or two, and the patient often falls into a refreshing sleep afterward. Such attacks commonly occur daily, every other day, or after breaks of two days. It is rare for attacks to happen with intervals of four, five, six, or more days. The attacks tend to recur at the same time of day as the first one. In severe cases, the intervals may shorten, while in milder cases, they can lengthen. Between attacks, the patient usually feels fine unless the illness is particularly severe. There is also no fever during the intervals except in serious types seen in hot climates. Often, the chill is absent, and after an initial phase of dullness, the fever occurs followed by sweating. This variation is known as "dumb ague."

Irregular and Severe Form—Chronic Malaria.—This occurs in those who have lived long in malarial regions and have suffered repeated attacks of fever, or in those who have not received proper treatment. It is characterized by a generally enfeebled state, the patient having a sallow complexion, cold[Pg 254] hands and feet, and temperature below normal, except occasionally, when there may be slight fever. When the condition is marked, there are breathlessness on slight exertion, swelling of the feet and ankles, and "ague cake," that is, enlargement of the spleen, shown by a lump felt in the abdomen extending downward from beneath the ribs on the left side.

Irregular and Severe Form—Chronic Malaria.—This occurs in people who have lived for a long time in malarial areas and have experienced repeated fever attacks, or in those who haven’t received proper treatment. It is marked by a generally weakened state, with the patient having a pale complexion, cold[Pg 254] hands and feet, and a temperature that is usually below normal, except occasionally when there may be a slight fever. When the condition is severe, symptoms include breathlessness with little exertion, swelling in the feet and ankles, and "ague cake," which refers to an enlarged spleen that can be felt as a lump in the abdomen, extending downward from beneath the ribs on the left side.

Among unusual forms of malaria are: periodic attacks of drowsiness without chills, but accompanied by slight fever (100° to 101° F.); periodic attacks of neuralgia, as of the face, chest, or in the form of sciatica; periodic "sick headaches." These may take the place of ordinary malarial attacks in malarial regions, and are cured by ordinary malarial treatment.

Among the unusual types of malaria are: periodic episodes of drowsiness without chills, but with a slight fever (100° to 101° F.); periodic nerve pain, such as in the face, chest, or as sciatica; and periodic "sick headaches." These can replace typical malaria attacks in areas where malaria is common and can be treated with standard malaria treatments.

Remittent Form (unfortunately termed "bilious").—This severe type of malaria occurs sometimes in late summer and autumn, in temperate climates, but is seen much more commonly in the Southern United States and in the tropics. It begins often with lassitude, headache, loss of appetite and pains in the limbs and back, a bad taste, and nausea for a day or two, followed by a chill, and fever ranging from 101° to 103° F., or more. The chill is not usually repeated, but the fever is continuous, often suggesting typhoid fever. With the fever, there are flushed face, occasional delirium, and vomiting of bile, but more often a drowsy state. After twelve to forty-eight hours the fever abates, but the temperature does not usually fall below 100° F., and the patient feels better, but not[Pg 255] entirely well, as in the ordinary form of malaria, where the fever disappears entirely between the attacks. After an interval varying from three to thirty-six hours the temperature rises again and the more severe symptoms reappear, and so the disease continues, there never being complete freedom from fever, the temperature sometimes rising as high as 105° or 106° F. In some cases there are nosebleed, cracked tongue, and brownish deposit on the teeth, and a delirious or stupid state, as in typhoid fever, but the distention of the belly, diarrhea, and rose spots are absent. The skin and whites of the eyes often take on the yellowish hue of jaundice. This fever has been called typhomalarial fever, under the supposition that it was a hybrid of the two. This is not the case, although it is possible that the two diseases may occur in the same individual at the same time. This, indeed, frequently happened as stated, in our soldiers coming from the West Indies during the Spanish-American War—but is an extremely uncommon event in the United States.

Remittent Form (unfortunately called "bilious").—This severe type of malaria occurs sometimes in late summer and autumn in temperate climates but is seen much more frequently in the Southern United States and tropical areas. It often starts with fatigue, headache, loss of appetite, and aches in the limbs and back, along with a bad taste and nausea that last for a day or two, followed by a chill and a fever ranging from 101° to 103° F or higher. The chill usually doesn't come back, but the fever is continuous, often resembling typhoid fever. With the fever, there can be a flushed face, occasional delirium, and vomiting of bile, but more often, there’s a drowsy state. After twelve to forty-eight hours, the fever decreases, but the temperature typically doesn’t drop below 100° F. The patient feels better, but not[Pg 255] completely well, unlike in the ordinary form of malaria, where the fever completely disappears between attacks. After an interval ranging from three to thirty-six hours, the temperature rises again and more severe symptoms return, and the disease continues this way, with no complete relief from fever, the temperature sometimes reaching as high as 105° or 106° F. In some cases, there may be nosebleeds, a cracked tongue, and brownish deposits on the teeth, along with a delirious or stupor-like state, similar to typhoid fever, but the bloating of the abdomen, diarrhea, and rose spots are absent. The skin and whites of the eyes often develop a yellowish tint of jaundice. This fever has been called typhomalarial fever, based on the belief that it was a mix of the two. This is not the case, although it’s possible for both diseases to occur in the same individual at the same time. This indeed happened often, as noted, with our soldiers coming from the West Indies during the Spanish-American War—but it is a very uncommon event in the United States.

Pernicious Malaria.—This is a very grave form of the disease. It rarely is seen in temperate regions, but often occurs in the tropics and subtropics. It may follow an ordinary attack of chills and fever, or come on very suddenly. After a chill the hot stage appears, and the patient falls into a deep stupor or unconscious state, with flushed face, noisy breathing, and high fever (104° to 105° F.). Wild delirium or convul[Pg 256]sions afflict the patient in some cases. The attack may last for six to twenty-four hours, from which the patient may recover, only to suffer another like seizure, or he may die in the first. In another form of this pernicious malaria the symptoms resemble true cholera, and is peculiar to the tropics. In this there are violent vomiting, watery diarrhea, cramps in the legs, cold hands and feet, and collapse. Sometimes the attack begins with a chill, but fever, if any, is slight, although the patient complains of great thirst and inward heat. The pulse is feeble and the breathing shallow, but the intellect remains clear.

Pernicious Malaria.—This is a very serious form of the disease. It's rarely seen in temperate regions but often occurs in tropical and subtropical areas. It may follow a typical episode of chills and fever or can appear very suddenly. After a chill, the hot stage begins, and the patient slips into a deep stupor or unconsciousness, with a flushed face, noisy breathing, and high fever (104° to 105° F.). In some cases, the patient may experience wild delirium or convulsions. The attack can last from six to twenty-four hours, during which the patient might recover, only to experience another seizure, or they may die during the first attack. In another form of this pernicious malaria, the symptoms are similar to true cholera and are specific to tropical regions. This includes severe vomiting, watery diarrhea, leg cramps, cold hands and feet, and collapse. Sometimes the attack starts with a chill, but if there's fever, it is slight, although the patient feels extreme thirst and inner heat. The pulse is weak, and the breathing is shallow, but the mental faculties remain clear.

Death often occurs in this, as in the former type of pernicious malaria, yet vigorous treatment with quinine, iron, and nitre will frequently prove curative in either form.

Death often occurs in this, as in the previous type of severe malaria, yet strong treatment with quinine, iron, and potassium nitrate will often be effective in curing either form.

Black Water Fever.—Rarely in temperate climates, but frequently in the Southern United States and in the tropics, especially Africa; after a few days of fever, or after chilliness and slight fever, the urine becomes very dark, owing to blood escaping in it. This sometimes appears only periodically, and is often relieved by quinine. It is apparently a malarial fever with an added infection from another cause.

Black Water Fever.—Rarely found in temperate climates, but common in the Southern United States and in tropical regions, especially Africa; after a few days of fever, or following chills and mild fever, the urine becomes very dark due to blood being present in it. This can sometimes occur only intermittently and is often alleviated by quinine. It seems to be a malarial fever combined with an additional infection from another source.

Chagres Fever.—A severe form of malarial fever acquired on the Isthmus of Panama, apparently a hemorrhagic form of the pernicious variety, and so treated.

Chagres Fever.—A serious type of malaria fever caught on the Isthmus of Panama, seemingly a hemorrhagic form of the severe variety, and treated accordingly.

Detection.—To the well-educated physician is now open an exact method of determining the existence of[Pg 257] malaria, and of distinguishing it from all similar diseases, by the examination of the patient's blood for the malarial parasite—its presence or absence deciding the presence or absence of the disease. For the layman the following points are offered: intermittency of chills and fever, or of fever alone, should suggest malaria, particularly in a patient living in or coming from a malarial region, or in a previous sufferer from the disease. In such a case treatment with quinine will solve the doubt in most cases, and will do no harm even if the disease be not malaria. Malaria is one of the few diseases which can be cured with certainty by a drug; failure to stop the symptoms by proper amounts of quinine means, in the vast majority of cases, that they are not due to malaria. There are many other diseases in which chills, fever, and sweating occur at intervals, as in poisoning from the presence of suppuration or formation of pus anywhere in the body, but the layman's ignorance will not permit him to recognize these in many instances. The quinine test is the best for him.

Detection.—Today, well-educated doctors have a precise method for determining whether malaria exists and distinguishing it from similar diseases by examining the patient's blood for the malarial parasite—its presence or absence confirms whether the disease is present. For those without medical training, here are some key points: irregular chills and fever, or just fever alone, should raise suspicion of malaria, especially in someone living in or returning from a malarial area, or in someone who has previously had the disease. In such cases, treatment with quinine will typically clarify the situation and will not cause harm even if the disease isn’t malaria. Malaria is one of the few diseases that can be reliably cured with a medication; if proper doses of quinine do not alleviate the symptoms, it usually means they are not caused by malaria. Many other conditions can cause intermittent chills, fever, and sweating, such as infections leading to pus formation anywhere in the body, but most people may not recognize these in many cases. The quinine test is the best option for them.

Prevention.—Since the French surgeon, Laveran, discovered the parasite of malaria in 1880, and Manson, in 1896, emphasized the fact that the mosquito is the medium of its communication to man, the way for the extermination of the disease has been plain. "Mosquito engineering" has attained a recognized place. This consists in destroying the abodes of mosquitoes (marshes, ponds, and pools) by drainage and filling, also in the application of petroleum on their sur[Pg 258]face to destroy the immature mosquitoes. Such work has already led to wonderful results.[11] Open water barrels and water tanks prove a fruitful breeding place for these insects, and should be abolished. The protection of the person from mosquito bites is obtained by proper screening of habitations and the avoidance of unscreened open air, at or after nightfall, when the pests are most in evidence. Dwellings on high grounds are less liable to mosquitoes. Persons entering a malarial region should take from two to three grains of quinine three times a day to kill any malarial parasites which may invade their blood, and should screen doors and windows. Patients after recovery from malaria must prolong the treatment as advised, and renew it each spring and fall for several years thereafter. A malarial patient is a direct menace to his entire neighborhood, if mosquitoes enter.

Prevention.—Since the French surgeon, Laveran, discovered the malaria parasite in 1880, and Manson highlighted in 1896 that mosquitoes are the means of transmission to humans, the path to eradicating the disease has been clear. "Mosquito engineering" has gained a recognized importance. This involves eliminating mosquito habitats (like marshes, ponds, and pools) through drainage and filling, as well as applying petroleum on their surfaces to kill immature mosquitoes. Such efforts have already led to impressive results.[Pg 258] Open water barrels and water tanks are ideal breeding grounds for these insects and should be removed. Protecting oneself from mosquito bites can be achieved by properly screening homes and avoiding unscreened outdoor areas during or after dusk, when these pests are most active. Homes located on higher ground are less prone to mosquitoes. Those entering a malarial area should take two to three grains of quinine three times a day to eliminate any malarial parasites that may invade their bloodstream, and should screen doors and windows. Patients who recover from malaria need to continue treatment as advised and repeat it each spring and fall for several years afterwards. A malarial patient poses a direct threat to their entire neighborhood if mosquitoes are present.

Treatment.—The treatment of malaria practically means the use of quinine given in the proper way and in the proper form and dose. Despite popular prejudices against it, quinine is capable of little harm, unless used in large doses for months, and no other remedy has yet succeeded in rivaling it in any way. Quinine is frequently useless from adulteration; this may be avoided by getting it of a reliable drug house and paying a fair price for the best to be had. Neither pills nor tablets of quinine are suitable, as they sometimes pass through the bowels undissolved. The drug should[Pg 259] be taken dissolved in water, or, more pleasantly, in starch wafers or gelatin capsules. When the drug is vomited it may be given (in double the dose) dissolved in half a pint of water, as an injection into the bowels, three times daily. Infants of a few months may be treated by rubbing an ointment (containing thirty grains of quinine sulphate mixed with an ounce and a half of lard) well into the skin of the armpits and groins, night and morning. Children under the age of two can be best treated by quinine made into suppositories—little conical bodies of cocoa butter containing two grains each—one being introduced into the bowel, night and morning.

Treatment.—Treating malaria mainly involves using quinine in the right way, form, and dose. Despite common beliefs, quinine isn’t harmful unless taken in large doses over several months, and no other treatment has matched its effectiveness. Quinine often becomes ineffective due to impurities; this can be avoided by purchasing it from a reputable pharmacy and paying a reasonable price for quality. Avoid pills or tablets of quinine, as they sometimes pass through the digestive system undissolved. The drug should[Pg 259] be taken dissolved in water, or more enjoyably, in starch wafers or gelatin capsules. If the medication is vomited, it can be given (at double the dose) dissolved in half a pint of water as a rectal injection, three times a day. Infants a few months old can be treated by rubbing an ointment (containing thirty grains of quinine sulfate mixed with an ounce and a half of lard) into the skin of the armpits and groins, morning and night. For children under two, the best treatment is quinine made into suppositories—small conical pieces of cocoa butter containing two grains each—administered in the rectum, morning and night.

During an attack of malaria the discomfort of the chill and fever may be relieved to considerable extent by thirty grains of sodium bromide (adult dose) in water. Hot drinks and hot-water bottles with warm covering may be used during the chill, while cold sponging of the whole naked body will afford comfort during the hot stage. In the pernicious form, attended with unconsciousness, sponging with very cold water, or the use of the cold bath with vigorous friction of the whole body and cold to the head are valuable. The effect of quinine is greatest during the time of birth of a new generation of young parasites in the blood, which corresponds with the time of the malarial attack. But in order that the quinine shall have time to permeate the blood, it must be given two to four hours before the expected chill, and then will probably prevent[Pg 260] the next attack but one. A dose of ten grains of quinine sulphate taken three times daily for the first three days of treatment; then a dose of three grains, three times daily for two weeks; and finally two grains, three times daily for the rest of the month of treatment will, in many cases, complete a cure. If the quinine cause much ringing in the ears and deafness, it will be found that sodium bromide taken with the quinine (in twice the dose) dissolved in water, will correct this trouble. If the patient is constipated and the bowel discharges are light colored, a few one-quarter grain doses of calomel may be taken every two hours, and followed in twelve hours by a dose of Epsom salts, on the first day of treatment, with quinine. It is no use to take quinine by the mouth later than two hours before an attack, and if the patient cannot secure treatment before this time, he should take a single dose of twenty grains of quinine.

During a malaria attack, you can relieve the discomfort of chills and fever with 30 grains of sodium bromide (adult dose) mixed in water. Hot drinks and hot-water bottles with warm coverings can help during the chill, while cold sponging the entire body can provide comfort during the hot stage. In severe cases, where unconsciousness occurs, sponging with very cold water or using a cold bath with vigorous rubbing of the whole body and cold to the head is beneficial. The effect of quinine is strongest when a new generation of young parasites is being produced in the blood, which coincides with the malaria attack. To ensure quinine has enough time to spread through the bloodstream, it should be administered 2 to 4 hours before the expected chill, which will likely prevent the next attack but one. A dosage of 10 grains of quinine sulfate taken three times a day for the first three days, followed by 3 grains three times a day for two weeks, and finally 2 grains three times a day for the remainder of the month can often ensure a full recovery. If quinine causes significant ringing in the ears or deafness, taking sodium bromide with quinine (at double the dosage) dissolved in water can help alleviate these issues. If the patient is constipated and has light-colored bowel movements, taking a few 0.25 grain doses of calomel every two hours, followed by a dose of Epsom salts twelve hours later on the first day of treatment with quinine is advisable. There's no benefit in taking quinine orally later than two hours before an attack; if treatment can't be accessed by then, the patient should take a single dose of 20 grains of quinine.

To children may be given a daily amount of quinine equal to one grain for each year of their age. In the severe forms of remittent and pernicious types of malaria it may be necessary for the patient to take as much as thirty grains of quinine every three days or so to cut short the attack. But, unfortunately, the digestion may be so poor that absorption of the drug does not occur, and in such an event the use of quinine in the form of the bisulphate in thirty-grain doses, with five grains of tartaric acid, will in some cases prove effective. Chronic malaria is best treated[Pg 261] with small doses of quinine, together with arsenic and iron. A capsule containing two grains of quinine sulphate, one-thirtieth grain of arsenious acid, and two grains of reduced iron should be taken three times daily for several weeks.

Children can be given a daily dose of quinine equal to one grain for each year of their age. In severe cases of remittent and pernicious malaria, it may be necessary for a patient to take as much as thirty grains of quinine every three days to shorten the attack. However, if digestion is very poor, the body may not absorb the drug, and in such cases, using quinine bisulphate in thirty-grain doses along with five grains of tartaric acid may be effective. Chronic malaria is best treated[Pg 261] with small doses of quinine, along with arsenic and iron. A capsule containing two grains of quinine sulphate, one-thirtieth grain of arsenious acid, and two grains of reduced iron should be taken three times a day for several weeks.

YELLOW FEVER.—This is a disease of tropical and subtropical countries characterized by fever, jaundice, and vomiting (in severe cases vomiting of blood), caused by a special germ or parasite which is communicated to man solely through the agency of the bites of a special mosquito, Stegomyia fasciata.

YELLOW FEVER.—This is a disease found in tropical and subtropical regions, marked by fever, jaundice, and vomiting (in severe cases, vomiting blood). It is caused by a specific germ or parasite that is transmitted to humans exclusively through the bites of a particular mosquito, Stegomyia fasciata.

Distribution.—Yellow fever has always been present in Havana, Rio, Vera Cruz, and other Spanish-American seaports; also on the west coast of Africa. It is frequently epidemic in the tropical ports of the Atlantic in America and Africa, and there have been numerous epidemics in the southern and occasional ones in the northern seacoast cities of the United States. The last epidemic occurred in the South in 1899. Rarely has the disease been introduced into Europe, and it has never spread there except in Spanish ports. The disease is one requiring warm weather, for a temperature under 75° F. is unsuitable to the growth of the special mosquito harboring the yellow-fever parasite. It spreads in the crowded and unsanitary parts of seacoast cities, to which it is brought on vessels by contaminated mosquitoes or yellow-fever patients from the tropics. Havana has heretofore been the source of infection for the United States, but[Pg 262] since the disease has been eradicated by the American army of occupation, that danger has been removed. Yellow fever is not at all contagious in the sense that a healthy person can contract the disease by contact with a yellow-fever patient, or with his discharges from the stomach, bowels, or elsewhere, and is probably only communicated to man by the bite of a particular kind of mosquito harboring the yellow-fever organism in its body. Both these facts have been incontestably proved,[12] in part by brave volunteers from the United States Army who submitted to sleep for twenty-one days on clothes soiled with discharges from patients dying of yellow fever, and escaped the disease; and by others living in uncontaminated surroundings who permitted themselves to be bitten by infected mosquitoes and promptly developed yellow fever.

Distribution.—Yellow fever has always been found in Havana, Rio, Vera Cruz, and other Spanish-American seaports, as well as on the west coast of Africa. It often causes epidemics in the tropical ports of the Atlantic in both America and Africa, and there have been many outbreaks in the southern and occasional ones in the northern coastal cities of the United States. The last outbreak in the South happened in 1899. The disease has rarely been brought to Europe, and it has never spread there except in Spanish ports. Yellow fever thrives in warm weather, as temperatures below 75° F are unsuitable for the growth of the specific mosquito that carries the yellow-fever parasite. It spreads in crowded and unsanitary areas of coastal cities, brought in by ships carrying contaminated mosquitoes or yellow-fever patients from tropical regions. Havana has been the main source of infection for the United States, but[Pg 262] since American forces have eradicated the disease there, that risk has been eliminated. Yellow fever is not contagious in the way that a healthy person can catch it through contact with a yellow-fever patient or their bodily fluids. It is likely only transmitted to humans through the bite of a specific type of mosquito that carries the yellow-fever organism. Both of these facts have been conclusively demonstrated,[12] partly by courageous volunteers from the United States Army who agreed to sleep for twenty-one days in clothes contaminated with fluids from patients dying of yellow fever, and who did not contract the disease; as well as by others in uncontaminated environments who allowed themselves to be bitten by infected mosquitoes and quickly developed yellow fever.

Development.—After a person has been bitten by an infected mosquito, from fourteen hours to five days and seventeen hours elapse before the development of the first symptoms—usually this period lasts from three to four days. With the appearance of a single case in a region, a period of two weeks must elapse before the development of another case arising from the first one. This follows because a mosquito, after biting a patient, cannot communicate the germ to another person for twelve days, and two days more must elapse before the disease appears in the latter.

Development.—After someone gets bitten by an infected mosquito, it can take anywhere from fourteen hours to five days and seventeen hours for the first symptoms to show up—typically, this period lasts about three to four days. When the first case appears in an area, it takes two weeks before another case can develop from the first one. This is because a mosquito, after biting an infected person, cannot transmit the virus to someone else for twelve days, and then it takes an additional two days for the disease to manifest in the new person.

Symptoms.—During the night or morning the pa[Pg 263]tient has a chill (or feels chilly) and experiences discomfort in the stomach, with sometimes nausea and vomiting. There is pain through the forehead and eyes, in the back and thighs, and often in the calves. The face is flushed and slightly swollen—particularly the upper lip—and the eyes are bloodshot, and gradually, in the course of thirty-six hours, the whites become yellowish. This is one of the most distinguishing features of the fever, but is often absent in children. The tongue is coated, there are loss of appetite, lassitude, sore throat, and constipation. In the beginning the temperature ranges from 101° to 103° F., or in severe cases as high as 105° or 106° F., and the pulse from 110 to 120 beats a minute. The fever continues for several days—except in mild cases—but the pulse usually falls before the temperature does. For example, the temperature may rise a degree during the third day to 103° F., while the pulse falls ten or more beats at the same time and may not be over 70 or 80, while the temperature is still elevated. This is another peculiar feature of the disease. Vomiting often increases on the second or third day, and the dreaded "black vomit" may then occur. This presents the appearance of coffee grounds or tarry matter and, while a dangerous symptom, does not by any means presage a fatal ending. The black color is due to altered blood from the stomach, and bleeding sometimes takes place from the nose, throat, gums, and bowels, with black discharges from the latter. The[Pg 264] action of the kidneys is usually interfered with, causing diminution in the amount of urine. It is extremely important to pay regard to this feature, because failure of the patient to pass a proper amount of urine calls for prompt action to avert fatal poisoning from retained waste matters in the blood. The normal amount of urine passed in twenty-four hours in health is over three pints, and while not more than two-thirds of this amount could be expected to be passed by a fever patient, yet in yellow fever the passage of urine may be almost or wholly suppressed. The course of the disease varies greatly. In children—especially of the Creoles—it is frequently so mild as to pass unnoticed. In adults the fever may only last a few hours, or two or three days, with gradual recovery from the various symptoms, and yellowness of the skin lasting for some time. This is not seen readily during the stage of fever when the surface is reddened, but at that time may be detected by pressure on the skin for a minute, when the skin will present a yellow hue on removing the finger before the blood returns to the pressure spot. With fall of fever, and abatement of symptoms after two or three days, the patient, instead of going on to recovery may, after a few hours or a day or two, again become very feverish and have vomiting—perhaps of blood or black vomit—yellow skin, feeble pulse, failure of kidney action with suppression of urine, delirium, convulsions, stupor, and death; or may begin to again recover after a few days. Mild fever, slight[Pg 265] jaundice, and absence of bleeding are favorable signs; black vomit, high fever, and passage of little urine are unfavorable signs. The death rate is very variable in different epidemics and among different classes; anywhere from fifteen to eighty-five per cent. Among the better classes it is often not greater than ten per cent in private practice. Heavy drinkers and those living in unfavorable surroundings are apt to succumb.

Symptoms.—Throughout the night or morning, the pa[Pg 263]tient feels chills and experiences discomfort in the stomach, sometimes accompanied by nausea and vomiting. There's pain in the forehead and eyes, in the back and thighs, often extending to the calves. The face appears flushed and slightly swollen—especially the upper lip—and the eyes look bloodshot. Gradually, over thirty-six hours, the whites of the eyes turn yellowish. This is a key feature of the fever, although it may be absent in children. The tongue is coated, there's a loss of appetite, fatigue, sore throat, and constipation. Initially, the temperature ranges from 101° to 103° F., or in severe cases can rise to 105° or 106° F., while the pulse may be between 110 to 120 beats per minute. The fever lasts several days—unless it's a mild case—but typically the pulse rate drops before the temperature. For instance, during the third day, the temperature may increase by a degree to 103° F., while the pulse decreases by ten or more beats, dropping to around 70 or 80 beats per minute, despite the elevated temperature. This is another unique aspect of the illness. Vomiting may worsen on the second or third day, and "black vomit" could appear, resembling coffee grounds or tarry substances; though it's a dangerous symptom, it doesn't guarantee a fatal outcome. The black color comes from altered blood in the stomach, and there might also be bleeding from the nose, throat, gums, and intestines, resulting in black bowel movements. The[Pg 264] function of the kidneys often gets compromised, leading to reduced urine output. It's crucial to monitor this, as inadequate urine flow could indicate a risk of life-threatening poisoning from toxins accumulating in the bloodstream. Typically, a healthy adult will pass over three pints of urine in twenty-four hours, and while a fever patient might pass only up to two-thirds of that, in yellow fever, urine production could be significantly or entirely halted. The progression of the disease varies widely. In children—especially Creole children—it can be mild enough to go unnoticed. In adults, the fever may last just a few hours, or two to three days, with a gradual improvement, though yellowing of the skin may persist for a while. This isn't easily noticeable during the fever stage when the skin looks red, but can be detected by pressing on the skin for a minute; once the pressure is removed, a yellow tint may be visible before blood returns to the area. After the fever subsides and symptoms lessen over two or three days, the patient might not continue recovering. Instead, after a few hours or one to two days, they might experience another spike in fever and vomiting—potentially of blood or black vomit, yellow skin, weak pulse, kidney failure with no urine output, delirium, convulsions, stupor, and possibly death; or they might begin to recover again after a few days. Mild fever, slight[Pg 265] jaundice, and lack of bleeding are good signs; however, black vomit, high fever, and minimal urine output are concerning signs. The death rate varies significantly across different epidemics and population segments, ranging anywhere from fifteen to eighty-five percent. Among wealthier groups, the death rate is often below ten percent in private settings. Heavy drinkers and those in poor living conditions are more likely to succumb.

Prevention.—Yellow fever, like malaria, is a preventable disease, and will one day be only a matter of historic interest. Dr. W. C. Gorgas, U. S. A., during 1901, by ridding Havana of the mosquito carrying the yellow-fever organism through screening barrels and receptacles holding water, and by treating drains, cesspools, etc., with kerosene, succeeded in also eradicating yellow fever from that city, so that in the following year there was not one death from this disease; whereas, before this time, the average yearly mortality had been 751 deaths in Havana. Spread of the disease is controlled by preventing access of mosquitoes to the bodies of living or dead yellow-fever patients; while personal freedom from yellow fever may be secured by avoiding mosquito bites, through protection by screens indoors, and covering exposed parts of the face, hands, and ankles with oil of pennyroyal or spirit of camphor, while outdoors.

Prevention.—Yellow fever, like malaria, can be prevented and will eventually be just a thing of the past. In 1901, Dr. W. C. Gorgas from the U.S. Army managed to eliminate the mosquito that carries the yellow fever virus in Havana by screening barrels and containers with standing water, and by treating drains, cesspools, and similar areas with kerosene. As a result, he eradicated yellow fever from the city, leading to no deaths from the disease the following year, whereas the average yearly death toll had been 751 in Havana prior to this effort. Controlling the spread of the disease relies on keeping mosquitoes away from the bodies of yellow fever patients, whether they are alive or dead; meanwhile, you can protect yourself from yellow fever by avoiding mosquito bites—this can be done by using screens indoors and applying oil of pennyroyal or camphor on exposed skin, including the face, hands, and ankles, when outside.

Treatment.—There is unfortunately no special cure known for yellow fever such as we possess in malaria. The patient should be well covered and sur[Pg 266]rounded with hot-water bags during chill. It is advisable to give a couple of compound cathartic pills or a tablespoonful of castor oil at the start. Two, or at most three, ten-grain doses of phenacetin at three hours intervals will relieve the pain during the early stage. Cracked ice given frequently by the mouth and the application of a mustard paper or paste (one part mustard, three parts flour, mixed with warm water and applied between two layers of thin cotton) over the stomach will serve to allay vomiting. Cold sponging (see Typhoid Fever, p. 232) is the best treatment for fever. The black vomit may be arrested by one-quarter teaspoonful doses of tincture of the chloride of iron, given in four tablespoonfuls of water, every hour after vomiting. The bowels should be moved daily by injection of warm soapsuds. The patient should not rise from his bed, but should use a bedpan or other receptacle. In addition, a pint of warm water, containing one-half teaspoonful of salt, should be injected into the bowel night and morning and, if possible, retained by the patient. The object of the latter is by its absorption to stimulate the action of the kidneys. The diet should consist of milk, diluted with an equal amount of water, broths, gruels, etc., and only soft food should be given for ten days after recovery. Iced champagne in tablespoonful doses at frequent intervals, or two teaspoonful doses of whisky in a little ice water, given every half hour, relieves vomiting and supports the strength.

Treatment.—Unfortunately, there isn’t a specific cure for yellow fever like we have for malaria. The patient should be warmly covered and surrounded with hot-water bags during chills. It's a good idea to give a couple of compound cathartic pills or a tablespoon of castor oil at the beginning. Two or three ten-grain doses of phenacetin every three hours will help relieve pain during the early stages. Offering cracked ice frequently by mouth and applying a mustard plaster (one part mustard, three parts flour, mixed with warm water and placed between two layers of thin cotton) on the stomach can help reduce vomiting. Cold sponging (see Typhoid Fever, p. 232) is the best way to treat fever. Black vomit can be controlled with one-quarter teaspoon doses of tincture of the chloride of iron, mixed in four tablespoons of water, given hourly after vomiting. The bowels should be moved daily using an injection of warm soapsuds. The patient shouldn’t get out of bed but should use a bedpan or other container. Additionally, a pint of warm water with half a teaspoon of salt should be injected into the bowel morning and night, and it should be retained if possible. This is to help stimulate kidney function through absorption. The diet should consist of milk diluted with an equal amount of water, broths, gruels, etc., and only soft foods should be given for ten days post-recovery. Iced champagne in tablespoon doses at frequent intervals or two teaspoon doses of whisky in a little ice water every half hour can help relieve vomiting and maintain strength.

FOOTNOTES:

[11] See Volume V, p. 76, for detailed methods.—Editor.

[11] See Volume V, p. 76, for detailed methods.—Editor.

[12] See Frontispiece, Vol. V.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See Frontispiece, Vol. 5.

TRANSCRIBER'S NOTE.

The following change was made:

The following change was made:

Part II, Chapter II, Typhoid Fever, Symptoms (p. 225)

Part II, Chapter II, Typhoid Fever, Symptoms (p. 225)

Original text:

Please provide the text you would like me to modernize.

"... flushed face, pulse 100°, gradually increasing as described."

"... flushed face, pulse 100 bpm, gradually increasing as described."

Changed to:

Please provide the text you'd like me to modernize.

"... flushed face, pulse 100, gradually increasing as described."

"... flushed face, pulse 100, gradually increasing as mentioned."

"Pulse 100" was preferred over "temperature 100°".

"Pulse 100" was chosen over "temperature 100°".




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!